Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CAG2021-397 - Original - OMA Construction, Inc. - Willis Street & Fourth Avenue Landscape - 09/08/2021
FOR CITY OF KENT OFFICIAL USE ONLY Agreement Routing Form For Approvals, Signatures and Records Management This form combines & replaces the Request for Mayor's Signature and Contract Cover Sheet forms. (Print on pink or cherry colored paper) -7-7/L/ KENT Sup/Mgr: Dir Asst: DirlDep: :-) ,eL & (Optional) WAsHrroroN G oL CLo. Originator: Lynn Osborn for Terry Jungman Department: Parks, Recreation & Community Services Date Sent: 08t20t2021 Date Required: Earliest opportunity please Authorized to Sign: lZmuyoror Designee Date of Council Approval: 07t20t2021 Budqet Account Number: P21 050 Budset? Tlvesnto Grant? ves! ruoZ Type: [\/ff co +,o El-orts E +,tro EooL C'l Vendor Name: OMA Construction, lnc. Category: Contract Vendor Number: 2448752 5ub-Category: Original projectx6ms. Willis Street & Fourth Avenue Landscape Project Details: Landscape, irrigation and park-like elements along Willis Street between 4th Ave. South and UPRR tracks Agreement Amount: $1 ,230,999.47 start Date: 0910712021 Basis for Selection of Contractor: Bid* Memo ta Mayot must be attached Termination Date: 75 calendar daYs Local Businesslf]ves Zryg, Business LicenseVerification: lll lf meets requitements per KCC 3,7A.100, please complete'Vendor Purchase-Local Exceptions" fom on Cityspace. ln-Process Exempt (KCC 5.01.045) Notice required prior to disclosure? [v"'f ruo Contract Number: |noL =PGEIctrtrtEad3Eo o OE Comments: Date Received: City Attorney:Date Routed: Mayor's Office City Clerk's Office adccw22373,l,20 Visit Documents.KentWA.gov to obtain copies of all agreements rev. 2021 051 3 8/27/21 OK to sign, 9/3/2021, TW. CAG2021-397 9/9/21 PROJECT MANUAL CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Project Number PK21-01 SITE ADDRESS: Willis Street and 4TH Avenue South Kent, WA 98032 BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL: Thursday, July 15, 2021 2:00 PM (Bid Submittal Time) BID OPENING: Thursday, July 15, 2021 2:15 PM Kent City Hall DELIVER TO: City Clerk’s Office, Kent City Hall 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, Washington 98032 OWNER: City of Kent Parks, Recreation & Community Services 220 4th Avenue South Kent, WA 98032 PROJECT MANAGER: Terry Jungman Parks Planning & Development Division ARCHITECT: KPG PS JULIE PARASCONDOLA, CPRE DIRECTOR OF PARKS, RECREATION & COMMUNITY SERVICES PROJECT MANUAL ORDER OF CONTENTS CONTRACT PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND INSURANCE INFORMATION RETAINAGE BOND WITH AGREEMENT PROJECT LOCATION MAP INVITATION TO BID INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS SECTIONS: 1.BIDDER’S PACKAGE 2.KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS 3.KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS 4.KENT STANDARD PLANS 5.STORMWATER PERMIT 6.GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION 7. WASHINGTON PREVAILING WAGERATES 8.ADDENDA 1 - 3 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made in duplicate, is entered into between the CITY OF KENT, a Washington municipal corporation ("City"), and OMA Construction, organized under the laws of the State of Washington, located and doing business at 22412 SE 2315t Street, Maple Valley, WA 98038 ("Contractor"). WITNESS: In consideration of the terms and conditions contained in this Contract and in the project documents, plans, and specifications, all of which are made a part of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows: 1. Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for the Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape (PK21-01) in accordance with and as described in the Contract and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under the Contract and every part thereof. The Contract shall include all project specifications, provisions, and plans; the Kent Parks Special Provisions; the Kent Special Provisions; the 2020 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations, if applicable ("Standard Specifications"); the City's bid documents; and the Contractor's response to the City's bid; collectively "the Contract." The Contractor is responsible to obtain copies of the current Specifications including the latest amendments as of the date of bid opening. Unless otherwise directed by the City, work shall start within ten (10) days after the City issues its Notice to Proceed and physical work shall be substantially completed within 75 calendar days. The term of this Contract shall continue until all work has been completed, final acceptance has occurred, and all Contractor obligations have been fulfilled. The Contractor shall provide and bear all expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in the Contract and every part thereof, except where the specifications may allocate that responsibility to the City. The total contract amount for all Work performed under this Contract, including Washington State Sales Tax, is $1,230,999.47. 2. City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ, the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the Contract and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the Contract and the schedule of unit or itemized prices provided by Contractor in its response to the City's bid, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in the Contract. 3. Contractor for itself, and for its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. 5. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, volunteers and assigns harmless from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, arising out of or in connection with the performance of this contract, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. The City's inspection or acceptance of any of Contractor's work when completed shall not be grounds to avoid any of these covenants of indemnification. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this contract is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence. IT IS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF IMMUNITY UNDER INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE, TITLE 51 RCW, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION. THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED THIS WAIVER. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this contract. 6. Contractor agrees, upon the City's written demand, to make all books and records available to the City for inspection, review, photocopying, and audit in the event of a contract related dispute, claim, modification, or other contract related action at reasonable times (not to exceed three (3) business days) and at places designated by the City. 7. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the term of construction and throughout the specified term of maintenance, insurance of the types and in the amounts described in Exhibit A attached and incorporated by this reference. 09/08/2021 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND TO CITY OF KENT Bond No. PB00499800499 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, OMA Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company , a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of*Wmbw s, as a Surety Corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become Surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF KENT in the penal sum of $1,230,999.47 together with any adjustments, up or down, in the total contract price because of changes in the contract work, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. "Pennsylvania This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, and the Codes and Ordinances of the CITY OF KENT. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to a motion, duly made, seconded and passed by the City Council of the City of Kent, King County, Washington, the Mayor of the City of Kent has let or is about to let to the above bounden Principal, a certain contract, the said contract providing for construction of [Title] (which contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and "Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape (PK21-01) WHEREAS, the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, for non-FHWA projects only, if the Principal shall faithfully perform all the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time herein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF KENT harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said contract, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their separate seals. The name and corporate seal (if required by law) of each corporate party is hereto affixed and duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. TWO WITNESSES: PRINT PQAME � Uj DATE: 7-& ;� &w DATE: *_1 2-7Zdz/ CORP( OMA Construction, I NAME OF P /CIP BY: x4fe: S TITLE: V;r-� p�s;Ge""4 DATE: 7/23/2021 SURETY: Philadelphia Indemnity Insuraance-Company BY: YC n_.V c ✓ %yt DATE: 7/23/2021 TITLE: Katharine J. Snider, Attorney -in -Fact ADDRESS: 1420 5th Ave Suite 3510 Seattle, WA 98101 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that Tr-cv j — 4ccr� Who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal Mr� '4Ln of the said Corporation; that I know his/her signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested C in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. � ^ / SECRETARY PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-0950 Power of Attorney KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint Carley Espiritu Christopher 10 on, Cynthla L Jay, Eric A. Zimmerman, 1 B. Binder, Jamie L Margum. . Kyle Joseph Howat, Aliceon A. Keltner, Tamara A. Rinnelsen Annelies M. Richle, Heather L Allen, Jacob T. Haddock, Holli Albers, Erica E. _Mosley. Ah►ssa J Lo Amelia G Burrill, Katharine J Snider Amber Lynn Reese and Brandon K, Bush of Bratrud Middleton Insurance Brokers Inc. dba Propel Insurance . its true and lawful Attorney -in -fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed S5o.000,-M This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY on the 141 of November, 2016. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company: (1) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attomey(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 27n' DAY OF OCTOBER, 2017. 19?.7 0 (Seal) .. Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this 2r day of October, 2017, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly swom said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. JMTHOF SCTMOVia ►MMMUu. KnW. oUnPatk No Public: Lo.e.k seq. r a..11- 1— --, Cc,,* Notary w,c ,oe s p.is xc21 residing at: (Notary Seal) My commission expires: Bala Cvnwvd. PA September 25, 2021 I, Edward Sayago, Corporate Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and the Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on the 27`s day of October, 2017 are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attorney as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY. In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 23rd day of July -\` = ^✓ 1927 Edward Sayago, Corporate Secretary ' J _ •� _ _ PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY EXHIBIT A INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape Insurance The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. A. Minimum Scope of Insurance Contractor shall obtain insurance of the types described below: 1.Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 or its equivalent, with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1-year policy period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following Substantial Completion of the work. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide the Aggregate per Project Endorsement ISO form CG 25 03 11 85. The City shallbe named as an Additional Insured under the Contactor’s CommercialGeneral Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performedfor the City. All endorsements adding Additional Insureds shall beissued on form CG 20 10 11 85 or a form deemed equivalent, providingthe Additional Insureds with all policies and endorsements set forth inthis section. 2.Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 3.Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: 1.Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1-year policy period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed EXHIBIT A (Continued) Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following Substantial Completion of the work. 2.Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability: 1.The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. 2.The Contractor’s insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 3.The City of Kent shall be named as an additional insured on all policies (except Professional Liability) as respects work performed by or on behalf of the contractor and a copy of the endorsement naming the City as additional insured shall be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. The City reserves the right to receive a certified copy of all required insurance policies. The Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance shall also contain a clause stating that coverage shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respects to the limits of the insurer’s liability. D. Contractor’s Insurance for Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor’s employee-owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor’s agents, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. E. Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extend covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtained pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. F. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:VII. EXHIBIT A (Continued) G. Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. H. Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the same insurance requirements as stated herein for the Contractor. INSR ADDL SUBR LTR INSR WVD DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: FAXPHONE (A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence)CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person)$ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ $ PRO- OTHER: LOCJECT COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person)$ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$AUTOS ONLY AUTOS AUTOS ONLY HIRED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $$ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below POLICY NON-OWNED SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORDACORD 25 (2016/03) ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Ohio Security Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Evanston Insurance Company 7/26/2021 Propel Insurance Tacoma Commercial Insurance 1201 Pacific Ave, Suite 1000 Tacoma, WA 98402 Barb Lynch 800 499-0933 866 577-1326 Barb.Lynch@propelinsurance.com OMA Construction, Inc. PO Box 429 Maple Valley, WA 98038 24082 24074 35378 A X X X BKS58161791 09/01/2020 09/01/2021 1,000,000 1,000,000 10,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 A C X X X BAS58161791 CF1CA00110201 Hired Auto PD: $100 Comp ded $1,000 Coll ded 09/01/2020 09/01/2020 09/01/2021 09/01/2021 1,000,000 B X X X 10,000 USO58161791 09/01/2020 09/01/2021 5,000,000 5,000,000 A N BKS58161791 WA Stop Gap 09/01/2020 09/01/2021 X 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 A Leased/Rented Equipment BMO61821454 09/01/2020 09/01/2021 $300,000 Limit $1,000 Deductible RE: Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape, PK21-01 The City of Kent as Additional Insured Status applies per attached form(s). Primary Non-Contributory status applies per the attached form(s). Waiver of Subrogation applies per attached form(s). City of Kent 220 Fourth Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 1 of 1 #S4711355/M4258992 OMACONST1Client#: 113685 RMR00 1 of 1 #S4711355/M4258992 This page has been left blank intentionally. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT 2 NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT 2 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY – ELEVATORS 2 EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant’s Property Damage)2 MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION 3 EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS – COVERAGES A AND B 3 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS – BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY – ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION 5 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS – EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR “LIMITS OF INSURANCE” 6 WHO IS AN INSURED – INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS/MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED – FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION – MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES 6 NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES 7 FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES 7 KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE 7 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 7 EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US –8 WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 8 With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I – Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1.It is not owned by any insured; 2.It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; 3.The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4.It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis, that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I – Coverage A – Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a)Less than 52 feet long; and (b)Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY – ELEVATORS 1.Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I – Coverage A – Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Property do not apply if such “property damage” results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2.The following is added to Section IV – Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance, Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant’s Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1.Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a.The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: (i)Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii)Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III – Limits of Insurance. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 b.The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III – Limits Of Insurance. 2.Paragraph 6. under Section III – Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6.Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to: a.Any one premise: (1)While rented to you; or (2)While rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection systems; or b.Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3.As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a.A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I – Coverage C – Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b)The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS – COVERAGES A AND B 1.Under Supplementary Payments – Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b.Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2.Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d.All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or “suit”, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1.Paragraph 2. under Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for “bodily injury”, “property damage” or “personal and advertising injury” caused in whole or in part by: a.Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the “bodily injury” or “property damage” occurs, or the “personal and advertising injury” is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 b.Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or c.The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or d.Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1)This insurance does not apply to “bodily injury”, “property damage”, or “personal and advertising injury” arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2) This insurance does not apply to “bodily injury” or “property damage” included within the “completed operations hazard”. (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: a)The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However: 1.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person’s or organization’s status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2)That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person’s or organization’s status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any “occurrence” which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a “suit” by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV – Commercial General Liability Conditions. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2.With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a.“Bodily injury” or “property damage” arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b.“Bodily injury” or “property damage” that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such “bodily injury” or “property damage” occurs. c."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. d."Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e.Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a.Required by the contract or agreement; or b.Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a.The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 8 b.The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and non-contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. I. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR “LIMITS OF INSURANCE” This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1.The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a.Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or “suit” under this insurance to us; b.Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or “suit” to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and c.Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d.We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2.The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III – Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS / MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co-"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing professional health care personnel to others, or if coverage for providing professional health care services is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury” caused by an “employee” who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the “employee’s” job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other “employees” of yours. However, none of these “employees” are insureds for “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury” arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury”, or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your “employee”. K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3.Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; b.Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c.Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d.Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV – Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior “occurrences” existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior “occurrences” is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV – Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: Knowledge of an “occurrence”, offense, claim or “suit” by an agent, servant or “employee” of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II – Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of “occurrences”, offenses, claims or “suits” shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or “employee”. N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. O. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V – Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3.“Bodily Injury” means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a.Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or “property damage” resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US – WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV – Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard" provided: 1.You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2.The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 88 10 01 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. COVERAGE INDEX SUBJECT PROVISION NUMBER ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT 12 AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS 19 AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION 5 AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE 13 BROAD FORM INSURED 1 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 22 EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS (including employee hired auto) 2 EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION 23 EXTRA EXPENSE – BROADENED COVERAGE 10 GLASS REPAIR – WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE 15 HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE (including employee hired auto and loss of use) 6 HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY 20 LOAN / LEASE GAP 14 PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) 16 PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE 11 PHYSICAL DAMAGE – ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE 8 RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT 9 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 4 TOWING AND LABOR 7 TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES 17 UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS 18 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US 20 SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended as follows: 1. BROAD FORM INSURED SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. –WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: d.Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period. However, “insured” does not include any organization that: (1)Is a partnership or joint venture; or (2)Is an insured under any other automobile policy; or (3)Has exhausted its Limit of Insurance under any other automobile policy. Paragraph d. (2) of this provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. e.Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership or joint venture, of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock. This automatic coverage is afforded only for 180 days from the date of acquisition or formation. However, coverage under this provision does not apply: (1)If there is similar insurance or a self-insured retention plan available to that organization; © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 7 (2) If the Limits of Insurance of any other insurance policy have been exhausted; or (3)To “bodily injury” or “property damage” that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 2.EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. –WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: f.Any “employee” of yours while using a covered “auto” you do not own, hire or borrow, but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to any “employee”. g.An “employee” of yours while operating an “auto” hired or borrowed under a written contract or agreement in that “employee’s” name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business and within the scope of their employment. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to the “employee”. 3.ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. –WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: h.Any person or organization with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered “auto”, provided that you and such person or organization have agreed in a written contract, agreement, or permit issued to you by governmental or public authority, to add such person, or organization, or governmental or public authority to this policy as an “insured”. However, such person or organization is an “insured”: (1)Only with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered “auto”; (2)Only for “bodily injury” or “property damage” caused by an “accident” which takes place after you executed the written contract or agreement, or the permit has been issued to you; and (3) Only for the duration of that contract, agreement or permit 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, Coverage Extensions, 2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (2) and (4) are replaced by the following: (2)Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic violations) required because of an “accident” we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4)All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 5. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION In those jurisdictions where, by law, fellow employees are not entitled to the protection afforded to the employer by the workers compensation exclusivity rule, or similar protection, the following provision is added: SECTION II – LIABILITY, exclusion B.5. FELLOW EMPLOYEE does not apply if the “bodily injury” results from the use of a covered “auto” you own or hire. SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: 6.HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE Paragraph A.4. Coverage Extensions of SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If hired “autos” are covered “autos” for Liability Coverage, and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision coverage are provided under the Business Auto Coverage Form for any “auto” you own, then the Physical Damage coverages provided are extended to “autos”: a. You hire, rent or borrow; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 7 b.Your “employee” hires or rents under a written contract or agreement in that “employee’s” name, but only if the damage occurs while the vehicle is being used in the conduct of your business, subject to the following limit and deductible: A.The most we will pay for “loss” in any one “accident” or “loss” is the smallest of: (1) $50,000; or (2) The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the “loss”; or (3) The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality, minus a deductible. B. The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned “auto” for that coverage. C. Subject to the limit, deductible and excess provisions described in this provision, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered “auto” you own. D.Subject to a maximum of $1,000 per “accident”, we will also cover the actual loss of use of the hired “auto” if it results from an “accident”, you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss. E.This coverage extension does not apply to: (1) Any “auto” that is hired, rented or borrowed with a driver; or (2) Any “auto” that is hired, rented or borrowed from your “employee”. For the purposes of this provision, SECTION V – DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: “Total loss” means a “loss” in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. 7. TOWING AND LABOR SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, paragraph A.2. Towing, is amended by the addition of the following: We will pay towing and labor costs incurred, up to the limits shown below, each time a covered “auto” classified and rated as a private passenger type, “light truck” or “medium truck” is disabled: a.For private passenger type vehicles, we will pay up to $50 per disablement. b.For “light trucks”, we will pay up to $50 per disablement. “Light trucks” are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,000 pounds or less. c.For “medium trucks” , we will pay up to $150 per disablement. “Medium trucks” are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,001 – 20,000 pounds. However, the labor must be performed at the place of disablement. 8.PHYSICAL DAMAGE - ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE Paragraph A.4.a., Coverage Extension of SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended to provide a limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of $1,500 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 7 9. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: a. We will pay up to $75 per day for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an “auto” because of “accident” or “loss”, to an “auto” for which we also pay a “loss” under Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision Coverages. We will pay only for those expenses incurred after the first 24 hours following the “accident” or “loss” to the covered “auto.” b. Rental Reimbursement will be based on the rental of a comparable vehicle, which in many cases may be substantially less than $75 per day, and will only be allowed for the period of time it should take to repair or replace the vehicle with reasonable speed and similar quality, up to a maximum of 30 days. c. We will also pay up to $500 for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you to remove and replace your tools and equipment from the covered “auto”. d. This coverage does not apply unless you have a business necessity that other “autos” available for your use and operation cannot fill. e. If “loss” results from the total theft of a covered “auto” of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided under Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. f. No deductible applies to this coverage. For the purposes of this endorsement provision, materials and equipment do not include “personal effects” as defined in provision 11. 10. EXTRA EXPENSE - BROADENED COVERAGE Under SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, we will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered “auto” to you. The maximum amount we will pay is $1,000. 11. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A. SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an “auto” you own and that “auto” is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $600 for “personal effects” stolen with the “auto.” The insurance provided under this provision is excess over any other collectible insurance. B. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: For the purposes of this provision, “personal effects” mean tangible property that is worn or carried by an insured.” “Personal effects” does not include tools, equipment, jewelry, money or securities. 12. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive or Collision Coverage under this policy, the exclusion for “loss” relating to mechanical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. Any insurance we provide shall be excess over any other collectible insurance or reimbursement by manufacturer’s warranty. However, we agree to pay any deductible applicable to the other coverage or warranty. 13. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, exception paragraph a. to exclusions 4.c. and 4.d. is deleted and replaced with the following: © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 7 Exclusion 4.c. and 4.d. do not apply to: a.Electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals, whether or not designed solely for the reproduction of sound, if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered “auto” at the time of the “loss” and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the “auto’s” electrical system, in or upon the covered “auto” and physical damage coverages are provided for the covered “auto”; or If the “loss” occurs solely to audio, visual or data electronic equipment or accessories used with this equipment, then our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 14.LOAN / LEASE GAP COVERAGE A. Paragraph C., LIMIT OF INSURANCE of SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by adding the following: The most we will pay for a “total loss” to a covered “auto” owned by or leased to you in any one “accident” is the greater of the: 1.Balance due under the terms of the loan or lease to which the damaged covered “auto” is subject at the time of the “loss” less the amount of: a.Overdue payments and financial penalties associated with those payments as of the date of the “loss”, b.Financial penalties imposed under a lease due to high mileage, excessive use or abnormal wear and tear, c.Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease, d.Transfer or rollover balances from previous loans or leases, e. Final payment due under a “Balloon Loan”, f.The dollar amount of any unrepaired damage which occurred prior to the “total loss” of a covered “auto”, g. Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, h.All refunds payable or paid to you as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement or as a result of the early termination of any warranty or extended service agreement on a covered “auto”, i.Any amount representing taxes, j.Loan or lease termination fees; or 2.The actual cash value of the damage or stolen property as of the time of the “loss”. An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining the actual cash value at the time of the “loss”. This adjustment is not applicable in Texas. B. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This coverage applies only to the original loan for which the covered “auto” that incurred the loss serves as collateral, or lease written on the covered “auto” that incurred the loss. C. SECTION V – DEFINTIONS is changed by adding the following: As used in this endorsement provision, the following definitions apply: “Total loss” means a “loss” in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. A “balloon loan” is one with periodic payments that are insufficient to repay the balance over the term of the loan, thereby requiring a large final payment. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 7 15.GLASS REPAIR - WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 16.PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: The deductible does not apply to “loss” caused by collision to such covered “auto” of the private passenger type or light weight truck with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 lbs. or less as defined by the manufacturer as maximum loaded weight the “auto” is designed to carry while it is: a.In the charge of an “insured”; b.Legally parked; and c.Unoccupied. The “loss” must be reported to the police authorities within 24 hours of known damage. The total amount of the damage to the covered “auto” must exceed the deductible shown in the Declarations. This provision does not apply to any “loss” if the covered “auto” is in the charge of any person or organization engaged in the automobile business. 17. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES Under SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, if two or more company policies or coverage forms apply to the same accident, the following applies to paragraph D. Deductible: a.If the applicable Business Auto deductible is the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be waived; or b.If the applicable Business Auto deductible is not the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be reduced by the amount of the smaller (or smallest) deductible; or c.If the loss involves two or more Business Auto coverage forms or policies the smaller (or smallest) deductible will be waived. For the purpose of this endorsement company means any company that is part of the Liberty Mutual Group. SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 18.UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, Paragraph B.2. is amended by adding the following: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards, exposures or material facts existing as of the inception date or renewal date of the Business Auto Coverage Form, the coverage afforded by this policy will not be prejudiced. However, you must report the undisclosed hazard of exposure as soon as practicable after its discovery, and we have the right to collect additional premium for any such hazard or exposure. 19.AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT, OR LOSS SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.2.a. is replaced in its entirety by the following: a.In the event of “accident”, claim, “suit” or “loss”, you must promptly notify us when it is known to: 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. Member, if you are a limited liability company; 4.An executive officer or the “employee” designated by the Named Insured to give such notice, if you are a corporation. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 7 To the extent possible, notice to us should include: (1)How, when and where the “accident” or “loss” took place; (2)The “insureds” name and address; and (3) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 20.WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.5., Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us, is amended by the addition of the following: If the person or organization has waived those rights before an “accident” or “loss”, our rights are waived also. 21. HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, is amended by the addition of the following: f.For “autos” hired 30 days or less, the coverage territory is anywhere in the world, provided that the insured’s responsibility to pay for damages is determined in a “suit”, on the merits, in the United States, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico or Canada or in a settlement we agree to. This extension of coverage does not apply to an “auto” hired, leased, rented or borrowed with a driver. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 22. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under SECTION V – DEFINTIONS, definition C. is replaced by the following: “Bodily injury” means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death resulting from any of these at any time. COMMMON POLICY CONDITIONS 23.EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS, paragraph A.– CANCELLATION condition applies except as follows: If we cancel for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will mail to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least 60 days before the effective date of cancellation. This provision does not apply in those states which require more than 60 days prior notice of cancellation. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 7 This page has been left blank intentionally. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 85 83 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASEREAD IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED CONTRACTORS - PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGEPART 2013Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 85 83 04 13 Page 1 of 2Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission . A.Paragraph 2.under Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract or written agreement. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage": 1.Caused by "your work" performed for that additional insured that is the subject of the written contract or written agreement; and 2.Included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However: a)The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b)If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b.of Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions. B.With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: 1."Bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs. 2."Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services including: a.The preparing, approving or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawing and specifications; and b.Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 2013Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 85 83 04 13 Page 2 of 2Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission . C.With respect to the insurance afforded by this endorsement, exclusion l. Damage To Your Work of Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: l. Damage To Your Work "Property damage" to "your work" arising out of it or any part of it and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". D.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section II - Limits of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1.Required by contract or agreement; or 2.Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declaration. whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declaratio ns. E.With respect to the insurance afforded by this endorsement,Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions is amended as follows: 1.The following is added to Paragraph 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claims Or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a.Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; b.Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and c.Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d.We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2.Paragraph 4.of Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions is amended as follows: a.The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured’s policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured’s policy for damages we cover. b.The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and non-contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insur- ance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 70 12 08 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) - GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT (PER PROJECT) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by “occurrences” under Section I – Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I – Coverage C Medical Payments, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to you: 1.A separate Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2.The Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of “bodily injury” or “property damage” included in the “products-completed operations hazard”, and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or “suits” brought; or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing “suits”. 3.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other construction project. 4.The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Fire Damage and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by “occurrences” under Section I – Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I – Coverage C Medical Payments, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to you: 1.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2.Such payments shall not reduce any Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C. When coverage for liability arising out of the “products-completed operations hazard” is provided, any payments for damages because of “bodily injury” or “property damage” included in the “products- completed operations hazard” will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E. The provisions of Section III - Limits Of Insurance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply. CG 88 70 12 08 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 This page has been left blank intentionally. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CG 20 01 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY – OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This page has been left blank intentionally. City of Kent Parks, Recreation & Community Services 220 Fourth Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 PROJECT NAME & NUMBER: Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape, PK21-01 CONTRACTOR'S RETAINAGE AGREEMENT Contract Title Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape Award Date 07/23/2021 Contractor Federal ID# 91-1912492 Contractor Name OMA Construction, Inc. Contractor Address PO BOX 429 Maple Valley, WA 98038 Contractor Phone 206-262-1721 RCW 60.28.011, relating to retained percentage, provides that the city shall reserve from the monies the contractor earns on estimates during the progress of the public improvement or work, a sum of five percent of the estimates to be retained by the city as a trust fund for the protection and payment of (i) the claims of any person arising under the contract; and (ii) the state with respect to taxes, increases, and penalties imposed pursuant to Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW which the contractor may owe. The contractor may reserve the contract retainage by choosing one of the following four options: ANY INVESTMENT SELECTED IS SUBJECT TO PRIOR CITY APPROVAL. Contractor shall place an "X" in one of the boxes below. If no "X" is placed, box (a) will be deemed selected by default. [ ] (a) Retained in a non -interest bearing fund by the city until released according to state statutes; [ ] (b) Deposited by the city in an interest bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, until released according to state statutes. The city will pay the contractor all interest earned on the account; [ ] (c) Placed in escrow with a bank or trust company by the city until released according to state statutes. The city will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved payable to the bank or trust company and the contractor jointly, on the condition that the check must be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the contractor and approved by the city. The bonds and securities must then be held in escrow. Interest will be paid to the contractor as interest accrues. The contractor will bear the cost and all risk of the investment program; [X ] (d) Contactor may submit a Retainage Bond equal to 5% of the total awarded bid amount for all schedules to be held by the city until released according to state statutes. CONTRACTOR'S BANK, MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK, OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION: If Contractor selects option (c) above, Contractor shall designate below the bank or trust company where the moneys reserved are to be held in escrow subject to approval by the City: City of Kent Parks, Recreation & Community Services 220 Fourth Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 PROJECT NAME & NUMBER: Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape, PK21-01 ROUTING NUMBER ACCOUNT NUMBER BANK NAME BANK ADDRESS BANK PHONE NBR Agreement Contractor agrees to the option selected above. Monies will not be approved for disbursement without prior written authorization by the City. Date 07/26/2021 Contractor Signature Brandon Akers Print Name RELEASE OF RETAINAGE BOND OF CONTRACTOR Bond No. PB00499800421 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we OMA Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called Principal), and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company a corporation organized and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the state of Pennsylvania and duly licensed for the purpose of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or undertakings required and authorized by the State of Washington, (hereinafter called Surety), as Surety, are held firmly bound unto City of Kent , (hereinafter called Obligee) in the just and full sum of Fifth -five Thousand Nine Hundred Four And No/100 655,904.00 1 plus 5% of any increases in the contract amount that have occurred or may occur, due to change orders, increases in the quantities or the addition of any new item of work THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT, Whereas, the said Principal on the day of entered into a written contract with the said obligee for Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape (PK21-01) which said contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof by reference. WHEREAS, Pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW, the above named Principal has requested release of retained percentage earned or which may be earned under said contract, and, WHEREAS, the obligee is willing to release retained percentage in advance of contract terms relating to payment provided the principal shall file bond to indemnify the obligee for all loss, cost or damages which the obligee may sustain by reason of payment of reiainage to the principal, which bond shall be subject to all claims and liens in the same manner and same priority as apply to the retainage percentage released, or to be released, NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the principal shall indemnify the obligee for all loss, cost or damages which the obligee may sustain by reason of payment of retained percentage to the principal then this obligation shall be null and void unless otherwise to remain in full force and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 23ui day of July 2021 OMA Construction, Inc. Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company Katharine J. Snider s Attomey-in-Fact _ - PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-0950 Power of Attorney KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint CarleyEspiritu. Chri�stonher Kimon. Cvmthia L Ja% Eric A. Zimmerman, James B. Binder, Jamie L Marques,. Kvle Joseph Howat, Aliceon A. Kepner, Tamara A. Rinrreisen, Annelies M. Richie, Heather L, Allen, Jacob T. Haddock, Holli Albers, Erica E. Moslev. Alvssa J. Lopez. Amelia G. Burriil. Katharine J. Snider. Amber Lvnn Reese and Brandon K, Bush of Bratrud Middleton Insurance Brokers, Inc. dba Propel Insurance . its true and lawful Attorney -in -fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed S50s000,000. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY on the 141 of November, 2016. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company: (1) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorneys) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 27T" DAY OF OCTOBER, 2017. 192t 0 (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this 2" day of October, 2017, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. N V WTAttlA 3M V-WK ip11 ah" NO Public: 10" Me NX NP-14, V es. CDLV y 1l�eoonrutoeErpm Seq. ts.2Dtt residing at (Notary Seal) My commission expires: Bala Cvnwyd, PA September 25, 2021 f I, Edward Sayago, Corporate Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and the Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on the 27'a day of October, 2017 are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attorney as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY. _"- T'-� In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my e and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 23rd day of July nam 1 92 7 EdwarrdS�ayyaago, Corporate Secretary- PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY '�� r Earthstar GeographicsUnionPacificUnionPacificUnionPacificWSaarSt WWillisSt 6thAveSWillisStreet Greenbelt 516 WSaarSt 4thAveSWWillisSt Esri Community Maps Contributors, King County, WA State Parks GIS, BuildingFootprintUSA, Esri Canada, Esri, HERE, Garmin, SafeGraph, INCREMENT P, METI/NASA, USGS, Bureau of Land Management, EPA, NPS, US Census Bureau, USDA Kent City Limits 0 1.5 30.75 Miles 0.05 Miles WILLIS ST. & FOURTH AVE LANDSCAPE PROJECT PK21-01 INVITATION TO BID Notice is hereby given that the City of Kent, Washington, will receive sealed bids at the City Clerk’s office through July 15, 2021, up to 2:00 p.m. as shown on the clock on the east wall of the City Clerk’s Office on the first floor of City Hall, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, Washington 98032. All bids must be properly marked and sealed in accordance with this “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be delivered and received at the City Clerk’s office by the above-stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at 2:15 p.m. for the City of Kent project named: WILLIS STREET AND 4TH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PROJECT PK21-01 The project consists of the construction of a multiuse trail, node areas and pathways on the north and south side of Willis Street (SR 516) and 4th Ave South. The project also includes landscaping, irrigation, illumination, stormwater improvements and other park amenities. Should a contract be executed, it is the contractor’s responsibility to comply with all COVID-19 workplace health and safety measures established by the state Department of Labor & Industries or otherwise imposed by the Governor, the state Department of Health, or the Local Health Officer of Seattle-King County Public Health, or subsequent modifications to such health and safety measures as those authorities may issue, including providing all needed personal protective equipment. The Engineer’s estimated range for this project is approximately $950,000 to $1,200,000. For technical questions, please call Terry Jungman at 253-856-5112 or TJungman@kentwa.gov. All questions must be received by July 9, 2021 at 5:00 p.m. Bids must be clearly marked “Bid” with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope, addressed to the City Clerk, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032-5895. Only sealed bids will be accepted. No facsimiles or electronic submittals will be considered. Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications and other contract documents now on file in the office of Parks Planning and Development, City of Kent, Washington. Plans and specifications can be downloaded at no charge at KentWA.gov/doing- business/bids-procurement. Copies of the WSDOT Standard Specifications are available for perusal only. Apprentice Utilization Requirements are mandatory for all public works estimated to cost one million dollars ore more, in which case no less than 15% of the labor hours must be performed by apprentices. KCC 6.01.030. A cashier’s check, cash or surety bond in the amount of 5% of the bid must be included with the bid. The City of Kent reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most responsive, satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. Bidders must submit with their initial bid a signed statement as to whether they have previously performed work subject to the President’s Executive Order No. 11246. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of bid opening. Dated this 24th day of June, 2021. BY: Kimberley A. Komoto, City Clerk Published in Daily Journal of Commerce on July 25, 2021. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1.Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the contract documents. The City reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action includes the City’s review of the qualification information in the bid documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to determine whether the lowest responsive bidder is also responsible and able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment, determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work (the “lowest responsive and responsible bidder”). 2.All blanks in the proposal forms must be appropriately filled in. Bid documents must contain original signature pages. Facsimiles are not acceptable and are considered non-responsive submittals. 3.All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be received at the City Clerk’s office by the stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. 4.The City also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules or alternates of the Proposal and will award the contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including schedules or alternates selected by the City. 5.A Bidder who wishes to claim error after the bids have been opened and tabulated shall submit a notarized affidavit signed by the Bidder, accompanied by original work sheets used in the preparation of the bid, requesting relief from the responsibilities of award. In such event. a.The affidavit shall describe the specific error(s) and certify that the work sheets are the originals used in the preparation of the bid. b.The affidavit and the work sheets shall be submitted to the City’s Representative no later than 5:00 p.m. on the first business day after bid opening, or the claim will not be considered. c.The City’s Representative will review the certified work sheets to determine the validity of Bidder’s claimed error, and make a recommendation to the City. If the City concurs in the claim of error, the Bidder will be relieved of responsibility, and the Bid Deposit of the Bidder will be returned. Thereafter, at the discretion of the City, all bids may be rejected or award made to the next lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. 6.The form of contract that the successful bidder, as the Contractor, will be required to execute, and the forms and the amount of surety bonds that it will be required to furnish at the time of execution of the contract are included in the bid documents and should be carefully examined. 7.Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed City prepared contract, insurance certification as required by the contract, and a satisfactory bond as required by law. If the successful bidder fails to provide these documents within the 10-day period, the City may, at its sole discretion, reduce the time for completion of the contract work by one calendar day for each calendar day after this 10-day period that the successful bidder fails to provide all required documents. 8.Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within City-furnished sites. The successful bidder, as the Contractor, shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the City. 9.No claim for delay shall be granted to the successful bidder, as the Contractor, due to its failure to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with this schedule. 10. The “Payment and Performance Bond” shall comply with Ch. 39.08 of the Revised Code of Washington, be in the form provided for in the bid packet, and be conditioned upon contractor’s faithful performance of the work free of defects and the payment of all taxes and wages owed to laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and material men. 11. Any decision made by the City regarding the award and execution of the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington. 12. Bidders shall include all costs of doing the work within the bid item prices. In the contract plans, contract provisions, addenda, or any other part of the contract require work that has no bid item price in the proposal form, the entire cost of labor and material required to perform the work shall be incidental and included with the bid item prices in the contract. 13. Bidders shall refer to the insurance requirements in the bid packet, which constitute the insurance the successful bidder will be required to carry for this project. Submittal of a bid affirms a bidder’s ability to maintain such insurance. 14. All bids must be submitted with the current COVID-19 pandemic in mind and include the costs the successful bidder, as Contractor, will incur in timely performing the work while complying with all federal, state, and local job site requirements, including social distancing, sanitation measures, and required personal protective equipment. Contractor shall not be excused for delay, and no change order will issue for increased costs or additional time, due to Contractor’s requirement to meet COVID-19 mitigation measures established by any federal or state agency or official and required as of the date of bid opening. Should a federal or state agency or official impose subsequent mitigation measures that are not reasonably foreseeable, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith the impact those measures have on the contract work. BIDDER’S PACKAGE CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Project Number PK21-01 BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL: THURSDAY, JULY 15, 2021 2:00 PM (BID SUBMITTAL DATE) BID OPENING: THURSDAY, JULY 15, 2021 2:15 PM COUNCIL CHAMBERS, FIRST FLOOR DELIVER TO: CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL CITY CLERK’S OFFICE, FIRST FLOOR 220 4TH AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WASHINGTON 98032 KENT PARKS, RECREATION & COMMUNITY SERVICES TERRY JUNGMAN KPG PS LIZ GIBSON BIDDER’S PACKAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS •Invitation to Bid •Information for Bidders BIDDER FORMS 1.Contractor Compliance Statement 2.Declaration of EEO Policy 3.City of Kent Administrative Policy 1.2 - Minority and Women Contractors 4.EEO Compliance Statement 5.Proposal with Bid Summary 6.Subcontractor List for Contracts Over $100K 7.Subcontractor List (HVAC) for Contracts Over $1M 8.Contractor’s Qualification Statement 9.Bidder Responsibility Criteria – Qualified Bidder 10.Bidder Responsibility Criteria – Compliance with Wage Statutes 11.Proposal Signature Page 12.Bid Bond Form 13.Combined Declaration Form – Non-Collusion & Minimum Wage 14.Contract 15.Payment and Performance Bond 16.Insurance Requirements 17.Change Order (C.O.) 18.Request for Information (RFI) 19.Bidder’s Checklist INVITATION TO BID Notice is hereby given that the City of Kent, Washington, will receive sealed bids at the City Clerk’s office through July 15, 2021, up to 2:00 p.m. as shown on the clock on the east wall of the City Clerk’s Office on the first floor of City Hall, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, Washington 98032. All bids must be properly marked and sealed in accordance with this “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be delivered and received at the City Clerk’s office by the above-stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at 2:15 p.m. for the City of Kent project named: WILLIS STREET AND 4TH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PROJECT PK21-01 The project consists of the construction of a multiuse trail, node areas and pathways on the north and south side of Willis Street (SR 516) and 4th Ave South. The project also includes landscaping, irrigation, illumination, stormwater improvements and other park amenities. Should a contract be executed, it is the contractor’s responsibility to comply with all COVID-19 workplace health and safety measures established by the state Department of Labor & Industries or otherwise imposed by the Governor, the state Department of Health, or the Local Health Officer of Seattle-King County Public Health, or subsequent modifications to such health and safety measures as those authorities may issue, including providing all needed personal protective equipment. The Engineer’s estimated range for this project is approximately $950,000 to $1,200,000. For technical questions, please call Terry Jungman at 253-856-5112 or TJungman@kentwa.gov. All questions must be received by July 9, 2021 at 5:00 p.m. Bids must be clearly marked “Bid” with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope, addressed to the City Clerk, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032-5895. Only sealed bids will be accepted. No facsimiles or electronic submittals will be considered. Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications and other contract documents now on file in the office of Parks Planning and Development, City of Kent, Washington. Plans and specifications can be downloaded at no charge at KentWA.gov/doing- business/bids-procurement. Copies of the WSDOT Standard Specifications are available for perusal only. Apprentice Utilization Requirements are mandatory for all public works estimated to cost one million dollars ore more, in which case no less than 15% of the labor hours must be performed by apprentices. KCC 6.01.030. A cashier’s check, cash or surety bond in the amount of 5% of the bid must be included with the bid. The City of Kent reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most responsive, satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. Bidders must submit with their initial bid a signed statement as to whether they have previously performed work subject to the President’s Executive Order No. 11246. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of bid opening. Dated this 24th day of June, 2021. BY: Kimberley A. Komoto, City Clerk Published in Daily Journal of Commerce on July 25, 2021. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1.Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the contract documents. The City reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action includes the City’s review of the qualification information in the bid documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to determine whether the lowest responsive bidder is also responsible and able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment, determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work (the “lowest responsive and responsible bidder”). 2.All blanks in the proposal forms must be appropriately filled in. Bid documents must contain original signature pages. Facsimiles are not acceptable and are considered non-responsive submittals. 3.All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be received at the City Clerk’s office by the stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. 4.The City also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules or alternates of the Proposal and will award the contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including schedules or alternates selected by the City. 5.A Bidder who wishes to claim error after the bids have been opened and tabulated shall submit a notarized affidavit signed by the Bidder, accompanied by original work sheets used in the preparation of the bid, requesting relief from the responsibilities of award. In such event. a.The affidavit shall describe the specific error(s) and certify that the work sheets are the originals used in the preparation of the bid. b.The affidavit and the work sheets shall be submitted to the City’s Representative no later than 5:00 p.m. on the first business day after bid opening, or the claim will not be considered. c.The City’s Representative will review the certified work sheets to determine the validity of Bidder’s claimed error, and make a recommendation to the City. If the City concurs in the claim of error, the Bidder will be relieved of responsibility, and the Bid Deposit of the Bidder will be returned. Thereafter, at the discretion of the City, all bids may be rejected or award made to the next lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. 6.The form of contract that the successful bidder, as the Contractor, will be required to execute, and the forms and the amount of surety bonds that it will be required to furnish at the time of execution of the contract are included in the bid documents and should be carefully examined. 7.Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed City prepared contract, insurance certification as required by the contract, and a satisfactory bond as required by law. If the successful bidder fails to provide these documents within the 10-day period, the City may, at its sole discretion, reduce the time for completion of the contract work by one calendar day for each calendar day after this 10-day period that the successful bidder fails to provide all required documents. 8. Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within City-furnished sites. The successful bidder, as the Contractor, shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the City. 9. No claim for delay shall be granted to the successful bidder, as the Contractor, due to its failure to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with this schedule. 10. The “Payment and Performance Bond” shall comply with Ch. 39.08 of the Revised Code of Washington, be in the form provided for in the bid packet, and be conditioned upon contractor’s faithful performance of the work free of defects and the payment of all taxes and wages owed to laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and material men. 11. Any decision made by the City regarding the award and execution of the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington. 12. Bidders shall include all costs of doing the work within the bid item prices. In the contract plans, contract provisions, addenda, or any other part of the contract require work that has no bid item price in the proposal form, the entire cost of labor and material required to perform the work shall be incidental and included with the bid item prices in the contract. 13. Bidders shall refer to the insurance requirements in the bid packet, which constitute the insurance the successful bidder will be required to carry for this project. Submittal of a bid affirms a bidder’s ability to maintain such insurance. 14. All bids must be submitted with the current COVID-19 pandemic in mind and include the costs the successful bidder, as Contractor, will incur in timely performing the work while complying with all federal, state, and local job site requirements, including social distancing, sanitation measures, and required personal protective equipment. Contractor shall not be excused for delay, and no change order will issue for increased costs or additional time, due to Contractor’s requirement to meet COVID-19 mitigation measures established by any federal or state agency or official and required as of the date of bid opening. Should a federal or state agency or official impose subsequent mitigation measures that are not reasonably foreseeable, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith the impact those measures have on the contract work. BIDDER FORMS FOR WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE (PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK) CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE STATEM ENT (Presidential Executive Order # 1L246) Da 0711512021 This statement relates to a proposed contract with the City of Kent named WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that - I have X I have not_ participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to presidential Executive Order #LI246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. OMA Construction, lnc NAME OF BIDDER 0 a ; PresidentBY: SIGN L PO Box 429 Maple Valley, WA 98038 ADDRESS (Note to Bidders: The information required in this Compliance Statement is informational only) WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 1 DECLARATION CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY The City of Kent is committed to conform to Federal and State laws regarding equal opportunity. As such, all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who perform work with relation to this contract shall comply with the regulations of the City's equal employment opportunity policies, The following questions specifically identify the requirements the City deems necessary for any contractor, subcontractor or supplier on this specific contract to adhere to. An affirmative response is required on all of the following questions for this contract to be valid and binding' If any contractor, subcontractor or supplier willfully misrepresents themselves with regard to the directives outlined, it will be considered a breach of contract and it will be at the City's sole determination regarding suspension or termination for all or part of the contract; The questions are as follows: 1, I have read the attached City of Kent administrative policy number 1.2. 2. During the time of this contract I will not discriminate in employment on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, or the presence of all sensory, mental or physical disability. 3. During the time of this contract the prime contractor will provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer, 4. During the time of the contract I, the prime contractor, will actively consider hiring and promotion of women and minorities' 5. Before acceptance of this contract, an adherence statement will be signed by me, the Prime Contractor, that the Prime Contractor complied with the requirements as set forth above. By signing below agree to fulfill the five requirements referenced above. By: For: Title: Date: OMA 0 oh, President 07t15t2021 WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 2 CITY OF KENT ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY NUMBER: L.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1998 SUBJECT: POLICY: Equal employment opportunity requirements for the City of Kent will conform to federal and state laws. All contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers of the City must guarantee equal employment opportunity within their organization and, if holding Agreements with the City amounting to $10,000 or more within any given year, must take the following affirmative steps: 1. provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer' 2. Actively consider for promotion and advancement available minorities and women. Any contractor, subcontractor, consultant or supplier who willfully disregards the City's nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements shall be considered in breach of contract and subject to suspension or termination for all or part of the Agreement' Contract Compliance Officers will be appointed by the Directors of Planning, Parks, and Public Works Departments to assume the following duties for their respective departments. 1. Ensuring that contractors, subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers subject to these regulations are familiar with the regulations and the City's equal employment opportunity policy. Z. Monitoring to assure adherence to federal, state and local laws, policies and guidelines. MINORITY AND WOMEN CONTRACTORS WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-O1 SUPERSEDES: April 1, 1996 APPROVED BY Jim White, Mayor BIDDER FORMS PAGE 3 CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYM ENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT This form shall be filled out AFTER COMPLETION of this project by the Contractor awarded the contract. I, the undersigned, a duly represented agent of - Company, hereby acknowledge and declare that the before-mentioned company was the prime contract for the contract known as WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE that was entered into on the day of between the firm I represent and the City of Kent' 20-., I declare that I complied fully with all of the requirements and obligations as outlined in the City of Kent Administrative Policy 1.2 and the Declaration City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy that was part of the before-mentioned contract. By: For Title: Date: WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 4 PROPOSAL To the City Clerk City Hall Kent, Washington 98032 The undersigned hereby certifies 1631 OMA Construction' lnc' has examined the job site and construction details of the work as outlined on the plans and described in the special provisions and specifications for the project named WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE for the City of Kent, Washington, and has read and thoroughly understands the plans, special provisions and specifications, and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement and the method by which payment will be made for that work and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement in accordance with the bid and contract, and at the following schedule of rates and prices: NOTE TO BIDDERS: 1) All bid items are described in the plans, Kent Parks Special Provisions (Parks Special provisions), Kent Special Provisions (KSP), or the Standard Specifications (WSDOT). Reference the Section in this proposal document where the bid item is described' 2) Proposal items are numbered in sequence but are non-continuous. 3) Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown' 4) Should bid items with identically worded bid item descriptions appear in more than one schedule of the proposal, the bidder must bid the same unit price. The City shall use the lowest unit price submitted by the bidder for the items in question in each schedule where identical bid item description appears, Bid items with identically worded descriptions which appear in more than one schedule are denoted with an asterisk (*). WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pr\21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 5 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Design ALL ENTRIES SHA[[ BE WRITTEN IN INK OR WPED TO VATIDATE BID Note: unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded nonresponsive and rejected. where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall preva il, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto Item No. Spec. Section Item Description quantity Unit Unit Price**Amount Bid - Schedule A - Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape lmprovements A1 t-04 Minor Change 7 EST s 2s,000.00 s 2s,000.00 A2 1-05 dway Surveying 7 LS $ il.m0.m $ 10,000.00 A3 1-05 Record Drawings (Minimum Bid 53,000)1 LS $ 3,000.m $ 3J100.00 A4 t-o7 ADA Feature Surveying I LS $ 3,000.m $ 3,0[0.r]0 A5 r-07 SPCC Plan 7 LS $ 250[.m $ 25U0.00 A6 1-08 Type B Progress Schedule (Minimum Bid 55,000)L LS $ s.000.fl $ 5,0110.00 A7 1-09 Mobilization 7 LS $ u5Jl00.m $ 125J100.0r1 A8 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic Control 1 LS $ 35.n00.m $ 35jlrl0.u0 A9 2-0r Clearing and Grubbing T LS $ E,m0.m g EIDD.00 A10 2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions I LS $ sJl0o.m $ 5Jloo.o0 All 2-03 Roadway Excavation lncl. Haul 1 LS $ SrllD0.m $ 50Jl00.oo Al2 4-03 Gravel Borrow, lncluding Haul and Compaction 110 TON $ 55m $ 6,050.110 A13 4-O4 Crushed Surfacing ToP Course 620 TON $ 55m $ 34J00.0r1 Ar4 4-O4 Permeable Ballast 180 CY $ 85.m $ 15,3110.00 A15 5-04 HMA Cl 1/2" PG 58H-22 For RoadwaY 60 TON $ 300.m $ 18J100.00 A16 5-04 HMA Cl U2" PG 58H-22 For WalkwaY 50 TON $ 380.m $ 13J100.00 Al7 5-06 Pervious Cement Concrete 30 CY $ f.il0.m $ 33J100.0[ A18 7-Or Drain Pipe 6 In. Diam.110 LF $ 65.m $ 7.150.00 A19 7-04 Ductile lron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 ln' Diam.20 LF $ 75.m $ 1500.00 A20 7-04 PVC Storm Sewer PiPe 12 ln. Diam 70 LF $ E5.m $ 8"750.00 AzL 7-05 Area Drain 4 EA $ 500.m $ 2J100.00 422 7-05 Catch Basin Type 1 7 EA $ 25rl0.m $ 2500.00 WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 6 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Design AtL ENTRIES SHALT BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VATIDATE BID Note: unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents to two {2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). Allfigures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail,and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Item No. Spec. Section Item Description quantity Unit Unit Price*r Amount Bid - Schedule A - Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final landscape lmprovements A23 7-05 Catch Basin Type 2 48 ln. Diam 2 EA r EFnn rn r annnnn 424 7-05 Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure to Finished Grade 5 EA { Ennm *1 qnn nn 425 7-05 Thermoplastic Storm Drain Stenciling 2 EA r 6nnm + lnnnnn A26 7-06 lnfiltration Trench 160 LF { Tlnm { 1A nnn nn A27 7-08 Pipe Zone Bedding 70 TON * 75m t E ?EN NN A28 7-08 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Storm 150 TON * 55m (R ?EN NN A29 7-08 Foundation Material, Class I and ll 80 TON s 55.m + 44nnnn 430 7-OA Abandon Existing Storm Sewer PiPe L LS * 5t100 m $ 5nm.00 431 8-01 Erosion/Water Pollution Control T EST s 1s,o00.oo s 1s,ooo.00 A32 8-O2 Topsoil Type A 190 CY 85ms s 8150.00 A33 8-02 Berm 1 LS $ 5jt00.m $ 5J100.00 A34 8-02 Wood Chip Mulch 40 CY $ 82.m $ 328o.oo A3s 8-O2 Fine Compost 290 CY $ s0.m $ 26.1011.00 A36 8-02 Seeded Lawn lnstallation 8750 SY $ 2.m $ 17500.00 A37 8-02 Lawn Dethatching and Aerating 4380 SY $ Z.ln $ 8.760.00 A38 8-02 PSIPE Ginkgo biloba 'Magyar'/ Magyar Ginkgo; 2.5" Cal., 12-14'Hl.7 EA $ 750.m $ 5250.00 439 8-02 PSIPE Fagus sylvatica/ European Beech; 2.5" Cal., 12-14'Ht.4 EA $ 750.m $ 3J100.0[ A40 8-O2 PSIPE Cornus kousa x Nutalli 'KN4-43'/ Starlight Dogwood; 2" cal., 10'- 12'ht. 4 EA $ 7s0.m $ 3.0[0.00 A4L 8-02 PSIPE Metasequoia glyptostroboides/ Dawn Redwood; 7'-8' ht.4 EA $ 850.m $ 3.400.0[ A42 8-02 PSIPE Calocedrus decurrens/ lncense Cedar; 7'-8' Ht J EA $ 850.m $ 255o.oo A43 8-O2 PSIPE Heptacodium miconioides/ Seven Son Flower; 1" Cal. min, per cane, 6'-7' ht. 9 EA $ E.m $ 162.110 A44 8-02 PSIPE Acer cicrcinatum/ Vine Maple; 1" Cal. min, per cane, 6'-7' ht.10 EA $ E.m $ 180.00 WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 7 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Design AtL ENTRIES SHAIL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VAIIDATE BID Note: Unitpricesforall items,all extensions,andtotal amountof bidshall beshown. Enterunitpricesinnumerical figuresonlyindollarsand cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Item No. Spec. Section Item Description quantity Unit Unit Price**Amount Base Bid - schedule A - willis street and 4th Ave s Final Landscape lmprovements A45 8-02 PSIPE llex crenata 'Helleri'/ Heller's Japanese Holly; 2 Gal. Cont 39 EA $ t.m $ 702.00 A46 8-02 PSIPE Fothergilla gardenii 'Blue Mist'/ Blue Mist Dwa rf Fothergilla; 2 Gal. Cont. 32 EA $ B.m $ 57E.0rl 447 8-02 PSIPE Pinus strobus'Blue Shag'/ Blue Shag Dwaf White Pine; 2 Gal. Cont. 4 EA $ €.m $72frl 448 8-02 PSI PE Berberis thunbergii'Concorde'/ Concorde Japanese Barberry; 1 Gal. Cont. 9L EA $ B.m $ 1.638.00 A49 8-02 PSIPE Calluna vulgaris 'spring Torch'/ Spring Torch Scotch Heather; 1 Gal. Cont. 40 EA $ E.m $ 720 00 A50 8-O2 PSIPE Spiraea betulifolia 'Tor'/ Birchleaf Spirea: 2 Gal. Cont.18 EA $ B.m $ 324.00 A51 8-02 PSIPE Ophiopogon planiscaPus 'N igrescens'/ Black Mondo Grass: 1 Gal. Cont. 64 EA $ ll.rll $ 11s2.00 A52 8-02 PSIPE Pennisetum orientale'Karley Rose'/ KarleV Rose Fountain Grass: 1 Gal. Cont. 38 EA $ E.m $ 584.00 A53 8-02 PSIPE Miscanthus sinensis'Morning Light'/ Morning Light Malden Grass; 1 Gal. Cont. 3 EA $ B.m $54.00 454 8-02 PSIPE Calamagrostis acutiflora'Karl Foerster'/ Karl Foerster Feather Reed Grass; 1 Gal. Cont. 10 EA $€m $180.00 A55 8-02 PSIPE Epimedium x Rubrum/ Hybrid Epimedium; 1 Gal. Cont.175 EA $ B.m $ 3.150 00 455 8-02 PSIPE Geum 'Mango Lassi'/ Mango Lassi Avens; Quart Cont.L75 EA $ B.m $ 3.150.00 457 8-02 PSIPE Veronica repens/ Creeping Speedwell; 1 Gal. Cont.55 EA $ B.m $ s30.00 A58 8-O2 Relocated Rhododendron Shrub 19 EA $ us.m $ 2.37s 00 A59 8-02 Swale Area Restoration 1 EST s 2,ooo.0o s 2,000.00 A60 8-03 lrrigation System, ComPlete I LS $ 5[J]00.m g 50!00.00 461 8-04 Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter r25 SF $ 50.m $ 6250.00 A62 8-05 Cement Concrete Extruded Curb 515 LF $ 35,m $ 18,025.011 A63 8-12 porary Chain Link Fence 4000 LF $5.m $ 20J100.00 A64 8-L4 Cement Concrete Shared Use Path, (4-lnch Thick)950 SY $ 30.m $ s5500.00 465 8-1.4 Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk, (4-lnch Thick)340 SY $ 90.m $ 30,600.00 A66 8-74 Accent Cement Concrete Band, (4-lnch Thick)40 SY $ E0.m $ EJl0000 WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 8 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Design A[[ ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VATIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Item No. Spec. Section Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Price**Amount Base Bid - Schedule A - Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape lmprovements A67 8-14 Cement Concrete Curb Ramp 2 EA $ s50.m $ 1100.00 A68 8-74 Detectable Warning Surface 200 SF $ 20.m $ 4,0[0.00 A59 8-19 Bench Type 1 1 EA $ 500.tr $ 500.00 470 8-19 Bench Type 2 5 EA $ 750.m $ 3.750.00 471 8-19 Bench Type 3 4 EA $ smm $ 2,000.00 A72 8-19 Litter Receptacle 4 EA $ 500.m $ 2.000.00 473 8-20 Pedestrian lllumination System, Complete t LS $ 45.000 m $ 45J100.00 474 8-20 Accent Bollard with Lighting lllumination system, complete 7 LS $ t5000.m $ 105,0110.00 A75 8-27 Gravel Path 30 CY $ 250.m $ 7500.00 476 8-28 Pothole Utilities L EST s s00.00 5 soo.oo 477 8-30 Project Signs I LS $ u50.m $ 1250.00 478 8-33 Boulders 7 LS $ 7500.m $ 7500.00 479 8-34 Dog Bag Dispenser 5 EA + ?5nm $ 1250.00 A80 8-35 Art Sculpture Pedestal 1 LS $ 2t1.0[0.m $ 20,000.t10 WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 9 SCHEDUTE OF PRICES Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Design ALL ENTRIES SHATL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VATIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail,and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto' All unit prices shall not include applicable sales tax ffi,w$ffi_ffiffiiEii,''' { ?nnnnnn1LSf 20000mB18-36 Gateway Feature t 76nnnnfltLS* 75fi00 m8-20 Linear Uplighting llumination System, Complete82 (95.000.00 10.1% WA State Sales Tax $112,925.47 Total Bid Amount $1,230,999.47 ScheduleA+scheduleBsubtotal S 1,1 1 8,074.00 WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-0'l BIDDER FORMS PAGE 1O The undersigned Bidder hereby verifies that these listed bid prices are true and correct in all respects DATE:07t15t2021 BIDDER: (s ture) Title: President (print name) By : Barry O'Younq Company Name: OMA Construction, lnc' Address: PO Box429 City/State lZip: Maple Valley, WA 98038 Phone: 206-262-1721 WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 11 CITY OF KENT SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over $100,000) List each subcontractor, from any tier of subcontractors, that shall perform subcontract work amounting to more than 10olo of the total bid contract price. List each bid item to be performed by each designated subcontractor in numerical sequence, If no subcontractors will be perfbrmin g 7.Oo/o or more of the work, indicate this by writing "None" and signing this formltttre bottom of the page. Failure to submit a fully completed and signed subcontractor list after the time set for bid opening may disqualify your bid' Project Name: WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Project Number: PK21-O1 Subcontractor Name Totem Electric Item Numbers: A7, A73, A74, 82 Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: Subcontractor Name Item Numbers: aBIDDER'S SIGNATURE WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pt<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 12 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over 1 million dollars) HVAC, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL Name of Bidder : OMA Constru ction. lnc. project Name: WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Project Number: PK21-O1 pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the work of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning; plumbing; and electrical, or to name itself for the work. Failure of the Bidder to submit, within one hour after the published bid submittal time, the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the Bidder's Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Subcontractor Name:None Plumbing Subcontractor Name :None Electrical Subcontractor Name :Totem Electric 0 L Bidder's Signa ure WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 0711512021 Date BIDDER FORMS PAGE 13 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over 1 million dollars) STRUCTURAL STEEL INSTALLATION AND REBAR INSTALLATION Name of Bidder OMA Construction, lnc. Project Name:WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Project Number:PK21-01 pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the work of structural steel installation and rebar installation. Failure of the Bidder to submit, within 48 hours after the published bid submittal time, the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the Bidder's Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. Structu ral Steel I nsta I lation Su bco ntractor Name: OMA Construction Rebar lnstallation Subcontractor Na me OMA Construction 6 Signature idder 07t1512021 Date WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-0',1 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 14 CoNTRACTOR'S QUALTFTCATTON STATEM ENT (RCW 39.O4.35O) for WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE THE CITY WILL REVIEW THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPO'VSES TO THIS FORM TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE BIDDING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PERFORM THE CONTRACT WORK. THIS FORM INCL''DES CRITERIA ESTABLISHED BY STATE LAW THAT MUST BE MET TO BE CONSIDERED A RESPONSIBLE BIDDER AND QUALIFIED TO BE AWARDED THIS PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT, AS WELL AS iupprcuENTAL oRITERIA ESTABLISHED BY THE CITY THAT ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT. THE BIDDER SHOULD READ AND RESPOND TO THIS FORM CAREFULLY, Indicators of contractor responsibility inherently involve subjective determinations as to the contractor's ability to perform and complete the contract work responsibly and to the owner city's satisfaction. The city has an obligation and a duty to its citizens and its taxpayers to administer its budgets and complete its projects in a businesslike manner. Accordingly, it has a duty to exercise the type of inquiry and discretion a business would conduct when selecting a contractor who will be responsible to perform the contract work. The city's supplemental criteria are based, in large part, on the qualification statement form used by the American Institute of Architects. The city provides these criteria to provide the most objective framework possible within which the city will make its decision regarding the bidder's ability to be responsible to perform the contract work. These criteria, taken together, will form the basis for the city's decision that a bidder is or is not responsible to perform the contract work. Any bidder may make a formal written request to the city to modify the criteria set forth in this qualification statement, but that request may only be made within 48 hours of the date and time that the bidder first obtains the bid documents or three (3) business days prior to the scheduled bid opening date, whichever occurs first. If the city receives a modification request, it will consider any information submitted in the request and will respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the city's evaluation results in changed criteria, the city will issue an addendum establishing the new or modified criteria' If the city determines that, based on the criteria established in this statement, a bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work, the city will provide written notice of its determination that will include the city's reason for its decision. The bidder has 24 hours from the time the city delivers written notice to the bidder that the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work to appeal the city's determination. No appeals will be received after the expiration of this 24-hour appeal period, The city may deliver this notice by hand delivery, email, facsimile, or regular mail. In the event the city uses postal mail, the delivery will be deemed complete three days after being placed in the U.s. Mail. The bidder,s right to appeal is limited to the single remedy of providing the city with additional information to be considered before the city issues a final determination, Bidder acknowledges and understands that, as provided by RCW 39.04.350, no other appeal is allowed and no other remedy of any kind or nature is available to the bidding contractor if the City determines that the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work. If the bidder fails WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pt<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 15 to request a modification within the time allowed, or fails to appeal a determination that the bidder is not responsible within the time allowed, the city will make its determination of bidder responsibility based on the information submitted. COMPLETE AND STGfl THIS FORM AS PART OF YOUR BID. FAILURE TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THTS FORM MAY ALSO RESULT IN A DETERMINATION THAT YOUR BID IS ,VOAI.RESPONSIVE AN D TH E REFORE VOID. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. The undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED BY:OMA Construction. ln NAME:Barry O'Youn o ADDRESS PO Box 429 Maple Val . wA 98038 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: ADDRESS: OMA Construction, lnc. 22412 SE 231st Street le Valley, WA 98038 PHONE: FAX: 206-262-1721 206-262-91 07 STATUTORY REQUIRE M ENTS MINIMUM CRITERIA REQUIRED BY WA STATE LAW l.l Provide a copy of your Department of Labor and Industries certificate of registration in compliance with chapter LB-27 RCW' Attached L.2 Provide your current state unified business identifier number. 60L-872-128 1.3 provide proof of applicable industrial insurance coverage for your employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW, together with an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW. Providing a copy of a state of Washington "Master License Service Registration and Licenses" form is typically sufficient evidence of the requirements of this subsection. Attached L.4 provide a statement*, signed by a person with authority to act and speak for your company, that your company, including any subsidiary companies or affiliated companies under majority ownership or under control by the owners of the bidder's company, are not and have not been in the past three (3) years, Map 1 WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pt<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE.I6 6nt2021 OMACONSTRUCTIONINC -A *-n*'-u""o."**'t \.1 Latdr a tndusrries_(https://lni.wa.gov) OMACONSTRUCTIONINC Owner or Principals O'YOUNG, BARRY K, PRESIDENT AKERS, BRANDON MICHAEL, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 1012312015) Doing business as OMACONSTRUCTIONINC WA UBI No. 601 872 128 Received by L&l 08r3112020 License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. 99.n"slrg9$9n."q.91t!I-491-oj Active Meets cuilent requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. oMACO1023L6 Effective - expiration 05/26/1 998- 1012312021 .P-en9. Western Surety Co Bond account no. 58655851 $1 2,000.00 Received by L&l Effective date 06t20t2014 Expiration date until Canceled 06t2712014 !ng*re.ng"e- Ohio Security lns Co Policy no. BKS58161791 $1,000,000.00 PO BOX 3705 SEATTLE, WA 98124 206-262-1721 KING County Business type Corporation Governing persons BARRY K OYOUNG LAWRENCE ANDY MONIZ; BARRY OYOUNG; Effective date 09/01/2020 Expiration date 09r01t2021 Ohio Security lns Co Policy no. BKSs8t6179l $1,000,000.00 Received by L&l Effective date 0810412020 Expiration date 08t04t2021 08104t2020 lnsurance history https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verifo/Detail.aspx?UBl=601872128&LlC=oMACOl"023L6&SAW=1t2 6NNO21 O MACONSTRUCTION INC -*Ji]'-g-:Nii Siii;ihgs accounts during the previous 6 year period' Lawsuits aqainst the bond or savings iI6 ieviitdiiitg is;ili5tiru"iid;id"di CiVi'iigs accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&l Tax debts Nii Hti tCi iidbts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License violations Ni;"iffiiiSAViitiefiiins during the previous 6 year period. Gertifications & Endorsements OMWBE Certifications DHAVaiiies6A"BiidiiieSS Enterprise (DBE) Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) ADDrentice Traininq Aqent liEaiS6idii-iiaiiiiiig 5d6il',il eheck their eligible prosrams and occupations. Workers'Gomp Do you know if the business has employees? lf so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. L&l Account lD Account is current' -e.L.9'!A9.:.91. Doing business as OMA CONSTRUCTION INC Estimated workers reported Quarter 1 ol Yeat 2021 "51 to 75 Workers" L&l account contact TO / LINDSEY THURGOOD- (360)902-5385 - Email: @lni'wa.gov Public Works Requirements Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. E-ecciR-{-Trilnir'.s:-E[-e--cjiy"e-.lsl}{..:H-ql-9 Exempt from this requirement. Contractor Strikes Nilffiiiai-hefd iirien issued against this contractor. Contractors not allowed to bid Nd"iftiteiriiEii6 iilV'd bC6ii i53iied against this contractor. Workplace Safety & Health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. lnspection results date 08/1 6/201 I lnspection rlo. 317954730 Location 22412 SE 23lst St Maple Valley, WA 98038 No violations https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verifi7/Detail.aspx?UBl=601872128&LlC=OMACOl.023L6&SAW=2t2 stATE Ol: \{A5I{INCTON Profit Corporation OMA CONSTRUCTION, INC. OMA CONSTRUCTION INC 224125E 231ST ST MAPLE VALLEY, WA 98038-8272 UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE - ACTIVE TAX REGISTRATION - ACTIVE UBli601872128 001 0003 ['i: il\a;r ili:;a)'i:: !_,(rSl lNi INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE - ACTIVE lssue Date: Jun 05, 2020 Unified Business lD #: 601872128 Business lD #: 001 Location: 0003 Expires: Apr 30,2O21 Expires: Apr30,2021 .)j iii )i lti 'il1,1 ,lilr,! ij l:; i l1 l;l ,tij ilI .:j l,r 'l lri ',1li '!ri l;:i I'i r, j lrt .r li iri ,l r,i r1 ;] 111 ;: r,l l'a ,r l:l ,N lli 4i,i 1,3 )i @ tsUSINESS I.ICTNSE CITY ENDORSEMENTS: MAPLE VALLEY GENERAL BUSINESS - ACTIVE KIRKLAND GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT #OBL3O136 - ACTIVE CLYDE HILL GENERAL BUSINESS - NON.RESIDENT - ACTIVE ISSAQUAH GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT - ACTIVE TUKWILA GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT. ACTIVE SEATAC GENERAL BUSINESS - NON.RESIDENT - ACTIVE BURIEN GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT #14221 - ACTIVE LICENSING RESTRICTIONS: Not licensed to hire minors without a Minor Work Permit. REGISTERED TRADE NAMES: OMA CONSTRUCTION INC I 'Ihis <locurrrerrt lists the registrntio|s, enrlorse{terrts, and licttls.-'s artthorirell for llre busittess tt.rrtrerl above. [ly ,tcceptirrg iilis docuntert' tlte licetrsee certilies the ittfornuiitn ott llre rpplicalion tras <orrrulete. iru", ,rird "..rrnt" to the best of his or her knortlerlge,,rrrd ihat hrtsirtts: rvill be r.orrrhrctJrl irt cotnplirrtte uith rll applicable \!.tshilrgton st.rte, rolrrtt!, nrld rill re6ulatiorrs' .:r'.:-'- .,.-: -.]:-.- '- :,.;:: --.= -- :- ,. -' ., :-.,...- .,- : - - l)irp.tor, [rrl]ar lnrent oi I{c\en!F :.. a a,..:. :. :,.., --- : _l OMA CONSTRUCTION, INC. OMA CONSTRUCTION INC 224't2 SE 23',lsT ST MAPLE VALLEY, WA 98038.8272 SIA1F OF WASHINGTON UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE - ACTIVE INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE - ACTIVE TAX REGISTMTION.ACTIVE MAPLE VALLEY GENERAL BUSINESS - ACTIVE KIRKLAND GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT #OBL3O136 . ACTIVE CLYDE HILL GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT - ACTIVE ISSAQUAH GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT - ACTIVE TUKWILA GENERAL BUSINESS. NON.RESIDENT - ACTIVE SEATAC GENERAL BUSINESS - NON-RESIDENT - ACTIVE BURIEN GENERAL BUSINESS - |fuA /*,tb t)ir.r toi t)pt,.trtmenl oi Rcv.nuc Df: ff(i -lhraj !iEc liLiir i:ilR Ittlfi vr'A Lri IMPORTANT! PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION CAREFULLY BEFORE POSTING THIS LICENSE EndorsementsGeneral lnformation . Post this Business License in a visible location at your place of business. . lf you were issued a Business License previously, destroy the old one and post this one in its place. . All endorsements should be renewed by the expiration date that appears on the front of this license to avoid any late fees that may apply. lf there is no expiration date, the endorsements remain active as long as you continue required reporting (see Endorsements). . Login to My DOR at business.wa.gov/BlS if you need to make changes to your business name, location, mailing address, telephone number, or business ownership. Telephone: (360) 705-6741 Although tax registration, unemployment, and industrial insurance endorsements appear on your Business License, the registration with the agencies that govern these endorsements is not complete until they have established an account for your business. Each registering agency requires you to submit periodic reports. Each agency will send you the necessary reporting forms and instructions. Corporations, limiled liability companies, etc. You must submit a Business License Application and file with the Corporations Division of the Secretary of State before you can legally operate as a corporation, limited liability company, or other business organization type that requires registration. lfyou have any questions, call (360) 725-0377. Fo. assistance or to request this document in an alternate format, visit httpJ/business.wa.gov/8LS or call (360) 705-6741. Teletype (TTY) users may use the washington Relay Seryice by calling 711. BLS-700j07 (04/14l16) disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39'06.010 or 39,12'065 (3). xForm included with Bidder's Package' 1.5 provide a signed statement',r, signed under penalty of perjury by a person with authority to act and speak for your company, that within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, your company is not a "willful" violator as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provisions of chapters 49'46, 49.48, or49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. *Form included with Bidder's Package. 1.6 provide proof that a designated person or persons with your company has either received training from the department of labor and industries or an approved training provider on the requirements related to public works and prevailing wages under chapter 39.04 RCW and 39.L2 RCW or provide proof that your company has completed three or more public works projects and have had a valid business license in Washington for three or more years and are exempt from this training requirement. SUppLEMENTAL CRITERIA - Established by the City of Kent to determine bidder responsibility 2. ORGANIZATION Z.t How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? 2t 2.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 21' 2.2,L Under what other or former names has your organization operated? N/A2.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 2.3.L Date of incorporation: 0.6/0.2/7998 2.3.2 State of incorporation' washington Z.g.g president's name' Barry O'Young 2'3.4 Vice- president's n a me(s) :,.. Bra ndon Akers 2.3.5 Secretary's name: Bariy o Young 2.g.6 Treasurer's name: Barry O'Young 2.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: 2.4.L Date of organization: N/A 2.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): N/A 2,4.g Na'me(s) of general partner(s): N/A Z.S If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: 2.5,1 Date of organization: N/A 2.5.2 Name of owner: N/A WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 17 3. 2,6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the princiPals: N/A LICENSING 3.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable. General Contractor; License OMACOI*02316 3.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed Washineton EXPERIENCE 4,1, List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces, Excavation, Utilities, Trucking, Landscaping, Erosion Control 4.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) 4.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? No 4.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? No 4.2.3 Has your organization filed any lawsuits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? No 4.9 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) No4.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. Attached 4.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: S17mil 4.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces' Attached 4.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five Yearsl Stzmit4.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization' Attached4.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment' Attached QUALIFIED BY EXPERIENCE AND CERTIFICATION 4 Identify whether: WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pl<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 1B /-;^'ty ;l(v Bidder is qualified to perform the WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE work and possesses the certifications required by Kent Parks Special Provisions: Bidder will retain subcontractors qualified to perform the WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE work who possess the certifications required by t Parks Special Provisions ng a Bid, Bidder affirms its work will be performed in accordance with the Kent ai provisions and it either possesses, or will retain subcontractors who possess, the By su Parks techn ci 6. ical cert ifications required for the particular work identified therein REFERENCES: On a separate piece of paper, please provide the following reference information. 6.1 Municipal or Public Agency References: Five (5) references for work performed for a municipal or other public agency. In providing references, please provide the following information for each: Attached 6.1.1 Agency name; 6.L.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 6.1,3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6.L.4 Name of Project; 6.1.5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6,1.5 Contract amount (approximately)' 6.2 Trade Referencesi Western Peterbilt 206.330.3956 6.3 Bank References: Hieu Tran 425-638-0300 7 6.4 Surety: 6.4.1 Name of bonding companYl 6.4.2 Name and address of agent: FINANCING 7.1 Financial Statement, WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 Philadelphia lndemnity - Propel lnsurance Brandon Bush 206-676-42L4 PO Box 2940 Tacoma, WA 98401--2940 After bid opening, the City may require the following financial information from any of the three apparent low bidders. If so required, the selected bidder(s) must respond with this financial information within 24 hours of the City's request for that information, The City's request for this information shall not be construed as an award or as intent to award the contract. A bidder's failure or refusal to provide this information may result in rejection of that bidder's bid. 7.1,.L Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: BIDDER FORMS PAGE 19 Current Assets (e,g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provisiOn for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes);Other Liabilities (e.9., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 7.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: 7.t,3Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? 7.L.4If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.9., parent- subsidiarY). 7.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 20 8.SIGNATURE 8.1 Dated this 15th day of WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 July .2 021 Name of O nization:OMA Construction, lnc. By: Title: Barry O'Young President 8.2 Bar O'You eing duly sworn, deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this 1sth day of J rrlv 2021 Notary P My Commi ub on Akers res nal1) Do)) It BIDDER FORMS PAGE 21 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE This statement is required by state law (RCW 39.04.350(1)(d)) to be submitted to the City before the contract can be awarded. The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date(6t2512021.), the bidderhas not been disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06,010 or 39.12'065(3)' OMA Const lnc. Bidder's Signature of Au Barry O'Young Printed Name President of OMA Construction, lnc rize cialx Title 07t1512021 Maple Valley Washington slness me b' Date City State * If a corporatiory proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice- president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE P.<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE22 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes: IT'TI T TG CTP EET Q. EfIIIDTTJ AVFNIIF I ANNTC'ADE This certification is required by state law (RCW 39.04.350(2)) to be submitted to the City before the contract can be awarded. The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date (6t25t2O2L), the bidder is not a "willful" violator, as defined in RCW 49.4g.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46,49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct. OMA Construction, lnc. Bidder's Business Name By 0 Signature of Auth rized alx Printed Name:Bar o Title: President of O MA Construction lnc. Date 0711512021 City and State . Map le Vallev Washington xlf a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice- president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-O1 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 23 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE PROJECT: WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to start construction work on the Contract, if awarded to him/her, on or before ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed, and agrees to complete the Contract within 50 calendar days after issuance of the City's Notice to Proceed. The undersigned bidder hereby agrees to submit all insurance documents, performance bonds and signed contracts within ten (10) calendar days after City awards the Contract. The City anticipates issuance of the Notice to Proceed on the day of the preconstruction meeting. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a bid bond, cashier's check or cash in an amount equal to 5olo of the total amount is hereto attached. Notice of acceptance of this bid or request for additional information shall be addressed to the undersigned at the address stated below, Receipt of Addendum No.'s 2 3 , to the plans and/or specifications is hereby acknowledged. Failure to acknowledge receipt of the addenda may be considered an irregularity in this proposal. By signing this Proposal Signature Page, the undersigned bidder agrees to accept all contract forms and documents included within the bid packet, acknowledges and accepts the provisions contained within the "Information for Bidders" section of the bid packet, and agrees to be bound by all terms, requirements and representations listed in the bid documents whether set forth by the City or by the Bidder. DATE 07t1512021 OMA on, lnc NAME OF Signatu of o d ntative Barry O'Young Print Name President of OMA Construction, lnc. Title 22412 SE 231st Street Physical Address Maple Valley, WA 98038 WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Pl<21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE24 DDER I City, State ZIP BID BOND FORM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we,OMA Constructio n. lnc.. as Princi pal, and Philadelohia lndemnitv lnsurance Comoanv ,ASSU rety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of $ s% of the total Bid nmount Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal thereof, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the invitation to bid, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damaged, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS ,1sth OMA Construction, lnc. RINCIPAL $rl*n p4y 6p JulY tep ST +ttttn$ 20 21 Philadelphia lndemnity lnsurance Company aJJ*^,"- L SURE-ry Katharine J. Snider, Attorney-in-Fact o Received return of deposit in the sum of $ DATE: ' 2O WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 25 PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-0950 Power ofAttorney KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: ThAt PHILADETPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (thc COMPANY), A COTPOTATiON OTgANiZEd ANd CXiStiNg UNdET thc laws of the Comfnonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint Carlev Espiritu, Christopher Kinvon, Cvnthia L' Jav' Eric A. Zimmerman, James B. Binder, Jamie L. Marques,, Kvle Joseph Howat, Aliceon A. Keltner, Tamara A. Ringeisen, Annelies M. Richie, Heather L. Allen. Jacob T. Haddock, Holli Albers' Erica E, Moslev, Alvssa J. lopez, Amelia G. Burrill, Katharine J, Snider, Amber Lvnn Reese and Brandon K. Bush of Bratrud Middleton lnsurance Brokers' lnc. dba Propel lnsurance , its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed 550,000'000' This Power ofAttorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority ofthe following Resolution adopted by the Board ofDirectors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY on the 14s of November,2016. RESOLVED:That the Board ofDirectors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President ofthe Company: ( I ) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorney(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereofand to atlach the seal ofthe Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney-in-Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER Rf,SOLVED:That the signatures ofsuch officers and the seal ofthe Company may be affixed to any such Power ofAttorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 27flI DAY OF OCTOBER,2017. (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insuranca Company On this 27'h day of October,20l7, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly swom said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal olsaid Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. Notary Public: residing at: Tn (Notary Seal) My commission expires:Senfemher 2.4 ?.O?,1 I, Edward Sayago, Corporate Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certifu that the loregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and the PowerofAttomey issued pursuant thereto on the27'h day ofOctober,20lT are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do furthercertify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power ofAttorney as President, was on the date ofexecution ofthe attached Power ofAttorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPLIIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY. In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company 11.ti5 1 Sth dsy 61 July ,20 21 Edward Sayago, Corporate Secretary PHII,ADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY I Rala Cvnwd PA 20r1 CITY OF KENT COMBINED DECLARATION FORM: NON.COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. Z. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration' AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief, WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE NAME OF PROJECT OMA Construction, lnc. 0' SIGN WLLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 NAME OF BIDDER'S FIRM oun President OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER BIDDER FORMS PAGE 26 4.4 R200 Sound Transit; $g.Smit; 50% Complete Derby Creek; King County; St.Zmil; 0% Complete 4.5 E360 Sound Transit; Stsmil; 100% Complete 2o2L Forbes Creek A&B City of Kirkland; Sfmil; 100% Complete 2020 Lot P Mitigation Clean Up City of Bothell; $Zmil; 100% Complete 2020 4.5 Barry O'Young Mitch Brones President 30+ Years Heavy Civil Construction PM 30+ Years Heavy Civil Construction OMA Equipment List Updated tltl2020 RAT€*Yd Model t997 PC 128 Komatsu65.77 E-1 Excavator s s4.78 E-2 67.66 E-4 L07.66 2004 cAT D3b lgp Dozer * L997 CATD5 2006 CAT D6mxl ripper Dozer Dozer 5 LL2.O7 E-s 1999 225 Hitachi Excavator $ L9.44 E-6 2008 Takeu chi 135 Excavator s 38.98 E-7 2000 cAT416 Backhoe s 61.00 E-8 2003 4262X Loader JCB s 60.34 E-9 48 E-10 L3.02 E-2L 9 E-32 L6.34 E-33 2006 John Deere 544J 2007 i r75 20LL Du Tra L995 Trailer 2007 Takuechi 125 Excavator 5cy,7'xI4' 20 Ton It Deck Excavator Loader s 7s.88 E-34 2001 PC 150 Komatsu Excavator $ s4.77 2020 PC55 Excavator s 140.00 2015 PC490 Excavator $ 112.00 20t4 PC290 Excavator s 104.00 20L7 PC228 Excavator s 127.00 D65 Komatsu Dozer Dozer 5 73.46 E-3s 2005 John Deere 650 Dozer s 10.9s 52.70 *2010 Tower 1990 20002 2017 cBr 5800 B er T an Loader Horizontal Grinder Light Plant 350.00 5 s4.77 TB175 Excavator Excavator 5 s4.77 PC55 Excavator Excavator 5 97.00 Hitachi Excavator Excavator REFERENCES 6.1 6.1.1Agency name; 6.1.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 6,1-.3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6.1.4 Name of project; 6.1,5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6.1.5 Contract amount (approximately). 6.1-.L Agency name; 5.L.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 5.1.3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6.1-.4 Name of project; 6.1.5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6.1,5 Contract amount (approximately). 6.1.1Agency name; 6,1.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 6.1.3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6,1.4 Name of projecU 6.1.5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6.1.5 Contract amount (approximately). 6.1.L Agency name; 6.1.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 6.1-,3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6.1.4 Name of projecU City of Kirkland 123 sth Ave. Kirkland, WA 98033 Hunter Richards; Project Manager 425-587 -3244 Advanced Mitigation Forbes Creek A&B Restoration of Forbes Creek and Surrounding Areas, $eook WSDOT PO Box 47360 Olympia, WA 98504-7360 Brian N ielse n 360-7 05-7 92I 1405 Toll Lanes 21001f of compost amended Bioswales with flow spreaders at 9 different locations along shoulders of r405 10001f lined pond on SB shoulder of 1405 in Kirkland; 450,000 gl. Compost Amended Detention Pond nb shoulder of 1405 in Kirkland $r.gmil Sound Transit 401 S Jackson St, Seattle, WA 98104 Eza Agoes; (2061-214-8802 E360 Sound Transit Bellevue to Redmond Link Earthwork Contractor for Kiewit E360; 4 Sites Concurrently; 40k CY Detention Vault; Outfall to upper Kelsey Creek; Roadway Ex and Restore; Drainage Park Place Wetland Restoration, Piers Support D52 to D55, Upper Kelsey Creek Drainage; Park Place Preload, Detention Vault & Outfall in Park Place Designated Wetland, Upper Kelsey Creek Drainage Srzmit WSDOT PO Box 47360 Olympia, WA 98504-7360 Brian N ielsen 360-7 05-7 92L SR99 Viaduct Replacement Project Excavation Work, Utilities, ln-Tunnel Anchors for Cast in Place Concrete Walls; Demolition Rescue Shaft from Bertha Tunnel Machine, Backfill Access Shaft, Pier Work T-46, Tunnel Spoils Haul/Disposal. 6.1.5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6. 1.5 Contract amount (approximately). 5.1.L Agency name; 6.L.2 Agency address (including city, state, and zip code); 6.1.3 Name and phone number for a contact at the agency; 6.1.4 Name of project; 6,1.5 Briefly describe the project's scope; and 6. 1.5 Contract a mount (approximately). s23,L75,950.37 BOTHELL, CITY OF 18415 101st Ave. NE Bothell, WA 98011 Nduta M buthia, 425-806-6829 Lot P-South Soil Remediation Project Abandon Utilities, Excavate Contaminated Soil next to busy intersection of Thorsk St & Pop Keeney Way; Remove Soilfrom site and backfill area with new aggregate. 52mil This Change Order form is for example purposes only. By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees to be bound by the terms of this Change Order form for any changes to the Project should it be awarded the Bid. CHANGE ORDER NO. ___ NAME OF CONTRACTOR: _______________(“Contractor”) CONTRACT NAME & PROJECT NUMBER: __________________________ ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE: __________________________ This Change Order amends the above-referenced contract; all other provisions of the contract that are not inconsistent with this Change Order shall remain in effect. For valuable consideration and by mutual consent of the parties, the project contract is modified as follows: 1.Section I of the Agreement, entitled “Description of Work,” is hereby modified to add additional work or revise existing work as follows: In addition to work required under the original Agreement and any prior Amendments, Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to: [Insert detailed description of additional materials, services, etc., that are needed which necessitate this change order - Be as detailed as possible. You may also refer to an attached exhibit, but clearly identify the exhibit by title and date] 2.The contract amount and time for performance provisions of Section II “Time of Completion,” and Section III, “Compensation,” are hereby modified as follows: Original Contract Sum, (including applicable alternates and WSST) $ Net Change by Previous Change Orders (incl. applicable WSST) $ Current Contract Amount (incl. Previous Change Orders) $ Current Change Order $ Applicable WSST Tax on this Change Order $ Revised Contract Sum $ WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 35 Original Time for Completion (insert date) Revised Time for Completion under prior Change Orders (insert date) Days Required (±) for this Change Order calendar days Revised Time for Completion (insert date) In accordance with Sections 1-04.4 and 1-04.5 of the Kent Standard Specifications, and Section VII of the Agreement, the Contractor accepts all requirements of this Change Order by signing below. Also, pursuant to the above-referenced contract, Contractor agrees to waive any protest it may have regarding this Change Order and acknowledges and accepts that this Change Order constitutes final settlement of all claims of any kind or nature arising from or connected with any work either covered or affected by this Change Order, including, without limitation, claims related to contract time, contract acceleration, onsite or home office overhead, or lost profits. This Change Order, unless otherwise provided, does not relieve the Contractor from strict compliance with the guarantee and warranty provisions of the original contract, particularly those pertaining to substantial completion date. All acts consistent with the authority of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any), and this Change Order, prior to the effective date of this Change Order, are hereby ratified and affirmed, and the terms of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any), and this Change Order shall be deemed to have applied. The parties whose names appear below swear under penalty of perjury that they are authorized to enter into this contract modification, which is binding on the parties of this contract. 3.The Contractor will adjust the amount of its performance bond (if any) for this project to be consistent with the revised contract sum shown in section 2, above. IN WITNESS, the parties below have executed this Agreement, which will become effective on the last date written below. CONTRACTOR: By: (signature) Print Name: Its (title) DATE: CITY OF KENT: By: (signature) Print Name: Its (title) DATE: WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 36 This Request for Information Form is for example purposes only. By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees to use this form to request information in accordance with the Kent Parks Special Provisions, should the Bidder be awarded the Bid. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM City of Kent Parks, Recreation & Community Services Julie Parascondola, Director RFI #: DATE SENT: DATE NEEDED BY: TO: PROJECT #: COMPANY: PROJECT NAME: RFI DESCRIPTION (Enter description here) ATTACHMENTS: SUBMITTED BY: (Name, Title, Company) RESPONSE TO RFI ATTACHMENTS: RESPONSE BY: DATE: (Name, Title, Company) WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 37 BIDDER’S CHECKLIST The following checklist is a guideline to help the Contractor make sure all forms are complete. The bidder’s attention is especially called to the following forms. Failure to execute forms as required may result in rejection of any bid. Bidder’s Package should include the following: CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE STATEMENT o Date o Have or Have Not o Signature, title and address DECLARATION OF EEO POLICY CITY OF KENT ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY 1.2 – Minority and Women Contractors EEO COMPLIANCE STATEMENT o Successful bidder shall return to City of Kent AFTER completion of work o Bidder company name, date and signature block PROPOSAL WITH BID SUMMARY o Bidder or Bidder Representative’s name o Unit and total line amounts are correct o Subtotal, tax and total bid amount are correct o Signature block SUBCONTRACTOR LIST for Contracts over $100K SUBCONTRACTOR LIST for Contracts over $1M CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT o Complete all sections, include attachments if necessary o Sign and Notarize BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA – Qualified Bidder BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA – Compliant with Wage Payment Statutes PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE o Acknowledge receipt of all addenda issued o Date and signature block BID BOND FORM o Names and amount (5% of total bid amount) o Power of Attorney o Sign, seal and date COMBINED DECLARATION FORM - Non-Collusion and Minimum Wage BELOW FORMS FOR USE AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED: CONTRACT o KENT PARKS WILL INITIATE CONTRACT SIGNATURE PROCESS WITH SUCCESSFUL BIDDER PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND FORM o SIGNED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER, SURETY, WITNESSES, NOTARY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (EXHIBIT A) o SUCCESSFUL BIDDER MUST PROVIDE PROOF OF MINIMUM REQUIRED COVERAGE CHANGE ORDER (C.O.) FORM o SUCCESSFUL BIDDER IS BOUND TO USE OF THIS FORM REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) FORM o SUCCESSFUL BIDDER IS BOUND TO USE OF THIS FORM WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE PK21-01 BIDDER FORMS PAGE 38 (PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK) KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 1 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Kent Parks Special Provisions (“Parks Special Provisions”) modify and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Kent Special Provisions, prepared by the City of Kent Public Works Department, including all subsequent amendments, and the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations (“WSDOT Standard Specifications”). Unless the context clearly intends otherwise, references to “Specifications” or “Technical Specifications” is intended to refer to these Parks Special Provisions. If any provision of these Parks Special Provisions conflicts with the Kent Special Provisions, Kent Standard Plans or the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the provisions should be interpreted to provide harmony to the extent reasonably possible. If the provisions cannot be harmonized, the more specific provision will control over the more general, and the more recent provision will control over a provision adopted earlier in time. If the Parks Special Provisions and the Kent Special Provisions are silent on an issue, the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall apply. All references in the WSDOT Standard Specifications to the State of Washington, its various departments or directors, and in the Kent Special Provisions and the WSDOT Standard Specifications to the Contracting Agency and Engineer, shall be revised to include the City and/or City Representative, except for references to State statutes or regulations. Finally, all of these documents—the Parks Special Provisions, the Kent Special Provisions, the Kent Standard Plans and the WSDOT Standard Specifications, are a part of the contract documents. SECTION 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section of the Parks Special Provisions describes construction-related activities that will occur at the Project site and is part of the Scope of Work included in the Contract Documents. In addition to those additional documents provided for by the Kent Special Provisions and the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the “Contract Documents” include the Contract, the Project Manual and its identified contents, Project drawings and plans, and these Parks Special Provisions. B. All terms used in these Parks Special Provisions shall have the definitions attributed to them by the Kent Special Provisions or the WSDOT Standard Specifications, unless these Parks Special Provisions specifically provide otherwise. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Contract includes work which is described below. The descriptions provided summarize the work and may not include specific reference to all work required to complete the Contract. The Base Bid includes all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the work as shown in the drawings and specified herein. 1.The Project Scope of Work includes but is not limited to the following areas. See the identified Division Sections of these Specifications for details. KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 2 a.01 11 00 Summary of Work b.01 25 00 Substitutions c.01 26 13 Requests for Information d.01 26 63 Change Orders e.01 29 00 Payment Procedures f.01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination g.01 33 00 Submittals h.01 35 00 Special Procedures i.01 35 29 Health, Safety and Emergency Response Procedures j.01 45 00 Quality Control k.01 52 00 Construction Facilities l.01 56 26 Temporary Fencing m.01 73 23 Field Engineering n.01 73 29 Cutting and Patching o.01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal p.01 74 23 Final Cleaning q.01 77 00 Close Out Procedures B. The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations or methods listed, noted or scheduled in the Project Manual, these Specifications, and the Project drawings, including all labor, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for proper and timely completion of the work. The Contractor shall use new materials unless specifically noted or directed. C. All changes in Scope of Work shall be executed on the City’s Change Order Form shown in the Bidder’s Package referenced in Section 01 26 63. 1.03 CONTRACTS A. There will be one Contract for the Project which includes all work described in the Project Manual, the Parks Special Provisions, and the Project drawings and plans. 1.04 USE OF DOCUMENTS A. Work not specifically covered in the Project Manual, the Parks Special Provisions, or the Project drawings and plans shall be performed in accordance with the current Kent Special Provisions, the City of Kent’s 2009 Design and Construction Standards Manual, the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and/or county, state, or national reference standards. 1.05 COPIES FURNISHED A. The Contractor shall be furnished one (1) copy of the Project Manual, the Parks Special Provisions, the Kent Special Provisions, and the Project drawings and plans without charge. PDF copies can be obtained at no charge. The WSDOT Standard Specifications can be obtained through WSDOT or are available online at: https://www.wsdot.gov/publications/manuals/fulltext/M41-10/SS2020.pdf 1.06 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 3 A. The City reserves the right to contract for other work or to conduct work with its own forces should the need arise. B. Contractor must cooperate fully with separate contractors or the City’s forces performing work at or near the Project site and carry out its work under this Project in a way that minimizes interference and delay for all forces involved. 1.07 ORDERING LONG LEAD EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall schedule and prioritize the ordering and delivery of material as required to ensure the work can be completed within the contract duration. The Contractor will produce a schedule for all long lead items that shows anticipated date for their order and arrival on the Project Site. 1.08 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall meet with the City Project Manager on the Project site prior to the start of construction. The purpose of this meeting shall be to review and document the existing site conditions of the Project site and immediate vicinity. Areas outside of the scope of work of the contract such as driveways, curbs, sidewalks, landscape elements, lawns, signs, utility boxes and all other related improvements shall be documented by the Contractor with digital photos and a written description of existing conditions. This record will be submitted to the City Project Manager for acceptance and agreement. B. Should damage occur to existing improvements as a result of the work’s execution, the Contractor agrees to repair or replace the improvement at the Contractor’s expense as described by the City of Kent’s 2009 Design and Construction Standards Manual and/or the City of Kent’s Parks and Recreation Design Standards, as applicable. 1.09 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE A. Work shall comply with City of Kent permitted work hours. Permitted work hours are between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. Work will not be allowed on Saturdays, Sundays, or federal holidays without prior approval. The Contractor shall plan and schedule work to allow time for notifications, approvals, reviews and other conditions of the Contract. B. The City Project Manager will coordinate the issuing of keys. All keys must be returned to the City Project Manager at completion. No contract retainage will be paid until all keys are returned. Charges for unreturned/lost keys shall be based on the actual costs necessary to re-key the affected locks. C. Limited use of the Project Site is granted to work in areas indicated and only when work is occurring. Confine operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the Project Site beyond the areas in which the work is indicated. Use of the Project Site does not cover use of adjacent right of ways or public or private property except as noted. Consult local jurisdictions or landowners where use of property under their control is considered necessary and conform to their requirements for use thereof. KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 4 The Contractor and subcontractors will be allowed on site only during their working periods. The Contractor shall access the Project Site using the designated access and comply with the requirements below: 1. Parking a. Use available parking on site as designated by the City Project Manager. b. Keep all fire lanes clear. c. Store no materials in parking area unless indicated in Project Manual and Drawings. d. Do not store or place any material in ADA parking stalls. e. Parking is not allowed within the critical root zone of any tree or on any park lawn. 2. The Contractor shall prepare a staging plan to show locations of materials, trailers and fencing within the Project Site. This plan must be approved by the City Project Manager and becomes a part of the Contract Documents. Contractor's use of the Project Site shall be limited to purposes directly related to the construction of this Project. D. Contractor’s additional responsibilities while using the Project Site may include, as determined by the City’s Project Manager during the preconstruction or weekly construction meetings: 1. Maintaining pedestrian and vehicular access to and around existing facilities. 2. Not unreasonably encumbering the site with materials and equipment. 3. Keeping roads and parking lots clear of dirt and debris. 4. Obtaining and paying for additional storage or work areas as needed. 1.10 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor’s responsibilities for storage and protection of materials, products, and equipment shall include: 1. Use of the designated staging location on the Project Site for storage of materials, products and equipment under reasonable security measures as the contractor determines necessary. The contractor assumes responsibility for security of the staging location and the City will not be responsible for any missing, damaged, vandalized or stolen materials, products, or equipment. 2. Store products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight enclosures. 4. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer instructions. KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 5 5. Storage of hazardous materials and wastes shall be in accordance with local, state and federal codes. B. Exterior Storage 1. Store fabricated products above ground. Store on blocking to prevent staining or soiling of products. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious coverings and provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store loose granular materials in well drained areas on a solid surface. Employ methods to avoid run off. Protect all surface drains with an insert sock to prevent material from washing down drain. 3. Do not store materials for other Projects on site. 4. Stockpile materials and equipment only on approved areas of the site. Stockpile areas may not endanger or inhibit the public users of the site, outside the work area, in any way. 1.11 SALVAGED MATERIALS A. Contractor shall salvage only those items that are noted in the Contract Documents and identified for salvage, or as otherwise directed by the City. The City retains first right of refusal to salvage all materials, equipment, and/or products identified or not identified in the Contract Documents that are affected as part of the work. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS A. The Contractor is responsible for the disposal of all debris resulting from the work, unless specifically allocated to another scope of work. This includes scheduling, containers, trucks, etc. Contractor is responsible for the awareness of, understanding of and compliance with all local, state and federal regulations regarding the disposal of any hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. 1.13 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. The City reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the Project prior to Substantial Completion. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy does not constitute Substantial Completion or acceptance of the work. 1.14 COOPERATION WITH OTHER PROJECTS A. Work on a Water Line Replacement Project on the south side of Reith Road from Military Road to 42nd AVE S directly in front of the park will be occurring at the same time this project is under construction. Coordinate with the Public Works project contact and contractor who will be performing the water line replacement project to ensure successful and timely execution of both projects. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable KENT PARK SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 11 00 PAGE 6 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 11 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 25 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 25 00 – Substitutions PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Section are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents and proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the City or its Engineer. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Due to the short duration of the bid period, Substitution Requests will not be considered during the bid. B. Requests for substitution may be considered or rejected at the sole discretion of the City. C. Submit two copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests with procedures required for Change Order proposals. D. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request; include the related specification section and drawings; provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions; and provide the following information, as appropriate: 1. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Samples, where applicable or requested. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 25 00 PAGE 2 3. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. 1.05 Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the City’s Representative will request any additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. 1.06 Within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the City’s Representative will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. 1.07 If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the City’s Representative when the substitution is in the best interests of the City, as determined by the City, and when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the City’s Representative; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Proposed changes must be in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. The request must be timely, fully documented and properly submitted. 2. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents must not be required. The request is directly related to an "or equal" or similar clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 3. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. Written documentation of such unavailability and the cause shall be provided on the original manufacturer’s, fabricator’s or supplier's letterhead with a signature and contact telephone number for the company. Documentation only by the Contractor, sub- contractor, local sales representative or distributor is not acceptable. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority; meet governing codes, ordinances, laws, utility standards or insurance requirements, and the requested substitution can be approved. 5. A substantial advantage is offered the City, in terms of cost, time, or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the City may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the City may include additional compensation to the City’s Representative for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of maintenance or other construction by the City or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 25 00 PAGE 3 6. Field verification or other information disclosed after the bid indicates the specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 7. Field verification or other information disclosed after the bid indicates the specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 9. The manufacturer, fabricator or supplier of the specified product is unable or unwilling to certify or guarantee the performance of specified product/ system as specified or the specified product fails UL, ICBO, ASTM or similar standard certification testing required by the specifications. 2.02 The Contractor's submittal and City’s Representative’s acceptance of shop drawings, product data or samples that relate to construction activities that do not comply with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 25 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 26 13 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 26 13 – REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section describes the procedural requirement for submitting a Request For Information (RFI). 1.02 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURE A. The Contractor shall submit an RFI to the City’s Representative and Project Manager any time clarification is needed or discrepancies exist in the Project Manual and Drawings. 1. The Contractor shall use the provided City form. 2. The Contractor shall submit the RFI at the earliest possible time when any questions arise related to the Project Manual and Drawings. 3. The Contractor shall describe in enough detail the nature of the clarification needed and note the related specification section and Project drawing page. RFI’s lacking sufficient detail will be returned to the contractor without action. 4. If the Contractor performs any construction activity and the Contractor knows or reasonably should have known that any of the Contract Documents contain a conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission, the Contractor will be responsible for the performance and bear the cost of correction. 5. The Contractor should allow up to 10 days for a response. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 26 13 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 26 63 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 26 63 – CHANGE ORDERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the administrative and procedural requirements for executing a change in the work. 1.02 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. City’s Representative or City Project Manager Changes: Changes may be initiated by the City’s Representative or the City’s Project Manager. Any such change request is for information and pricing only, and is not an instruction to execute the change, nor to stop work in progress unless issued as a Field Order. A field order results when time is of the essence or an emergency condition exists. In such event, the City Representative or the City’s Project Manager may issue a field order directly ordering a change to the work. In such event, Contractor will submit via email a brief written statement describing the problem and solution with a “not-to-exceed” price to the City Project Manager and the City Representative. All Field Orders shall be followed by a Change Order Proposal form completed by the Contractor within 5 working days. Supplementary drawings and specifications will be provided if required. Contractor shall provide a proposal that includes all information listed in “C” below. B. Contractor Change Order Proposal: Changes may be initiated by the Contractor by submitting a Change Order Proposal to the City’s Representative and the City’s Project Manager. Contractor is bound to use of the City’s Change Order Proposal form shown in the Bidder’s Package C. For all Change Order Proposals, use the provided form and include all information listed below. 1.Description of proposed changes. 2.Related RFI. 3.Reason for making changes and a statement of why proposed work is not covered in the Contract Documents. 4.A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5.Effect on contract sum and contract time. 6.Documentation supporting any change in contract sum or contract time, as appropriate. D. Contractor shall provide all back up pricing documentation for a Change Order Proposal to include the following. 1.General Contractor Breakdown Summary. 2.Subcontractors Breakdown Summary. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 26 63 PAGE 2 3.Cost Estimate Detail Sheet. 4.All other supporting documentation as required to substantiate the requested costs such as invoices for rental equipment, freight cost, etc. 5.Total cost and time shall be brought forward to the Change Order Proposal form and signed and dated by Contractor. 1.03 CHANGE ORDER AUTHORIZATION A. Any work completed on a Change Order Proposal, prior to having a fully signed Change Order from the City will be at the Contractor’s sole risk. B. No Change Order Proposal will be processed for acceptance and payment after contract expiration. C. Upon signature and execution by the City, the Change Order Proposal becomes a Change Order altering the contract time and contract sum, as indicated. D. Contractor may request payment for the work only against an approved Change Order. E. If either the City’s Representative or the City’s Project Manager disapproves the Change Order Proposal, the reason for disapproval will be stated. 1.04 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Application of Payment forms shall record each Change Order as a separate item of work. Do not include a Change Order on the applications until the fully executed Change Order is received from the City with the adjusted contract sum. B. The Construction Schedule shall be revised to reflect any agreed changes in contract time. C. Upon completion of Change Order work, enter pertinent modifications in Project Record As- Built documents. PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 26 63 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 29 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 29 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. 1.A single Schedule of Values shall be required for the Project, including any alternate bid items as provided for in section 1.03. 2.Submit the Schedule of Values to the City’s Project Manager no later than 15 calendar days after the date of award or prior to the pre-construction meeting, whichever comes first. B. The format and content of the Schedule of Values shall be approved by the City’s Project Manager and the City’s Representative. Provide at least one line-item for each specification section and each logically distinct area of work. Include the following Project identification information on the Schedule of Values: 1.Project name and location 2.City’s Name (City’s Project Manager unless otherwise specified) 3.Contractor’s name and address 4.Date Original submitted 5.Date Revision submitted, if applicable C. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular format with separate columns to indicate the following for each bid item: 1.Related specification section. 2.Description of work. 3.Name of subcontractor. 4.Name of manufacturer. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 29 00 PAGE 2 5.Dollar value. 6.Current contract value. 7.Previous percent complete. 8.Value of previous estimates. 9.Value of current estimates. 10.Current percent complete. 11.Total percent complete. 12.Value earned to date. 13.Value of contract balance. D. Provide a breakdown of the contract sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of applications for payment and progress reports. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items. E. Round amounts to the nearest whole dollar. The total shall equal the contract sum. F. Mobilization, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct costs of a work in place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values. G. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values prior to the next Application for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the contract sum. Such items shall be itemized separately at the end of the Schedule. H. The City’s Project Manager or the City’s Representative reserves the right to reject the Schedule of Values if they determine that it is front-loaded, does not reasonably approximate the anticipated cost of identified line items, or does not provide sufficient detail for the complexity of the Project. 1.04 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Each application for payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the City’s Representative and/or the City’s Project Manager. B. For each progress payment cycle, the City’s Project Manager, City’s Representative and Contractor shall agree on the percentage of work completed on each line item. This shall be the basis for the total amount payable identified on the pay estimate. C. The date for each progress payment will be scheduled approximately on a monthly basis. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the end of the preceding period and ends on the day prior to the current application date. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 29 00 PAGE 3 D. Complete every entry on the form. Include execution by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. The City’s Project Manager or City’s Representative will return incomplete applications without action. Responsibility for delay of payment due to incomplete, inaccurate or incorrect forms shall be the Contractor’s. 1.Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2.Include approved Change Orders issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. Show such amounts separately from other work already included in the Schedule of Values. E. Submit one signed original copy of each Application for Payment to the City Project Manager. All copies shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments. F. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information related to the application, in a manner acceptable to the transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information related to the application, in a manner acceptable to the City Project Manager. G. Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or be submitted to the City’s Representative and City Project Manager prior to the initial Application for Payment include the following. Failure to submit any of the following is sufficient grounds to withhold processing of Application for Payment. 1.List of subcontractors. 2.List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 3.Approved Schedule of Values. 4.Approved Contractor's Construction Schedule. 5.Schedule of principal products and submittals. 6.Schedule of unit prices. 7.Copies of any building permits, authorizations and licenses to be obtained by the Contractor from governing authorities for performance of the work. 8.Certificates of insurance and insurance policies not previously required or filed. 9.Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages filed with and approved by WA Labor & Industries. H. Allow up to 30 days for approval of an Application of Payment and processing. All payments to the Contractor are remitted via U.S. Postal Service First-Class Mail. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that mailing addresses for payment are up to date. Payment cannot be picked up or delivered in person. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 29 00 PAGE 4 I. Administrative actions and documentation that must precede or be submitted to the City Project Manager prior to the final Application for Payment include the following. Failure to complete and/or provide any of the following is sufficient grounds to withhold processing of Application for Payment. 1. Completion of all requirements noted in previous section item 1.02.C, "Project Closeout." 2. Property survey if required by Contract Documents. 3. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 4. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements; 5. Project Permit Drawings and related documents including copies of the signed off permit sheets. 6. Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid filed with and approved by WA Department of Labor & Industries. 7. All final submittals shall be submitted at the same time. Partial submittals will not be processed. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 29 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 31 00 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section contains administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations, including but not limited to: 1.General Project coordination procedures. 2.Pre-construction conferences. 3.Pre-installation conferences. 4.Progress meetings. 1.03 RECORDING A. The City has the right to record all events and actions related to the work by the most convenient means necessary. Such recording may include, but is not limited to, the electronic collection of voice and images by digital cameras and recorders. Such recording may occur at any time and at any location where work, including component storage, manufacture or fabrication, or meetings related to the Project are occurring, on or off the site. This right shall be included in all subcontractor and supplier agreements with the Contractor. 1.04 GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordinate construction operations included in the various sections of these Specifications and in other Contract Documents to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. Effectively coordinate construction operations under different sections that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection and operation. B. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the work depends on installation of other components before or after its own installation. C. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. D. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. E. At all times that work is underway the Contractor's superintendent or a fully knowledgeable and qualified foreman shall be on the Project site to assure proper coordination of the work. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 2 F. Require the installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is to be performed. Work should not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. G. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. H. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration until Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. J. Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. K. Where necessary, prepare memoranda outlining special procedures required for coordination, and distribute to the City or the City’s Representative, the City’s Project Manager, all Contractors and any other involved parties. Include such items as required notices, reports and meeting attendance. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES A. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the work. Such administrative activities include but are not limited to: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Delivery and processing of submittals. 3. Progress meetings. 4. Requests for Information. 5. Architects Supplemental Instructions. 6. Change Order Proposal. 7. Change Order. 8. All inspections. 9. Project closeout activities. 1.06 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 3 A. The City will schedule a pre-construction conference before the start of construction at a time convenient to the City Project Manager, Contractor and City’s Representative, but no later than 15 days after execution of the contract or unless otherwise agreed upon. The conference will be held at the Project Site or other convenient location. The meeting shall be conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. The City Project Manager, City’s Representative, the Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to make decisions relating to the work. C. Agenda shall include items of significance that could affect progress, including but not limited to: 1. Outstanding contract issues, if any, to include the contract, bonds, insurance or other requirements. 2. Designation of responsible personnel to include City’s Representative; City Project Manager; Contractor's City Project Manager and superintendent; major sub-contractors and City's on-site staff/ occupant representative. 3. Tentative construction schedule. 4. Critical work sequencing. 5. Long lead items. 6. Review of concurrent work by City or others. 7. Status of outstanding permits. 8. Coordination issues relative to on-going City occupancy and site use, if any. 9. Coordination issues relative to maintaining good neighborhood relations and achieving noise, storm water run-off and dust control. 10. Procedures and routing of communications for processing Field Orders and Change Orders. 11. Procedures and routing of communications for processing Applications for Payment. 12. Distribution of Contract Documents. 13. Procedures and routing of communications for Shop Drawings, product data and samples. 14. Special inspections, testing and quality control. 15. Preparation of record documents including daily logs. 16. Use of the Project Site. 17. Establishment of regular progress meeting schedule. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 4 18. Site access and parking availability. 19.On-site office, work and storage areas. 20.Equipment deliveries and priorities. 21.Safety procedures. 22.Security. 23.Housekeeping and sanitary facilities. 24.Working hours. 25.Review of Contract Documents and outstanding questions related thereto. 26.Review of City-furnished items. 1.07 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Conduct a pre-installation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with any other construction activity. B. The representatives of manufacturers, sub-contractors, Contractor, City Project Manager, City’s Representative, and any special inspector involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. C. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including but not limited to requirements for: 1.Contract Documents 2.Deliveries 3.Shop Drawings, product data and quality-control samples 4.Possible conflicts 5.Time schedules 6.Weather limitations 7.Manufacturer's recommendations 8.Acceptability of substrates 9.Temporary facilities 10.Space and access limitations KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 5 11. Safety 12. Inspecting and testing requirements 13. Protection D. Meetings shall be held on-site. The City’s Representative or City Project Manager will record significant discussions, agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to all attendees including the City Project Manager, within 2 days. E. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.08 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Attend progress meetings at the Project Site on a weekly basis. The schedule of the meetings shall be established by mutual consent of the City, City’s Representative and Contractor. No changes to this schedule shall be made without mutual consent of all parties. The progress meetings will be conducted by the City’s Representative with participation by the Contractor. Meeting agenda and meeting minutes will be documented and distributed by the City’s Representative. The Contractor is required to provide timely and accurate information to the City’s Representative, including but not limited to items listed in 1.08 F below. B. The City Project Manager, City’s Representative, each subcontractor, supplier, special inspector or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to make decisions relating to the work. C. Agenda shall include review and correction or approval minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the status of the Project. D. Review construction progress since the last meeting. Distribute Contractor's next 3 weeks’ projected schedule. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of or behind the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited. Secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the contract time frame. E. Review unresolved issues previously discussed or reported (Old Business). F. Review the present and future needs (New Business) of each Party present including but not limited to: 1. Time KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 6 2. Sequences 3. Status of submittals 4. Status of Requests for Information 5. Deliveries 6. Architect’s Supplemental Instructions 7. Off-site fabrication and/or delivery problems 8. Access 9. Site utilization 10. Temporary facilities and services 11. Hours of work 12. Hazards and risks 13. Housekeeping 14. Quality and work standards 15. Consultants Field Reports 16. Status of Field Directives and Change Orders 17. Documentation of information for payment requests 18. Problems from or affecting Occupants 19. Problems from or affecting Neighbors G. The City’s Representative shall, no later than 7 days after each meeting, distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. H. Contractor shall revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule in advance of the next meeting. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 31 00 PAGE 7 END OF SECTION 01 31 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary for submittals including but not limited to the following: 1. Submittal Schedule 2. Shop Drawings 3. Product Data 4. Samples 5. Quality Control Submittals 6. Administrative Submittals B. The Submittal Schedule shall document the Contractor’s planning for the timely execution of the Work, in accordance with the contract and submittal requirements set forth in this Section. C. Shop Drawings include but are not limited to the following: (Note: standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not Shop Drawings). 1. Fabrication drawings 2. Installation drawings 3. Setting diagrams 4. Shop work manufacturing instructions 5. Templates and patterns 6. Schedules D. Product Data include but are not limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer’s product data 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions 3. Standard color charts KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 2 4. Catalogue cuts 5. Roughing-in diagrams and templates 6. Standard wiring diagrams 7. Printed performance curves 8. Operational range diagrams 9. Mill reports 10. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals E. Samples include but are not limited to the following: 1. Partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components 2. Small cuts or containers of materials 3. Complete units of repetitively used materials 4. Swatches showing color, texture, and pattern 5. Color range sets 6. Components used for independent inspection and testing a. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples will be maintained on site for the duration of the Project and will be used to establish the standard by which the work will be judged. F. Quality control submittals include but are not limited to the following: 1. Design data 2. Certifications 3. Manufacturer’s instructions 4. Manufacturer’s field reports G. Administrative submittals include but are not limited to the following: 1. Permits 2. Contractors employee safety plan 3. Applications for Payment KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 3 4. Performance and payment bonds 5. Insurance certificates 6. Listing of subcontractors 1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit copies of schedule at the pre-construction meeting for City’s and City’s Representative’s review. B. Prepare the schedule in a chronological order, providing the following information: 1. Scheduled date for the first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of work covered. 6. Scheduled date for City Representative’s final release or approval. C. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontractors, Schedule of Values, and the list of material suppliers, as the well as the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. D. Incorporate submittal schedule in Contractor’s construction schedule. E. Revise the submittal schedule after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule prior to the next regular Project meeting. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal to the City’s Representative sufficiently in advance of scheduled performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Shop, catalog, and other appropriate drawings and information shall be submitted to the City’s Representative for review prior to fabrication or ordering of all equipment and materials specified. 2. No extension of contract time will be authorized because of the Contractor’s failure to transmit submittals to the City’s Representative sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing. 3. The Contractor shall submit PDF copies of all submitted information, unless otherwise identified. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 4 4. All submittal information shall be sent to the City’s Representative through the General Contractor. 5. All submittals shall bear the Contractor’s certification that he/she has reviewed, checked and approved the submittal information prior to transmitting to the City’s Representative. The submittal number and related specification sections shall be marked on each submittal. B. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of the firm or entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. C. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken: 1. Project name 2. Date 3. Name of the Contractor 4. Name of the subcontractor 5. Name of the supplier 6. Name of the manufacturer 7. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section 8. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate 9. Similar definitive information as necessary D. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the City Project Manager and City’s Representative and to other destinations by use of a transmittal form. The City’s Representative will return submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. 1. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal showing the date of transmittal, specification section or drawing number to which the submittal pertains, submittal number, and a brief description of the material submitted. 2. Record deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. 3. Include the Contractor’s certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. When material is resubmitted for any reason, it shall be submitted under a new letter of transmittal and referenced to the previous submittal. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 5 E. Do not place orders for materials or components before receipt of reviewed and accepted submittal for same from City’s Representative. F. Allow 10 business days for City Representative’s review. Allow 10 business days for submittals that are returned marked ‘Revise and Resubmit.’ PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit PDF copies to City’s Representative and City Project Manager for review. Submit newly prepared information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard printed information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Include the following information on Shop Drawings: 1. Identification of products and materials included 2. Compliance with specified standards 3. Notation of coordination requirements 4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement taken by the Contractor 5. Correlation of shop drawings to Contract Documents by reference to sheet number, details, schedule or room number B. Shop Drawings will not be reviewed without the Contractor’s signed review stamp affixed. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify dimensions and verify the number of each item required to complete the Work. C. If Shop Drawings show variations from contract requirements, make specific mention of such variations in your submittal. 1. If indicated departures affect a correlated function, item, article, work, installation or construction of other trades, make note of it in transmittal. If extra cost is involved in related changes, Contractor assumes all such costs. 2. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in PDF format unless otherwise requested. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the Project. Submit PDF copies unless otherwise requested. B. Identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers’ standard data to provide information unique to the work. Include manufacturer’s installation instructions when required by the Specification Section. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 6 C. Provide copies of final product data submittal to the manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, and others as required for performance of the construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1. Do not proceed with installation of materials, products, and systems until a copy of reviewed and accepted product data applicable to the installation is in the installer’s possession. 2. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with construction. D. For each and any chemical which is known to be present in the workplace, submit Safety Data Sheets. 1. Attach to each copy of product data above. 2. Copies submitted to City’s Representative are for their information and use and will not be reviewed for completeness or appropriateness on Project site. 2.03 SAMPLES A. Submit samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of the characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit samples that contain multiple related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Label on unexposed side of samples. Include the following: a. Generic description of the sample. b. Sample source. c. Product name or name of manufacturer. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. 4. Samples for initial selection: Submit manufacturer’s color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 5. Submit 3 full sets of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer’s product line. City’s Representative will return submittal with options selected. 2.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, manufacturer’s field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required under other sections of the Specifications. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 7 B. Where other sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with stated requirements. 1.Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR’S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other work of the contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the City’s Representative. B. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor’s responsibility and not considered part of the City’s Representative’s review and indication of action taken. 3.02 CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE’S REVIEW A. The City’s Representative shall review all submittals for general conformance with the design and other requirements of the Contract Documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. Submittals may be rejected based on inadequate information and/or not meeting the requirements of the Specifications or drawings. If a submittal is rejected, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections noted. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes and for techniques of assembly and installation. B. The City’s Representative will stamp each submittal with a uniform action stamp as follows: 1.Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN”, the work covered by the submittal may proceed, provided it complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 2.Final-but-Restricted Release: Where submittals are marked “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”, the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both the City Representative’s notations and corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 3.Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked “REVISE AND RESUBMIT”, do not proceed with the work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the City Representative’s notations. Resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain an action mark that will allow the work to proceed. a.Do not permit submittals marked “REVISE AND RESUBMIT” or “REJECTED-SEE REMARKS” to be used at the Project site or elsewhere where construction is in progress. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 33 00 PAGE 8 4. Rejected: Where submittals are marked “REJECTED-SEE REMARKS”, do not proceed with the work covered by the submittal until a new submittal is made and returned marked either “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”. C. Where a submittal is primarily for informational or record purposes or for special processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked “ACTION NOT REQUIRED” or “NOT REVIEWED”. END OF SECTION 01 33 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 35 00 – SPECIAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The work to be done under this contract includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for or incidental to the construction and completion of all work indicated in the contract. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND THE SITE A. Contractor represents that they have carefully examined all Contract Documents and site conditions including ingress and egress routes and understands the character, quality and quantity of work called for and all conditions of the contract. Contractor shall carefully compare and check all documents for omissions and discrepancies. B. Should it appear that the work or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the contract, the Contractor shall apply to the City’s Representative and City Project Manager for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract. In the event of any doubt or questions arising regarding the true meaning of the contract, Contractor must inquire with the City’s Representative whose decision thereon shall be final. C. The intent of the Project Manual, these Parks Special Provisions, and the Project Drawings is to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the contract. Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, materials, tools, transportation, permits, and supplies, and perform the work required in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. The Contract Documents are complementary. What is required by one part of the Contract Documents is binding as if required by all. Anything mentioned in the Project Manual and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Project Manual, is of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In the case of any conflict, the more stringent conditions shall apply. E. Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the City. If, during the performance of the work, Contractor finds a conflict, error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor must promptly and before proceeding with the work affected thereby, report such conflict, error, inconsistency or omission to the City Project Manager and City’s Representative in writing and seek clarification if required. F. Contractor may do no work without applicable drawings, specifications or written modifications, or Shop Drawings where required, unless instructed in writing to do so by the City’s Representative. If Contractor performs any construction activity, and Contractor knows or reasonably should have known that any of the Contract Documents contain a conflict, error, inconsistency or omission, Contractor will be responsible for the performance and bear the cost of correction. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 2 1.03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES A. Concealed utilities of record are shown on the drawings. The City does not warrant the exact location of them or the completeness of the records. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WITH ALL UTILITIES, DISTRICTS AND CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO AND THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. This includes calling in requests to connect or disconnect service for all utilities as may be necessary to complete the Project. C. The Contractor is responsible for calling for all utility locates for the Project and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of Chapter 19.122 RCW. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Chapter 19.122 RCW, including utilization of the “one call” locator service before commencing any excavation activities. If a private locate is necessary, it will be at the Contractor’s expense. D. In the event utilities are damaged during construction, temporary services and/or repairs must be made immediately to maintain continuity of services at the Contractor’s sole expense. 1.04 EXISTING MANHOLES, VALVE BOXES AND MONUMENTS A. The Contractor is responsible for adjusting all facilities to finished pavement grade. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating this work with the utilities involved. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR REGARDING WORK BY OTHERS A. If any part of the work under this Contract depends on the results of work by others, prior to beginning its work, the Contractor shall inspect and report to the City’s Representative any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work by others that will impact the Contractor’s work. Failure of the Contractor to do so constitutes an acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper, except as to latent defects which may develop in the work performed by others after commencement of the work by the Contractor. The City is contracting with Contractor. If Contractor retains the services of any subcontractor to perform any portion of the Contract work, that subcontractor is an agent of Contractor and Contractor accepts responsibility for the subcontractor’s work. 1.06 WARRANTY OF TITLE A. No materials, supplies or equipment for the work under this Contract may be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by the seller or suppliers. The Contractor warrants clear and marketable title to all materials, supplies, and equipment installed and incorporated in the work and agree upon completion of all work to deliver the premises together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by the Contractor to the City free from any claims, liens, encumbrances, or charges. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 3 B. The Contractor further agrees that neither the Contractor nor any person, firm or corporation furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by the Contractor has any right to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon; however, this limitation does not preclude the Contractor from installing metering devices or other equipment of utility companies or of municipalities, the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company or the municipality. C. Nothing contained in this article may defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any right under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the City. The provisions of this section must be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, and notices of its provisions must be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. 1.07 PROPERTY RIGHTS IN MATERIALS A. Nothing in the Project Manual or Contract Documents vests in the Contractor any property right in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the work or the soil, or after payment has been made by the City for materials delivered to the site of the work or stored subject to or under the control of the City. B. All such materials become the property of the City upon being so attached or affixed or upon payment for materials delivered to the site of the work or stored subject to or under the control of the City. Soil, stone, gravel and other materials found at the site of the work and which conform to the specifications for incorporation into the work may be used in the work. No other use may be made of such materials except as may be otherwise described in the plans and specifications. 1.08 CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE A. Reference to Construction Observer, City, Contracting Officer, Landscape Architect, Engineer, Architect and City’s Representative equate to the Agent for the City. One individual from the City or designated by the City will serve as the City’s Representative. All correspondence, pay requests, change orders, field directives, etc. will be directed to and/or originated from the City’s Representative. 1.09 INSTRUCTIONS A. All instructions will be given to the Contractor or to his/her authorized agent by the City’s Representative for distribution to subcontractors or tradesmen on the work. In like manner all communication from subcontractors and tradesmen on the work to the City’s Representative will be given through the Contractor. No subcontractors or tradesmen may contact the City or City’s Representative to discuss the work, except as the Contractor may arrange with the City. 1.10 AUTHORITY OF THE CITY AND CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 4 A. All the work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and to the satisfaction of the City. The Contract gives the City, with the assistance of the City’s Representative, authority over the work. Notices to the City shall be submitted to the City’s Representative, who after any necessary investigation and analysis will recommend action which he/she deems appropriate and propose and prepare any necessary written decisions, determinations, interpretations and notices for review. Action by the City will be in sufficient time to meet the requirements of the situation and of the Contract. The City shall have the final say on the following items: 1. Quality and acceptability of materials and work; 2. Measurement of unit price and lump sum work; 3. Acceptability of rates of progress on the work; 4. Interpretation of plans and specifications; 5. Determinations as to the existence of changed or differing site conditions; 6. Fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor; 7. Payments under the contract, including equitable adjustments; 8. Suspension(s) of work; 9. Termination of the contract for default or public convenience; 10. Determination as to non-working days; and 11. Approval of working drawings. B. The City’s Representative represents the City on the Project, with full authority to enforce Contract requirements and carry out the City’s orders. If the Contractor fails to respond promptly to the requirements of the Contract or orders from the City, the City may use City resources, other contractors or other means to accomplish the work. C. The City will not be obligated to pay Contractor, and will deduct from the Contractor’s payment, any costs that result when any other means are used to carry out the Contract requirements or City’s Representative’s orders. 1. At the Contractor’s risk, the City may suspend all or part of the work if: a. The Contractor fails to fulfill contract terms to carry out the City’s orders, or b. The weather or other conditions are unsuitable, or c. It is in the public interest. 1.11 SUPERINTENDENTS, LABOR AND EQUIPMENT OF CONTRACTOR KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 5 A. At all times, the Contractor shall keep at the Project Site a complete set of the plans, specifications, Contract Documents, an updated schedule and all addenda. The Contractor shall devote the attention required to make reasonable progress on the work and cooperate fully with the City’s Representative. B. Either the Contractor in person or an authorized representative shall remain on the Project Site whenever the work is underway. Before the work begins, the Contractor shall name in writing an experienced superintendent who understands the contract and is able to supervise the work. This superintendent must have full authority to represent and act for the Contractor. Any superintendent who repeatedly fails to follow the City’s written and oral orders, directions, instructions or determinations is subject to removal from the Project. Upon written request of the City, the Contractor shall immediately remove such superintendent and name a replacement in writing. C. The Contractor must employ competent supervisors experienced in the task being performed to continuously oversee the work and all Subcontractors. At the City’s request, the Contractor shall immediately remove and replace any incompetent, careless or negligent employee. D. The Contractor shall keep all machinery and equipment in good workable condition. The equipment must be adequate for its purpose and used by competent operators. 1.12 APPARENT CONTRADICTIONS A. It is mutually agreed and understood between the City and the Contractor that in any instance of contradiction between drawings of different scale, or between drawings and specifications, or between sections of the specifications, the more stringent requirements shall be interpreted as being in the Contract sum. 1.13 PARK CLOSURE A. The Project Site shall be partly closed to the public to allow for the work to be completed. Areas closed shall be limited to areas within Contract limits indicated in the Project Manual and Drawings. Closed areas shall be approved by the City and limit impact to existing trails, parking, amenities and athletic fields. Contractor is required to install signage approved by the City at the fenced perimeter to inform the public of areas closed on the site. The Contractor is responsible for damage to the property, materials and site while the Project Site is under the control of the Contractor. Contractor shall maintain signage until Final Acceptance. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 00 PAGE 6 END OF SECTION 01 35 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 29 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 35 29 – HEALTH, SAFETY AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section covers the requirements for compliance with health and safety precautions and controls for the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittals 1.03 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN A. Within Ten (10) days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, and before commencing any work on the Project site, the Contractor shall submit a site specific Health and Safety Plan addressing health and safety management methods specific to the project. The Plan shall, at a minimum, include: 1.The name of the individual at the jobsite responsible for implementation and compliance with this Plan. 2.If applicable, the Plan shall include the name and qualifications of any electrical safety observer to be provided by the Contractor. 3.A description of tasks to be undertaken, and equipment mobilized for this project. 4.A list of all known safety or health hazards, problems, and proposed control mechanisms. 5.Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of and procedures for using, disposing of, or storing for all chemicals, products, or materials regulated by WAC 296-62 to be used by the Contractor. 6.A list of personal protective equipment, monitoring devices, and hazard-specific plans or permits as appropriate and required by State and Federal regulations. 7.A description of emergency response measures, equipment available for emergency response to address accidents and releases of materials, including, but not limited to, first aid, eye wash/showers, and fire extinguishing equipment, and location of this equipment at the jobsite. 8.Emergency phone numbers contacts, and location of the nearest medical facility. 9.A monitoring and inspection plan and record keeping measures to ensure that equipment and work practices comply with this Plan. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 29 PAGE 2 10. Personnel names, training and notification procedures as appropriate to ensure that all jobsite personnel are familiar with the Plan elements. Include copies of training certificates. 11. Procedures for safe storage and handling of flammable liquids, in accordance with WAC 296-24-330. 12. If applicable the Contractor shall include procedures for safe storage and handling of compressed gasses in accordance with WAC 296-24-295, Compressed Gas General Requirement. 13. Other issues which the Contractor determines are appropriate and necessary to protect worker safety and health. 1.04 COVID-19 JOB SITE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with all COVID-19 workplace health and safety measures established by the state Department of Labor & Industries or otherwise imposed by the Governor, the state Department of Health, or the Local Health Officer of Seattle-King County Public Health, or subsequent modifications to such health and safety measures as those authorities may issue, including providing all needed personal protective equipment. 1.05 ACCIDENT REPORTING A. Serious accidents such as those resulting in treatment of an injury at a medical facility, response to the site by emergency medical personnel or damage to property other than that of the Contractor shall be reported to the City’s representative and project manager within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence. B. A copy of each accident report, which the Contractor or subcontractors have submitted to their insurance carriers, shall be forwarded to the City’s Representative as soon as possible, but in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after the accident occurred. 1.06 HEALTH AND SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor shall designate a Health and Safety Representative and shall ensure that each Subcontractor designates a Subcontractor's Health and Safety Representative. The Health and Safety Representative shall be capable of identifying all hazards and have the authority to stop work and take immediate action to correct the hazard. B. The Contractor shall authorize each such Health and Safety Representative to resolve safety- related issues raised by the City Representative or Project Manager. C. The Health and Safety Representative shall verify that all work is performed in accordance with the Health and Safety Plan. D. The Contractor shall provide all safety equipment required for the Work. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 35 29 PAGE 3 E. At a minimum, Contractor and subcontractor personnel directly involved in the Work shall have training in: F. First aid, for each Contractor's and Subcontractor's Health and Safety Representative; G. Confined space work, if the employees will be working in or around confined spaces; H. Shoring and trenching, if work will be in excavations; and I. The Contractor's procedures for confined space rescues. 1.07 Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as imposing any duty upon the City or any of its employees with regard to, or as constituting any express or implied assumption of control or responsibility over, Project Site safety, or over any other safety conditions relating to employees or agents of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors, or the public. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 35 29 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 45 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions , Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality- control services. B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by City Project Manager. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with contract document requirements. D. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. E. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with contract document requirements. F. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by City Project Manager, City or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Unless otherwise indicated as another identified entity’s responsibility, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality-control services are the City's responsibility, the City will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. The Contractor will coordinate all scheduling with the testing agency. C. The City reserves the right to employ independent inspectors and observers for any and all aspects of the work. These inspectors and observers may be assigned or reassigned at any KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 45 00 PAGE 2 time during the Project. Items of the work frequently subject to City's special inspection include but are not limited to: 1. Earthwork & Soil Compaction 2. Imported Granular Materials 3. Asphaltic Concrete Paving 4. Concrete and Reinforcing Steel (site & pre-cast shop, if any) 1.05 RE-TESTING A. The Contractor is responsible for re-testing where results of inspections, tests, or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with contract document requirements. B. The cost and time of re-testing construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with contract document requirements. 1.06 ASSOCIATED SERVICES A. Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Contractor shall also notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. B. The auxiliary services required include but are not limited to the following: 1. Provide access to the work. 2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples. 4. Provide facilities for protective storage and curing of test samples. 5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories. 6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. 1.07 DUTIES OF THE TESTING AGENCY A. The testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the City’s Representative and KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 45 00 PAGE 3 the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. B. The testing agency shall perform whatever inspections, tests and sampling necessary to reasonably ensure that the work is in conformance with the Contract Documents, industry standards and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, whichever is the most stringent. Inspection and testing methods shall be of the highest quality in conformance with appropriate recognized standards such as those published by ACI, ASTM, ANSI, ICBO, etc. as specified in the technical sections of this manual and as required by the authority having jurisdiction. C. The testing agency shall notify the City’s Representative, City Project Manager and the Contractor promptly of any irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. Notification shall consist of direct verbal conversation in person or by email. 1. The testing agency shall deliver a formal neatly printed report by emailed to all parties specified in this Section C within 48 hours. A final, fully reviewed and edited report shall be delivered to all parties within five working days. 2. The testing agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the work. 3. The testing agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. B. Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. C. The City will provide contact information for on-call testing agency. 1.09 NOTIFICATION A. Contractor shall notify City’s Representative at least 48 hours in advance before an inspection will be conducted. B. Contractor shall notify testing laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations (not less than 48 hours) to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. C. Contractor shall be responsible for costs incurred when testing agency is notified for services, but work is not ready or complete for inspection, testing, taking samples and/or similar activities. 1.10 SUBMITTALS KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 45 00 PAGE 4 A. The testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service to the City’s Representative with copies to the City Project Manager and Contractor. B. The testing agency shall submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority when the authority so directs. C. Written reports of each inspection, test or similar activities must include the following information: 1. Date of issue 2. Project title, address and number 3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections 5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test 6. Designation of the work and test method 7. Identification of product and specification section 8. Complete inspection or test data 9. Test results and an interpretation of test results 10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested work complies with contract document requirements 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector 13. Recommendations on re-testing PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with contract document requirements for Division 1 Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching. B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 45 00 PAGE 5 C. Repair and protection are the Contractor's responsibility regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services. END OF SECTION 01 45 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 52 00 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions, Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Arrange for and provide temporary facilities and controls as specified herein and as required for the proper and expeditious prosecution of the work. Pay all costs, except as otherwise specified, until Final Completion. B. Make all needed temporary connections to utilities and services in locations acceptable to the City and local authorities having jurisdiction thereof. Furnish all necessary labor and material and make all installations in a manner subject to the acceptance of such authorities and the City’s Representative. Remove such connections when no longer required. Restore the services and sources of supply to proper operating conditions. C. Pay all costs for temporary facilities and controls. 1.03 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. This section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. Contractor shall pay all costs associated with items listed. B. Temporary utilities include but are not limited to the following: 1. Water service and distribution 2. Temporary electrical power and light 3. Telephone 4. Sanitary facilities and services, including drinking water C. Support facilities include but are not limited to the following: 1. Field offices 2. Temporary storage containers 3. Dewatering facilities and drains 4. Temporary enclosures 5. Temporary Project identification signs KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 2 6. Waste disposal services 7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities D. Security and protection services include but are not limited to the following: 1. Barricades 2. Secure enclosure fence for the site or work areas 3. Landscape protection 4. Environmental protection 5. Security guards 6. Lighting 7. Video surveillance 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to: 1. Building code requirements 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations 4. Police and fire department 5. Environmental protection regulations including but not limited to control of storm water runoff, dust and noise 6. State and OSHA Safety requirements B. Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.05 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 3 measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site. B. The Contractor shall provide free, safe and unencumbered access on or across the Project site for personnel, vehicles and equipment authorized to use the site by the City but not under contract of the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall maintain streets, trails and sidewalks around the Project site in a clean condition. By means of a regular monitoring and maintenance program of sweeping and hosing, minimize the accumulation of dirt and dust on these areas. D. The Contractor shall protect all adjoining private or municipal property and shall provide barricades, temporary fences and covered walkways to protect the safety of passers-by, as required by prudent construction practice, local building codes, ordinances, other laws or the Contract Documents. E. The Contractor shall, as its sole cost and expense, promptly repair any damage or disturbance to walls, fences, utilities, sidewalks, curbs, landscaping and any other property of third parties (including municipalities) or work already existing resulting from the performance of the work, whether by it, or by its subcontractors at any tier. The Contractor shall maintain streets in good repair and traversable condition. F. The Contractor shall maintain both new and existing work, materials and equipment free from injury or damage from rain, wind, storms, dust or heat at all times. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the City’s Representative, the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. The City’s Representative may reject equipment that repeatedly breaks down or fails to produce results. The Contractor shall have no claim for additional payment or for extension of time due to rejection and replacement of any equipment. B. Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class ABC, dry- chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service if necessary. Where the utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. 1.Arrange with utility company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 4 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. 3. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services. 4. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site where City’s easements cannot be used for that purpose. 5. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the City or the City’s Representative. Neither the City nor City’s Representative will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders. B. Include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Use of permanent facilities existing or provided under this contract is not permitted unless explicitly noted. C. Provide containerized, tap-dispenser or bottled-water. D. Filter site runoff and employ further purification as required by local jurisdiction prior to discharging into storm drainage system. Provide drainage ditches, erosion control, pumping and similar facilities as required by local jurisdiction and as required to prevent all uncontrolled or unacceptable run-off from reaching neighboring properties, drainage ways, streams, rivers, ponds, lakes or wetlands, City occupied portions of the site or public right of ways. 1. Filter out soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and all contaminants that might clog sewers and drainage ways, or pollute waterways or soils, before discharge. 2. Maintain temporary storm sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary and fully functioning condition. Following use, restore to clean fully functioning conditions promptly. Assign responsible personnel and monitor facilities during storms and similar events to ensure full function of facilities and protections noted above. This monitoring shall take place around the clock and over weekends and holidays as events warrant. 3. Damage to neighboring properties, waterways, public right of ways, the City’s property, or the work of this contract due to failure to monitor or maintain is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. Damage shall be promptly repaired to original or better condition. 4. Provide and maintain any temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures required by the local jurisdiction and the Contract Documents and any additional measures prudent to prevent uncontrolled or unacceptable storm water runoff from leaving the Project site. E. Provide earthen embankments, solid covers and similar barriers sufficient to prevent flooding by rain or runoff of storm water in and around excavations and subgrade construction and any additional measures prudent to allow maximally production pursuit of the work. Provide flashing marker lights, barricades, solid covers and other devices as necessary to keep workers or passersby from falling in excavations or tripping/falling over hazards. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 5 3.02 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Locate field offices, storage sheds and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. Refer to the Project Manual and Drawings for guidance on placement of support facilities. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion if possible. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, where conditions acceptable to the City can be met. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide water, water trucks, sprinklers, hoses, piping and all related materials and equipment as needed to control dust. Re-apply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Comply with traffic control requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. D. Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. E. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over dewatering facilities and drains. Maintain Project site, excavations and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulation. F. Collection and Disposal of Waste 1. Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Handle hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary waste material separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully. 2. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage area or along access roads and haul routes. 3. Schedule periodic collection and disposal of debris to legal off-site location. If periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent excess accumulation of waste, schedule additional collection. 4. Clean interior areas daily and prior to the start of finish work. 3.03 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 6 A. Do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion or longer, as requested by the City’s Representative. B. Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades, warning signs and lights. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. C. Before starting work, install an enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose the entire Project site or the portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs and other animals from easily entering the site except by the entrance gates. Maintain strict accounting and control of keys and locks. If keys are lost or unaccounted for, the locks must be immediately changed. Refer to Section 01 56 26 for fencing requirements. D. Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security. 1. Where materials and equipment must be stored and are of value or attractive for theft or usable for vandalism, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. Maintain strict accounting and control of keys and locks. If keys are lost or unaccounted for, the locks shall be immediately changed. E. Protect existing trees, shrubs, landscaping and lawns within and adjacent to the area of the work where not scheduled for demolition or replacement. Where minor limb or root pruning is necessary to avoid interference with construction, employ a certified arborist recognized by the International Society of Arboriculture. Any pruning shall be approved by the City’s Representative and the City’s park maintenance staff prior to executing the work. F. Provide environmental protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.04 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION A. Unless the City’s Representative requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. B. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been damaged because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 52 00 PAGE 7 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor’s property. The City reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where the area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt, other chemical compounds and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, landscaping and sidewalks at the temporary entrances as required by the governing authority. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the construction period. END OF SECTION 01 52 00 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 56 26 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 56 26 – TEMPORARY FENCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions , Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section includes all Temporary Fencing work as indicated in the Contract Documents. If no Temporary Fencing is described in the Contract Documents, assume that the Project site will need to be fenced for the duration of construction unless otherwise approved by the City Project Manager or City’s Representative. B. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Installation of temporary fencing 2. Maintenance of temporary fencing during the Project 3. Removal of temporary fencing PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Prefabricated portable galvanized chain link fence panels including fabric, posts, top and bottom rails: 1. Prefabricated portable fence panels shall be a minimum of 6 feet high by a maximum of 10 feet wide. Post bases shall be concrete or other solid foundation blocks specifically designed for use with temporary fencing. 2. All fence panels shall be in good condition and free of sharp edges or major defects. B. Provide additional bracing of panels and/or outriggers as necessary to provide a rigid, stable run of fence. 1. Fencing shall be securely bolted or chained against unauthorized entry at all section joints corners and gates. C. Provide signs every 50 feet of fence line. Signage shall be a minimum of 18 inches square and shall with brightly contrasting lettering read as follows: “WARNING: CONSTRUCTION. KEEP OUT.” D. Use 4-foot orange temporary PVC web fencing for low security applications and approved tree protection applications. Secure fence with deformed steel bar and provide safety caps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 56 26 PAGE 2 A. Fencing may be installed any time after Notice To Proceed has been received. 1. Provide 24 hours’ notice to the City Project Manager and City’s Representative prior to installing temporary fencing. 3.02 STABILITY A. Temporary chain link fence panels shall be connected mechanically by means of pre- fabricated, bolted brackets manufactured specifically for the purpose. Fencing shall not be wired together. Where long straight runs result in an unstable condition, sufficient out-rigging shall be incorporated to maintain fencing upright. Use only pre-manufactured outriggers or additional fence panels. Out-riggers shall be placed on the interior side of the fence unless approved by the City Project Manager or City’s Representative. Alternatively, and where appropriate, a “zig-zag” arrangement of panels for stability may be used. B. Where Projects are phased or otherwise have multiple stages or steps, or where City occupancy will change over the course of a Project, presume that fencing will have to be reconfigured accordingly as many times as necessary to safely and securely accommodate such phases, stages and changes at no additional cost to the city. C. At no time shall fencing be allowed to become a safety hazard to anyone or be unsecured or unmaintained so that it does not afford reasonable security protection. END OF SECTION 01 56 26 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 23 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 73 23 – FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions , Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field-engineering services including but not limited to land survey and construction layout work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The Project Drawings will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes where known. Where not identified in the documents, Surveyor to locate and identify. B. Verify layout information shown on the Drawings in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks before proceeding to lay out the work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. 1. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without prior written approval. Promptly report lost or destroyed reference points or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 2. Promptly replace lost or destroyed Project control points. Base replacements on the original survey control points. All work to replace lost or destroyed control points will be at the expense of the Contractor. C. Establish and maintain not less than 2 permanent benchmarks on the Project site as required by the work, referenced to data established by survey control points. 1. Record benchmark locations with horizontal and vertical data on Project Record Documents. D. The indication of the existence and location of underground and other utilities is not guaranteed. Before beginning Project site work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities. 1. Prior to beginning Project site work, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping. 3.02 PERFORMANCE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 23 PAGE 2 A. Work from lines and levels established by the property survey. Establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each elevation of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. 1. Advise entities engaged in construction activities of marked lines and levels provided for their use. 2. As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. B. Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey work. Make this log legible and available for reference. 1. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Advise the City Project Manager and City’s Representative when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. 2. On the As-Built, record deviations that are accepted and not corrected. C. Locate and lay out site improvements including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes and invert elevations. D. Furnish information necessary to adjust, move, protect or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services or other appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 01 73 23 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 29 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 73 29 – CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions , Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for all cutting and patching necessary to complete the work. 1.03 PLANNING / ENGINEERING A. Prepare a plan describing the procedures at least 5 days in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information, as applicable: 1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required. Show how it will be performed and indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 6. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to or shoring of structural elements, have details and calculations prepared by a licensed engineer showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. 7. Planning and engineering of the Contractor's cutting and patching does not waive the City or Engineer's right to later require complete removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 29 PAGE 2 B. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the City Project Managers or City’s Representatives opinion, reduce the building's or park’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Replace, patch and repair cut or damaged material and surfaces by methods and with materials in such a manner and with certified specialists when required, so as not to void any existing or required warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. If matching material is not available, consult with City Project Manager or City’s Representative for appropriate material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that demolition is complete and that existing surfaces are ready for patching. B. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding and notify the City Project Manager and City’s Representative. C. The beginning of restoration work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support and bracing of work to be cut. B. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Contact the City Project Manager and City’s Representative when unsuitable material not marked for removal (such as rotted wood, rusted metals and deteriorated concrete and masonry) is discovered. D. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 3.03 PERFORMANCE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 29 PAGE 3 A. Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Where original work required specialists or used a specific trade, the same specialist and/or trade shall execute the cutting and patching unless another specialist/trade is better suited due to conditions present. B. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. C. Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original installer and comply with the original installer's recommendations. 1.Where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2.To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Use conventional drills, not roto- hammers. 3.Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 specifications where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 4.Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit before cutting. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting. 5.Where concrete or asphalt will be cut, take cut back to nearest joint to ensure a smooth transition. Consult with City Project Manager or City’s Representative prior to cutting or patching concrete or asphalt. D. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1.Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2.Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, solder, oils, putty, sealant and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 73 29 PAGE 4 END OF SECTION 01 73 29 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 74 19 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 74 19 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions , Kent Parks Special Provisions and Kent Special Provisions, apply to this Section 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section includes requirement for waste management and disposal during construction. 1.03 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Salvage, recycle and reuse construction and demolition waste material generated by the Project to the greatest extent possible. B. Minimize the creation of construction and demolition waste on the job site. Minimize factors that contribute to waste such as excess packaging, improper storage, ordering errors, poor planning, breakage and mishandling. C. The following material should be diverted from the landfill to the greatest extent possible. 1. Clean wood, pallet wood, plywood, OSB, and particle board 2. Asphalt 3. Concrete 4. Brick 5. Metals 6. Gypsum products 7. Glass 8. Plastics 9. Cardboard 10. Insulation D. Hazardous materials such as paints, solvents, adhesives, batteries and fluorescent lightbulbs and ballasts which cannot be re-used shall be disposed of at authorized hazardous waste disposal sites. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 74 19 PAGE 2 A. Comply with applicable requirements of the jurisdictional authorities, local ordinances and regulations concerning management of construction waste. B. Discuss waste management at the preconstruction meeting. C. Waste management shall be discussed at regularly scheduled weekly progress meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WASTE CONTAINERS A. Use a durable, covered, secured, re-usable container for each waste category. B. All recycling containers shall be clearly marked and shall list materials which can be recycled, as well as material which cannot be recycled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Use construction methods that reduce waste. When possible: 1. Order material pre-cut to required size. 2. Order exact quantity required. 3. Use temporary materials and facilities that can be re-used on other Projects. B. Contractor to verify that field measurements are as indicated on construction and or Shop Drawings before confirming product order or proceeding with work in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials. C. Protect products from damage during storage, installation and in-place. Replacement and disposal of materials that become wet, damp or unusable for any reason due to improper storage shall be at the Contractor’s expense. D. Request or require products to be delivered to the site with packing materials that can be returned to the sender or easily recycled. E. Use detailed take-offs to identify location and uses in structure to reduce risk of unplanned and wasteful cuts. END OF SECTION 01 74 19 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 74 23 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 74 23 – FINAL CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at Substantial Completion. A. Conduct cleaning and waste disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and anti-pollution regulations. B. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. C. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish or other waste material on the premises is not permitted. 1.02 Should the Contractor fail in any of its duties described in this section, the City may, at its sole discretion, have the Project site cleaned thoroughly to its standards. The cost of this cleaning shall be deducted from the Contractor's final payment or retainage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING AGENTS A. Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property, or that might damage finished surfaces. Pay special attention to easily marred surfaces and reactive metals such as aluminum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a typical commercial building/site cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project. 1. Clean the Project site, yard and grounds in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape areas. Remove rubbish, waste materials, litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas clean. 2. Remove petro-chemical spills, stains and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth even-textured surface. 3. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from the site. 4. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Pay special attention to corners and other hard to clean areas. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 74 23 PAGE 2 5. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Pressure wash concrete surfaces to remove any dirt built up during construction. 7. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces. 8. Broom clean and shop vacuum concrete floors in unoccupied spaces. 9. Remove all visible labels that are not permanent labels and are not related to a product’s fire, mechanical or electrical rating. 10. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes and surfaces. 11. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that show evidence of repair or restoration. 12. Wipe surfaces of equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, sealant and mortar droppings and all other foreign substances. 13. Locate all metal objects, nails, etc. that may pose a hazard. Sweep all non-hard surface areas that were within or adjacent to any construction area or over which any construction related traffic traveled. 14. Leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy. 3.02 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION A. Unless requested otherwise by the City, remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period. B. Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. C. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated construction, such materials shall become the City's property. At the City's direction, relocate these materials on site. END OF SECTION 01 74 23 KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 77 00 PAGE 1 SECTION 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Closeout Procedures B. Final Cleaning C. Project Record Documents D. Operation and Maintenance Data E. Operation Instruction F. Manufacturers’ Warranties G. Guaranties H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in the Contract Documents for Substantial and Final Completion. B. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities. C. Submit building permit documents and building inspection signoff sheets to the City. D. Submit final application for payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Refer to Section 01 74 23 for final cleaning requirements 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain a complete set of record documents that clearly indicate all changes for the Contract Documents and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed. B. Record documents shall include: 1. Project drawings 2. Specifications 3. Reviewed Shop Drawings, product data, and samples. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 77 00 PAGE 2 C. Keep record documents current; do not conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Mark specifications legibly and record at each product section a description of actual products installed. Include the manufactures name and product model number. E. As-Built Drawings shall include the location of all concealed work, including without limitation, conduit, piping, ducts, mechanical and electrical equipment and foundations. Indicate all changes to details which involve concealed construction. Contractor shall provide red-line drawings to City’s Representative, who shall create a final, consolidated set of As-Built Drawings and deliver them to the City. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Furnish published operation and maintenance information covering all equipment and finish materials installed on the Project. Whether specified or not, furnish published information whenever special maintenance procedures are required to assure the proper operation and durability of Project material, equipment and finishes. B. Provide one, consolidated hard copy and digital copies of all operation and maintenance data, including maintenance data or documentation that is requested in any technical specifications. C. Submit hard copy of operation and maintenance data in a three-ring binder. Included divider tabs to separate data for each component. Include Project name, Contractor and City’s representative. D. Submit electronic copies of operation and maintenance data for City’s Representative to review. 1.06 OPERATION INSTRUCTION A. Prior to Final Completion, instruct the City’s personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Provide instruction at mutually agreed upon time. B. Use experienced personnel trained and experienced in the operation and maintenance of systems, buildings, or equipment involved in the Project. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment as the basis of instruction. Review content in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide a one-year warranty on all workmanship and materials from the date of final completion. Provide additional warranties as required in the specifications. KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01 77 00 PAGE 3 B. By its execution of the Contract, Contractor agrees to comply with these specifications and warrants it will faithfully and satisfactorily perform all work as provided for, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly correct all defects in workmanship and materials: (1) when Contractor knows or should have known of the defect, or (2) upon Contractor’s receipt of notification from the City of the existence or discovery of the defect. C. In the event any parts are repaired or replaced, only original replacement parts shall be used—rebuilt or used parts will not be acceptable. When defects are corrected, the warranty for that portion of the work shall extend for an additional year beyond the original warranty period applicable to the overall work. The Contractor shall begin to correct any defects within seven (7) calendar days of its receipt of notice from the City of the defect. If the Contractor does not accomplish the corrections within a reasonable time as determined by the City, the City may complete the corrections and the Contractor shall pay all costs incurred by the City in order to accomplish the correction. D. The Contractor shall furnish the City any guarantee or warranty furnished as a customary trade practice in connection with the purchase of any equipment, materials, or items incorporated into the project. E. Furnish original and duplicate copies of each manufacturer’s warranty executed to the City. F. Submit all material prior to application for final payment. For equipment put into use with City’s permission during construction, submit warranty within 10 days after first operation. 1.08 SPARE PARTS A. Provide all spare parts to City Project Manager. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01 77 00 (PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK) KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................... 1-1 1-01 Definitions and Terms ..................................................... 1-1 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions ......................................... 1-3 1-03 Award and Execution of Contract ...................................... 1-6 1-04 Scope of the Work ......................................................... 1-7 1-05 Control of Work ............................................................. 1-9 1-06 Control of Material ......................................................... 1-13 1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public ................ 1-16 1-08 Prosecution and Progress ................................................ 1-22 1-09 Measurement and Payment ............................................. 1-26 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control ............................................... 1-28 DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK .......................................................... 2-1 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing .................................................... 2-1 2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions ............................ 2-2 2-03 Roadway Excavation and Embankment .............................. 2-3 2-06 Subgrade Preparation ..................................................... 2-5 DIVISION 4 BASES .................................................................... 4-1 4-03 Gravel Borrow ............................................................... 4-1 4-04 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing .......................................... 4-1 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS .............. 5-1 5-02 Bituminous Surface Treatment ......................................... 5-1 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt ............................................................. 5-1 5-06 Pervious Concrete .......................................................... 5-37 DIVISION 6 STRUCTURES……………………………………………………6-1 6-07 Painting……………………………………………………………………………………..6-1 DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS .............. 7-1 7-01 Drains .......................................................................... 7-1 7-04 Storm Sewers ............................................................... 7-1 7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells ..................... 7-3 7-06 Infiltration Trench……………………………………………………………………..7-7 7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements ............................. 7-8 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ......................... 8-1 8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ....................... 8-1 8-02 Roadside Restoration ...................................................... 8-4 8-03 Irrigation Systems ......................................................... 8-18 8-04 Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways .......................................... 8-21 8-12 Chain Link Fence and Wire Fence ...................................... 8-22 8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks............................................. 8-22 8-19 Street Furniture ............................................................. 8-27 8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical .............................. 8-29 8-21 Permanent Signing ......................................................... 8-41 8-27 Gravel Path ................................................................... 8-41 8-28 Pothole Utilities ............................................................. 8-45 8-33 Boulders ....................................................................... 8-46 8-34 Dog Bag Dispenser ......................................................... 8-47 8-35 Art Sculpture Pedestals ................................................... 8-48 8-36 Gateway Feature ........................................................... 8-50 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS ............................................................ 9-1 9-03 Aggregates ................................................................... 9-1 9-13 Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour Protection and Rock Walls ...................... 9-3 9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting ............................... 9-3 9-15 Irrigation System ........................................................... 9-8 9-16 Fence and Guardrail ....................................................... 9-11 9-28 Signing Materials and Fabrication ..................................... 9-11 9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical .......................................... 9-12 9-30 Water Distribution Materials ............................................ 9-14 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 1 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Kent Special Provisions (“Kent Special Provisions” or “KSP”) modify and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2021 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations (“WSDOT Standard Specifications”). Otherwise all provisions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall apply. All references in the WSDOT Standard Specifications to the State of Washington, its various departments or directors, or to the contracting agency, shall be revised to include the City and/or City Engineer, except for references to State statutes or regulations. All of these documents are a part of this contract. DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: DESCRIPTION OF WORK The project consists of the construction of a multiuse trail, paved node areas and walkways on the north and south side of Willis Street (SR 516) and 4th Ave South. The project also includes, but is not limited to, landscaping, irrigation, illumination, stormwater improvements and other park amenities as detailed in the Plans and these Special Provisions. Schedule A – Base Bid: This bid schedule provides for all work on Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape Improvements. Schedule B – Gateway Improvements: This bid schedule provides for work items to install the Gateway features as shown and detailed in the Plans, with associated electrical equipment, junction boxes, conduit, linear uplighting illumination system, planting and irrigation. 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS SECTION 1-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.1 General When these Kent Special Provisions make reference to a “Section,” for example, “in accordance with Section 1-01,” the reference is to the WSDOT Standard Specifications as modified by these Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 1-01.2(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.2(2) Items of Work and Units of Measurement EA Each KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 2 Eq. Adj. Equitable Adjustment FA Force Account HR Hour M GAL Thousand gallons NIC Not In Contract SF Square Feet SECTION 1-01.3, “CONTRACT” DEFINITION, IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.3 Definitions Contract The written agreement between the Contracting Agency and the Contractor. It describes, among other things: 1.What work will be done, and by when; 2.Who provides labor and materials; and 3.How Contractors will be paid. The Contract includes the Contract (agreement) Form, Bidder’s completed Proposal Form, Kent Special Provisions, Contract Provisions, Contract Plans, WSDOT Standard Specifications (also including amendments to the Standard Specifications issued by WSDOT as of the later date of bid advertisement or any subsequent addenda), Kent Standard Plans, Addenda, various certifications and affidavits, supplemental agreements, change orders, and subsurface boring logs (if any). Also incorporated in the Contract by reference are: 1.Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association, current edition; 2.Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, current edition, and; 3.American Water Works Association Standards, current edition; 4.The current edition of the “National Electrical Code.” Responsibility for obtaining these publications rests with the Contractor. SECTION 1-01.3, “DEFINITIONS” IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING DEFINITION: Incidental Work KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 3 The terms “incidental to the project,” “incidental to the involved bid item(s),” etc., as used in the Contract shall mean that the Contractor is required to complete the specified work and the cost of such work shall be included in the unit contract prices of other bid items as specified in Section 1-04.1 (Intent of the Contract). No additional payment will be made. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS SECTION 1-02.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.1 Qualification of Bidders Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the Contract. The City reserves the right to take any action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action includes the City’s review of the qualification information in the bid documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to determine whether the lowest responsive bidder is also responsible and able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment, determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work (the “lowest responsive and responsible bidder”). SECTION 1-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications Upon awarding the Contract, the City shall supply to the Contractor, for its own use, up to ten (10) copies of the plans and specifications. If the Contractor requests more than ten (10) copies, the City may require the Contractor to purchase the additional sets. SECTION 1-02.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.5 Proposal Forms Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents including a “Bid Proposal” for the advertised project by downloading at no charge at KentWA.gov/Procurement; however, a prospective bidder remains responsible to obtain Bid Documents, even if unable to download all or any part of the documents, whether or not inability to access is caused by the bidder’s or the City’s technology. SECTION 1-02.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 4 It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to obtain and incorporate all issued addenda into the bid. In the space provided on the Proposal Signature Page, the Bidder shall confirm that all Addenda have been received. All blanks in the proposal forms must be appropriately filled in. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: Supplement the second paragraph with the following: Cumulative Alternates Bidding The Bid Proposal for this Contract requires the Bidder to bid cumulative Alternates as part of the bid. As such the Bidder is required to submit a Base Bid and a bid for one (1) Alternate. Bid Proposal The Bid Proposal includes the following: 1.Base Bid The Base Bid shall include constructing all items included in Schedule A except those items contained in the Alternate. 2.Alternate a.Schedule B – Gateway Improvements Based on constructing (*** Schedule B – Gateway Improvements ***) The Bid items for Schedule B are as listed in the Bid Proposal. Bidding Procedures To be considered responsive the Bidder shall submit a price on each and every Bid item included in the Base Bid and all Alternate. The successful Bidder will be the Bidder submitting the lowest responsible Bid for the highest order Preference that is within the amount of available funds for the project. Available funds will be announced immediately prior to the opening of Bids. The following are listed in order from highest to lowest Preference: 1.Preference 1: Lowest total for Base Bid plus Schedule B. 2.Preference 2: Lowest total for Base Bid. The Contracting Agency may, at their discretion, award a Contract for the Base Bid, without any additional Alternates, in the event that all Bids exceed the available funds announced. In any case, the award will be subject to the requirements of Section 1-03. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 5 Proposals must contain original signature pages. FACSIMILES OR OTHER FORMS OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AND ARE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE SUBMITTALS. SECTION 1-02.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.7 Bid Deposit A deposit of at least 5 percent of the total Bid shall accompany each Bid. This deposit may be cash, cashier’s check, or a proposal bond (Surety bond). Any proposal bond shall be on the City’s bond form and shall be signed by the Bidder and the Surety. A proposal bond shall not be conditioned in any way to modify the minimum 5-percent required. The Surety shall: (1) be registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and (2) appear on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The failure to furnish a Bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent with the Bid shall make the Bid nonresponsive and shall cause the Bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency. SECTION 1-02.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be received at the City Clerk’s office by the stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. SECTION 1-02.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal After submitting a Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw or revise it if: 1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person, and 2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time for opening Bids. The original Bid Proposal may be revised and resubmitted as the official Bid Proposal if the Contracting Agency receives it before the time for opening Bids. SECTION 1-02.11 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, file, or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 6 are specifically called for; however, a person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a subproposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a bidder is not disqualified from submitting a subproposal or quoting prices to other bidders or from making a prime proposal. SECTION 1-02.13 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 1(a) AND REPLACING ITEM 1(a) WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals a.The bidder is not prequalified when so required. SECTION 1-02.14 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 3 AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 3.The bidder is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SECTION 1-03.1 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IN THAT SECTION: 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids The City also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules or alternates of the Proposal and will award the Contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including schedules or alternates selected by the City. SECTION 1-03.2 IS REVISED BY REPLACING “45 CALENDAR DAYS” WITH “60 CALENDAR DAYS” RELATING TO CONTRACT AWARD OR BID REJECTION. 1-03.2 Award of Contract SECTION 1-03.3 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.3 Execution of Contract No claim for delay shall be granted to the Contractor due to its failure to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with the schedule provided in these Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 1-03.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.7 Judicial Review Any decision made by the City regarding the award and execution of the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 7 judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the King County Superior Court, located in Kent, Washington. 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1-04.1 Intent of the Contract SECTION 1-04.1(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal The Contractor shall include all costs of doing the work within the bid item prices. If the contract plans, contract provisions, addenda, or any other part of the contract require work that has no bid item price in the proposal form, the entire cost of labor and materials required to perform that work shall be incidental and included with the bid item prices in the contract. SECTION 1-04.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE WORDS, “KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS, KENT STANDARD PLANS” FOLLOWING THE WORDS, “CONTRACT PROVISIONS” IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH. SECTION 1-04.2 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEMS 1 THROUGH 7 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING 8 ITEMS: 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda 1.Approved Change Orders 2.The Contract Agreement 3.Kent Special Provisions 4.Contract Plans 5.Amendments to WSDOT Standard Specifications 6.WSDOT Standard Specifications 7.Kent Standard Plans 8.WSDOT Standard Plans SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH (INCLUDING SUBPARAGRAPHS A AND B). SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: For Item 2, increases or decreases in quantity for any bid item shall be paid at the appropriate bid item contract price, including any bid item increase or decrease by more than 25 percent from the original planned quantity. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 8 SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE EIGHTH PARAGRAPH (NEXT TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH) AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the Contractor shall endorse and return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or respond in accordance with Section 1-04.5. The Contracting Agency may unilaterally process the change order if the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. Changes normally noted on field stakes or variations from estimated quantities, will not require a written change order. These changes shall be made at the unit prices that apply. The Contractor shall respond immediately to changes shown on field stakes without waiting for further notice. SECTION 1-04.4(1) IS REVISED TO READ AS FOLLOWS. 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes Payments for changes amounting to $25,000 or less may be made under the Bid item “Minor Change”. At the discretion of the Contracting Agency, this procedure for Minor Change may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes. The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Minor Changes. The agreement for the Minor Change will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Minor Change, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5. Payments will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for “Minor Change” in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. SECTION 1-04.6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of Work performed and accepted in conformance with the Contract. SECTION 1-04.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.9 Use of Private Properties Staging and storage locations needed for the Project must be properly permitted for that use. Limits of construction are indicated or defined on the plans. The Contractor shall confine all construction activities within these limits. If a staging and storage area is shown on the plans, the City will obtain all permits and approvals necessary for the Contractor’s use. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 9 Whether the City does or does not provide a staging area, if the Contractor selects its own staging and storage area(s), it is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to obtain all necessary permits/approvals to use the private property, specifically including, without limitation, all permits or approvals subject to State Environmental Policy Act, Shoreline Management Act, and critical areas regulations. Before using any other property as a staging or storage area (or for any other use), the Contractor shall thoroughly investigate the property for the presence of critical areas, buffers of critical areas, or other regulatory restrictions as defined in Kent City Code, county, state or federal regulations, and the Contractor shall provide the City written documentation that the property is not subject to other regulatory requirements or that the Contractor has obtained all necessary rights of entry, permits and approvals needed to use the property as the Contractor intends. Upon vacating the private property, the Contractor shall provide the City written verification that it has obtained all releases and/or performed all mitigation work as required by the conditions of the permit/approval and/or agreement with the property owner. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation or an extension of the time of completion of the Contractor for any work associated with the permitting, mitigation or use of private property. SECTION 1-04.11 ITEM 2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.11 Final Cleanup 1.Remove from the project all unapproved and/or unneeded material left from grading, surfacing, paving, or temporary erosion control measures. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST FOUR PARAGRAPHS. 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER PARAGRAPH 7: To the extent a conflict exists between the requirements of WSDOT Section 1-05.4 and Kent Special Provision (KSP) Section 1-05.8, the requirements of KSP Section 1-05.8 will prevail. SECTION 1-05.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: (April 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP, Option 4) KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 10 Contractor Surveying – ADA Features ADA Feature Staking Requirements The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes and grades necessary for the construction of the ADA features. Calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall build the ADA features within the specifications in the Standard Plans and contract documents. ADA Feature As-Built Measurements The Contractor shall be responsible for providing electronic As-Built records of all ADA feature improvements completed in the Contract. The survey work shall include but not be limited to completing the measurements, recording the required measurements and completing other data fill-ins found on the ADA Measurement Forms, and transmitting the electronic Forms to the Engineer. The ADA Measurement Forms are found at the following website location: http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/ADAGuidance.htm In the instance where an ADA Feature does not meet accessibility requirements, all work to replace non-conforming work and then to measure, record the as-built measurements, and transmit the electronic Forms to the Engineer shall be completed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency, as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with section 1-04.1 for the following item(s) when included in the Proposal: “ADA Feature Surveying”, lump sum. The lump sum contract price for “ADA Feature Surveying” shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any staking, setting, grading, and maintaining the necessary lines for ADA curb ramps, and coordination efforts as described above, as shown on the Plans, and herein specified, including resetting markers and/or monuments purposely moved as part of the Work. SECTION 1-05.7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified by the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the contract, the Engineer may provide the Contractor written notice establishing a date after which the City will correct and KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 11 remedy that work by any means that the Engineer may deem necessary, including the use of City forces or other contractors. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor’s failure to promptly correct any defective or any unauthorized work creates a situation that could be potentially unsafe or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have the work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using City or other forces. Direct and indirect costs incurred by the City attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment may be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Direct and indirect costs shall include, without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, compensation and engineering and inspection services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work. No increase in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the City’s rights provided by this section nor shall the exercise of this right diminish the City’s right to pursue any other remedy available under law with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required. SECTION 1-05.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SUBSECTION: 1-05.9 Equipment 1-05.9(1) Operational Testing It is the intent of the City to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment, street lighting, electrical distribution of signal systems, building or other similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the Physical Completion Date. Whenever items of work are listed in the contract provisions for operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. In the event the contract does not specify testing time periods, the default testing time period shall be twenty-one (21) calendar days. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 12 During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment that prove faulty or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing shall be included in the various contract bid item prices unless specifically set forth otherwise in the contract. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. SECTION 1-05.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.10 Guarantees In addition to any other warranty or guarantee provided for at law or in the parties’ contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Agency any guarantee or warranty furnished as a customary trade practice in connection with the purchase of any equipment, materials, or items incorporated into the project. Upon receipt of written notice of any required corrective work, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently, and without disrupting city facilities, the work necessary to correct the items listed in the notice. Approximately sixty (60) calendar days prior to the one-year anniversary of final acceptance, the Contractor shall be available to tour the project, with the Engineer, in support of the Engineer’s effort to establish a list of corrective work then known and discovered. SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor Within ten (10) days of contract award, the Contractor shall designate the Contractor's project manager and superintendent for the contract work. SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE THIRD PARAGRAPH: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 13 If at any time during the contract work, the Contractor elects to replace the contract manager or superintendent, the Contractor shall only do so after obtaining the Engineer's prior written approval. THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF 1-05.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: Whenever the City evaluates the Contractor’s qualifications or pre- qualifications pursuant to Section 1-02.1 or RCW 47.28.070, the City may take these or other Contractor performance reports into account. SECTION 1-05.14 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.14 Cooperation With Other Contractors Details of known projects are as follows: N/A SECTION 1-05 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-05.16 Water and Power The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the Contract includes power or water as bid items, or unless otherwise provided for in other bid items. 1-05.17 Oral Agreements No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered unofficial information and in no way binding upon the City, unless subsequently recorded and/or put in writing and signed by an authorized agent of the City. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.2 Acceptance of Materials SECTION 1-06.2(2) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance SECTION 1-06 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-06.7 Submittals 1-06.7(1) Submittal Procedures KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 14 All information submitted by the Contractor shall be clear, sharp, high contrast copies. Contractor shall accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal containing the following information: 1. Contractor’s name and the name of Subcontractor or supplier who prepared the submittal. 2. The project name and identifying number. 3. Each new submittal shall be sequentially numbered (1, 2, 3, etc.). Each resubmittal shall include the original number with a sequential alpha letter added (1A, 1B, 1C, etc.). 4. Description of the submittal and reference to the Contract requirement or technical specification section and paragraph number being addressed. 5. Bid item(s) where product will be used. 1-06.7(2) Schedule of Submittals The Contractor shall create and submit three (3) copies of a schedule of submittals showing the date by which each submittal required for product review or product information will be made. The schedule can be modified, deducted, or added to by the City. The schedule shall be available at the preconstruction conference (see 1-08.0 of the Kent Special Provisions). The schedule of submittals must be accepted prior to the City making the first progress payment. The schedule shall identify the items that will be included in each submittal by listing the item or group of items and the Specification Section and paragraph number and bid item under which they are specified. The schedule shall indicate whether the submittal is required for product review of proposed equivalents, shop drawings, product data or samples or required for product information only. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 21 days for the Engineer’s review of each submittal or resubmittal. All submittals shall be in accordance with the approved schedule of submittals. Submittals shall be made early enough to allow adequate time for manufacturing, delivery, labor issues, additional review due to inadequate or incomplete submittals, and any other reasonably foreseeable delay. 1-06.7(3) Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples The Contractor shall submit the following for the Engineer’s review: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies. Submittals will be marked, stamped, and returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Product Data: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies. Submittals will be marked, stamped, and returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 15 3.Samples: Submit three labeled samples or three sets of samples of manufacturer’s full range of colors and finishes unless otherwise directed. One approved sample will be returned to the Contractor. Content of submittals: 1.Each submittal shall include all of the items required for a complete assembly or system. 2.Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data required to demonstrate conclusively that the items comply with the requirements of the Contract. 3.Each submittal shall verify that the physical characteristics of items submitted, including size, configurations, clearances, mounting points, utility connection points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are compatible with other interrelated items. 4.The Contractor shall label each Product Data submittal, Shop Drawing or Sample with the bid item number and, if a lump sum bid item, provide a reference to the applicable KSP paragraph. The Contractor shall highlight or mark every page of every copy of all Product Data submittals to show the specific items being submitted and all options included or choices offered. The City encourages a creative approach to complete a timely, economical, and quality project. Submittals that contain deviations from the requirements of the Contract shall be accompanied by a separate letter explaining the deviations. The Contractor’s letter shall: 1.Cite the specific Contract requirement including the Specification Section bid item number and paragraph number for which approval of a deviation is sought. 2.Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction, explain its advantages, and explain how the proposed alternate meets or exceeds the Contract requirements. 3.State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, which is offered to the City. The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to accept or reject any proposed deviation with or without cause. The Engineer will stamp and mark each submittal prior to returning it to the Contractor. The stamps will indicate one of the following: 1.“APPROVED AS SUBMITTED” – Accepted subject to its compatibility with the work not covered in this submission. This response does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial submission. 2.“APPROVED AS NOTED” – Accepted subject to minor corrections that shall be made by the Contractor and subject to its compatibility with the work not covered in this submission. This response does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 16 required items not shown in the partial submission. No resubmission is required. 3.“AMEND AND RESUBMIT” – Rejected because of major inconsistencies, errors or insufficient information that shall be resolved or corrected by the Contractor prior to subsequent re- submittal. An amended resubmission is required. Re-submittals that contain changes that were not requested by the Engineer on the previous submittal shall note all changes and be accompanied by a letter explaining the changes. 1-06.7(4) Proposed Equivalents The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to accept or reject any proposed equivalent with or without cause. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.2 State Taxes SECTION 1-07.2(1) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-171—Use Tax Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the project that are subject to use tax under Section 1-07.2(1) in the proposal bid items. SECTION 1-07.2(2) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170—Retail Sales Tax Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the project that are subject to retail sales tax under Section 1-07.2(2) in the proposal bid items. SECTION 1-07.4(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH TO THE END OF THIS SECTION: 1-07.4(2) COVID-19 JOB SITE REQUIREMENTS A. Before commencing any work on the Project site, the Contractor shall develop and post at each job site a comprehensive COVID-19 exposure control, mitigation, and recovery plan that complies with the Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 17 issued by the Governor, or subsequent modifications or phase amendments as the Governor may issue. Contractor must further meet and maintain all requirements of the plan, including providing materials, schedules, and equipment required to comply with those job site requirements or any future adjustments that may be made to job site requirements by the Governor or any applicable federal or state agency during the COVID-19 emergency. B. A copy of the COVID-19 job site safety plan, along with the identification and contact information for the COVID-19 Supervisor, shall be provided to the Engineer. SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses The City has obtained the following permits: None SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH: A copy of each permit and/or license obtained by the Contractor shall be furnished to the City. Approved permits shall be furnished to the City upon completion of the project and prior to final acceptance. The Contractor shall promptly notify the City in writing of any variance in the contract work arising from the issuance of any permit. The Contractor shall procure all necessary ROW permits, cost of procuring permits shall be incidental to the bid items in the proposal. 1-07.9 Wages SECTION 1-07.9(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH: 1-07.9(1) General To the extent allowed by law, the wage rates that will be in effect during the entire contract work period are those in effect on the day of bid opening, unless the City does not award the Contract within six months of the bid opening. SECTION 1-07.9(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: FOLLOWING: 1-07.9(3) Apprentices KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 18 All contracts with an estimated construction cost greater than $1,000,000 (one million dollars) shall require that no less than 15 percent of the labor hours performed by workers subject to prevailing wages employed by the contractor or its subcontractors be performed by apprentices enrolled in a state-approved apprenticeship program. Definitions For the purposes of this specification, the following definitions apply: 1.Apprentice Utilization Requirement is expressed as a percentage of the project Labor Hours performed by Apprentices. 2.Labor Hours are the total hours performed by all workers receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the project site including hours performed by workers employed by the prime Contractor and all Subcontractors. Labor Hours do not include hours performed by foremen, superintendents, owners, and workers who are not subject to prevailing wage requirements. 3.Apprentice is a person enrolled in a State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program. 4.State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program is an apprenticeship training program approved by the Washington State Apprenticeship Council. 5.Good Faith Effort is a demonstration that the Contractor has strived to meet the Apprenticeship Utilization Requirement including but not necessarily limited to the specific steps as described elsewhere in this specification. Plan The Contractor shall submit an “Apprentice Utilization Plan” within 30 calendar days of Notice of Award, demonstrating how they intend to achieve the Apprentice Utilization Requirement. The plan shall be updated and resubmitted as appropriate as the Work progresses. The intent is to provide the City with enough information to track progress in meeting the utilization requirements. Reporting The Contractor shall submit a “Monthly Apprentice Reporting Form” on a monthly basis. The report shall be submitted to the City by the last working day of the subsequent month, until the Physical Completion Date. The date reported shall be cumulative to date and consolidated to include the Contractor and all Subcontractors. At the Contractor’s request, the Engineer may suspend this reporting requirement during periods of minimal or no applicable work activities on the project. The Contractor shall submit documentation of their Good Faith Effort if: (1) they are unable to provide a plan demonstrating how they intend to meet the Apprentice Utilization Requirement; or (2) the project has been completed without meeting the Apprentice Utilization Requirement. Contacts KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 19 The Contractor may obtain information on State-approved Apprenticeship Training Programs by contacting the Department of Labor and Industries at: Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530 or by phone at (360) 902-5320. Compliance In the event that the Contractor is unable to accomplish the Apprentice Utilization Requirement, the Contractor shall demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort has been made as described within this specification. Failure to comply with the requirements as specified is subject to penalties for noncompliance as set forth in KCC 6.01.030(E). Good Faith Efforts In fulfilling the Good Faith Effort, the Contractor shall perform and, when appropriate, require its Subcontractors to perform the following steps: 1. Solicit Apprentice(s) from State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program(s). 2. Document the solicitation and, in the event Apprentice(s) are not available, obtain supporting documentation from the solicited program(s). 3. Demonstrate that the plan was updated as required within this specification. 4. Provide documentation demonstrating what efforts the Contractor has taken to require Subcontractors to solicit and employ Apprentice(s). In the event that the preceding steps have been followed, the Contractor may also supplement the Good Faith Efforts documentation with the following documentation: 5. Submit documentation demonstrating successful Apprentice utilization on previous contracts. 6. Submit documentation indicating company-wide Apprentice utilization efforts and percentages of attainment. Payment Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of this specification is included in payment for the associated Contract items of work. 1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work SECTION 1-07.13(4) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND SENTENCE OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND DELETING THE LAST PARAGRAPH. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 20 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage SECTION 1-07.14 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE BEGINNING OF THAT SECTION: 1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section 1-07.14 and Section 5 of the Contract, the terms of the Contract will control. Any reference to the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, or all officers and employees of the State also will include the City, its officers and employees. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention SECTION 1-07.15(1) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan When the proposal form includes multiple bid schedules and the “SPCC Plan” bid item is present in only one bid schedule, the lump sum payment item for the “SPCC Plan” in that one schedule will apply to all bid schedules for all costs associated with creating and updating the accepted SPCC Plan, and all costs associated with the setup of prevention measures and for implementing the current SPCC Plan as required by this Specifications. SECTION 1-07.17 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE END OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH: 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities If a utility is known to have or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of the proposed excavation and that utility is not a subscriber to the utilities underground location center, the Contractor shall give individual notice to that utility within the same time frame prescribed in RCW 19.122.030 for subscriber utilities. SECTION 1-07.17 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-07.17(3) Utility Markings Once underground utilities are marked by the utility owner or its agent, and/or once new underground facilities have been installed by the Contractor, the Contractor/excavator is responsible to determine the precise location of underground facilities that may conflict with other underground construction. The Contractor shall maintain the marks or a record of the location of buried facilities for the duration of time needed KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 21 to avoid future damage until installation of all planned improvements at that location is complete. 1-07.17(4) Payment All costs to comply with subsection 1-07.17(3) and for the protection and repair of all identified or suspected underground utilities specified in RCW 19.122 are incidental to the contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor/excavator. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit bid prices of the contract. No additional time or monetary compensation shall be made for delays caused by utility re- marking or repair of damaged utilities due to the Contractor’s failure to maintain marks or to locate utilities in accordance with this section. 1-07.17(5) Notification of Excavation Within ten business days but not less than two business days prior to the commencement of excavation, the Contractor shall provide written notice (or other form of notice acceptable to the Engineer) to all owners of underground facilities, whether public or private, that excavation will occur, and when excavation will occur. 1-07.17(6) Site Inspection Contractor warrants and represents that it has personally, or through its employees, agents and/or subcontractors, examined all property affected by this project and that it is knowledgeable of specific locations for water, gas, telephone, electric power and combined sewerage utilities within those areas. The following list of contacts is provided only as a convenience to the Contractor. It may not be accurate and may not constitute a complete list of all affected utilities. CenturyLink Gabrielle Skorupa 206-305-4395 Comcast Aaron Cantrel 206-510-4222 (cell) Aaron_Cantrel@comcast.com Puget Sound Energy Gas Glenn Helton 253-395-6926 425-559-4647 (cell) Puget Sound Energy Electric Hong Nguyen 425-449-6609 (cell) Hong.Nguyen@pse.com Verizon Scott Christenson 425-636-6046 425-471-1079 (cell) KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 22 SECTION 1-07.18 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section 1-07.18 and the insurance requirements in Section 7 of the Contract, the terms of the Contract will control. Any reference to the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, or all officers and employees of the State also will include the City, its officers and employees. SECTION 1-07.24 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.24 Rights of Way Street right of way lines, limits of easements and limits of construction are indicated or defined on the plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits unless arrangements for use of private property are made. It is anticipated that the City will have obtained all right of way, easements or right of entry agreements prior to the start of construction. Locations where these rights have not been obtained will be brought to the Contractor's attention prior to start of construction. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. SECTION 1-07.26 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers Neither the City, the Engineer, nor any other official, officer or employee of the City shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to act in connection with the contract, it being understood that, in these matters, they are acting solely as agents of the City. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 1-08 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-08.0 Preconstruction and Preconstruction Conference The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with up to ten (10) copies of the plans and specifications. Additional documents may be purchased from the City at the price specified by the City or in the Invitation to Bid. Prior to undertaking each part of the work, the Contractor shall KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 23 carefully study and compare the Contract and check and verify all pertinent figures shown and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy that the Contractor discovers. After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held with the Contractor, the Engineer and any other interested parties that the City determines to invite. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule. 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work. 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc. 4. To verify normal working hours for the work. 5. To review safety standards and traffic control. 6. To discuss any other related items that may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, at or prior to the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A price breakdown of all lump sum items. 2. A preliminary construction schedule. 3. A list of material sources for approval, if applicable. 4. Schedule of submittals. (See 1-06.6(2)) 5. Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control Plan (TESCP) for approval. 6. Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval. 7. Request to sublet, for approval by the Engineer, of all subcontractors. SECTION 1-08.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed, Prosecution and Hours of Work Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of required insurance have been approved by and filed with the City. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not commence the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the Project Site within ten working days of the Notice to Proceed Date. The Work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the work. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the Contract. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 24 Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal straight time working hours for the Contractor shall be any consecutive 8 hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Kent Special Provisions, with a 5-day work week, plus allowing a maximum one-hour lunch break in each working day. The normal straight time 8-hour working period for the contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing work. If a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays, Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m. on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to work those times. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance (72 hours in advance for weekend work) so that the Inspector's time may be scheduled. Permission to work longer than an 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. is not required. For any work outside of normal straight time working hours that requires city surveyors, all reasonable efforts shall be made by the Contractor to allow time for surveying to be completed during normal straight time hours. If city surveyors are required to work other than normal straight time hours at the convenience of the Contractor, all such work shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. Permission to work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the City’s noise control regulations or the city receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners regarding noise from the Contractor’s operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should this permission be revoked for these reasons. The Engineer may grant permission to work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours, but may be subject to other conditions established by the City or Engineer. These conditions may include but are not limited to the following: hours worked by City employees; impacts to the construction schedule; or accommodations to adjoining properties affected by the contract work. 1-08.4(A) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of City Employees Following is a non-exclusive list of work that may require Contractor reimbursement for overtime of City employees. The City will bill the Contractor at the OVERTIME RATE in order for locate crews to complete other work. If the locate request is for nights, weekend, holidays or at other times when locate crews are not normally working, all locate work and expenses, including travel, minimum call out times, and/or Holiday premiums will be borne by the Contractor. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 25 1.Locate work required to re-establish marks for City-owned underground facilities that were not maintained or recorded by the Contractor in accordance with RCW 19.122.030. 2.Work required by city survey crew(s) as the result of reestablishing survey stakes or markings that were not maintained or recorded by the Contractor or other work deemed to be for the convenience of the Contractor and not required of the City by the contract. 3.Work required by City personnel or independent testing laboratories to re-test project materials, utility pressure or vacuum tests, camera surveys or water purity tests as the result of initial test failure on the part of the Contractor. 1-08.4(B) General The City allocates its resources to a contract based on the total time allowed in the contract. The City will accept a progress schedule indicating an early physical completion date but cannot guarantee the City resources will be available to meet the accelerated schedule. No additional compensation will be allowed if the Contractor is not able to meet its accelerated schedule due to the unavailability of City resources or for other reasons beyond the City's control. Unless previously approved by the Engineer, the original and all supplemental progress schedules shall not conflict with any time and order-of-work requirements in the contract. If the Engineer deems that the original or any necessary supplemental progress schedule does not provide adequate information, the City may withhold progress payments until a schedule containing needed information has been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Engineer's acceptance of any schedule shall not transfer any of the Contractor's responsibilities to the City. The Contractor alone shall remain responsible for adjusting forces, equipment, and work schedules to ensure completion of the work within the times specified in the contract. SECTION 1-08.5 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.5 Time for Completion Contract time shall begin on the day of the Notice to Proceed. The Contract Provisions may specify another starting date for Contract time, in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified. SECTION 1-08.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH, SIXTH, AND SEVENTH PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 26 1-08.6 Suspension of Work If the performance of all or any part of the Work is suspended for an unreasonable period of time by an act of the Contracting Agency in the administration of the Contract, or by failure to act within the time specified in the Contract (or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time), the Engineer will make an adjustment for any increase in the cost or time for the performance of the Contract (excluding profit) necessarily caused by the suspension. However, no adjustment will be made for any suspension if (1) the performance would have been suspended by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or (2) an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of the Contract. If the Contactor believes that the performance of the Work is suspended for an unreasonable period of time and such suspension is the responsibility of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall immediately submit a written notice of protest to the Engineer as provided in Section 1-04.5. No adjustment shall be allowed for any costs incurred more than 10 calendar days before the date the Engineer receives the Contractor’s written notice to protest. In any event, no protest will be allowed later than the date of the Contractor’s signature on the Final Pay Estimate. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the costs and additional time of such suspension, and shall permit the Engineer to have access to those records and any other records as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer to assist in evaluating the protest. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due as provided in this Section. The equitable adjustment for increase in costs, if due, shall be subject to the limitations provided in Section 1-09.4, provided that no profit of any kind will be allowed on any increase in cost necessarily caused by the suspension. SECTION 1-08.7 MAINTENANCE DURING SUSPENSION IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FOURTH AND SIXTH PARAGRAPHS. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 1-09.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP): The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common Proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total Bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication that the actual amount of Work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of Work actually authorized by Engineer. 1-09.9 Payments KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 27 SECTION 1-09.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-09.9(2) City’s Right to Withhold Certain Amounts In addition to the amount that the City may otherwise retain under the Contract, the City may withhold a sufficient amount of any payments otherwise due to the Contractor, including nullifying the whole or part of any previous payment, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that, in the City's judgment, may be necessary to cover the following: 1.The cost of defective work not remedied. 2.Fees incurred for material inspection, and overtime engineering and inspection for which the Contractor is obligated under this Contract. 3.Fees and charges of public authorities or municipalities. 4.Liquidated damages. 5.Engineering and inspection fees beyond Completion Date. 6.Cost of City personnel to re-establish locate marks for City-owned facilities that were not maintained by the Contractor in accordance with RCW 19.122.030 (3). 7.Additional inspection, testing and lab fees for re-doing failed, water, other utility tests. 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims SECTION 1-09.11(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction This contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any claims or causes of action arising from this contract shall be exclusively in the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington. For convenience of the parties to this contract, it is mutually agreed that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the City arising from this contract shall be brought within 180 days from the date of Final Acceptance of the contract by the City. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action that a Contractor asserts against the City arising from this contract are filed with the City or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the City to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the City to assist in evaluating the claims or actions. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 28 SECTION 1-09.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.13 Final Decision and Appeal All disputes arising under this contract shall proceed pursuant to Section 1-04.5 and 1-09.11 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and any Kent Special Provisions provided for in the contract for claims and resolution of disputes. The provisions of these sections and the Kent Special Provisions must be complied with as a condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to seek an appeal of the City’s decision. The City’s decision under Section 1-09.11 will be final and conclusive. Thereafter, the exclusive means of Contractor’s right to appeal shall only be by filing suit exclusively under the venue, rules and jurisdiction of the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington, unless the parties agree in writing to an alternative dispute resolution process. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management SECTION 1-10.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.2(1) General The TCS shall be certified as a work site traffic control supervisor by one of the following: Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 1-800-521-0778 or 206-382-4090 The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Avenue Kingston, WA 98346 360-297-3035 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, VA 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 or (540) 368-1701 SECTION 1-10.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with section 1-04.1 for the following item(s) when included in the Proposal: “Project Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 PAGE 29 The lump sum contract price for “Project Temporary Traffic Control” shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any set up, relocation, and maintaining safe and sufficient project temporary traffic control and temporary pedestrian traffic control operations. When the proposal does not include a bid item for a specific bid item listed in the WSDOT Standard Specifications and/or the Kent Special Provisions, all costs for the work necessary for those traffic control bid items shall be included by the Contractor in the lump sum unit contract prices for ‘‘Project Temporary Traffic Control’’. The Contractor shall estimate these costs based on the Contractor’s contemplated work procedures. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 1 DIVISION 2 – EARTHWORK 2-01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING SECTION 2-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-01.1 Description This work shall also include the removal of topsoil to a depth of 4’’ from the existing grade within the limits provided in the Plans and stockpiling for reuse on site. In addition, the work shall include transplanting existing rhododendron shrubs where shown on the Plans. SECTION 2-01.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-01.3(3) Relocation of Existing Rhododendron Shrubs Digging, transportation and installation shall be supervised by City of Kent Parks staff and shall be performed by a licensed horticulturist. Contractor shall dig, properly store and replant existing shrubs where shown on the Plans. Existing rhododendron shrubs designated for relocation shall be dug in such a manner as to provide a root ball which is sufficient to ensure survival of the shrubs when relocated. Root ball diameter shall be according to caliper inches of the shrub, approximately 10-12” for each caliper inch, center on shrub trunk, with the ball depth being a minimum of 60% of the width (shrubs to be relocated are approximately 2-3” caliper). After digging, root balls shall be wrapped in damp burlap for transportation to storage site until replanting. Shrubs shall be placed in pots or heeled in and protected from sun and drying winds; root balls shall be kept consistently moist. During removal, transportation, and replanting, the root ball and vegetative portions of the shrubs shall be protected from wind damage, physical injury or drying out. Shrubs shall be replanted as outlined in Section 8-02.3(8) of these Special Provisions and as detailed on the Plans. Relocation of existing shrubs, and excavation for relocation effort, shall be paid for under Section 8-02 of these Special Provisions. SECTION 2-01.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-01.4 Measurement No additional unit of measurement shall be applied to the removal of topsoil and shall be included in the lump sum price for ‘’Clearing and Grubbing’’. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 2 SECTION 2-01.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-01.5 Description “Clearing and Grubbing,” lump sum. Included in the lump sum price for ‘’Clearing and Grubbing’’ shall also include the removal of topsoil within limits provided in the plans to a depth of 4’’ and stockpiling for reuse on site. 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS SECTION 2-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-02.1 Description This work also includes the repair of adjacent improvements that were not designated for removal, but that were damaged by the Contractor’s operations. This work shall also include removal, haul and disposal of timber poles located between Willis St (SR 516) and W Willis St. This work shall also include tree removal, regardless of size, including stump, hauling, and disposal. SECTION 2-02.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 2-02.3 Construction Requirements The City has identified the following materials that are marked for removal: 1. Asphalt Pavement Removal (3’’ - 8’’ thick), 500 square feet 2. Cement Concrete Sidewalk Removal (4’’ thick), 3,200 square feet 3. Cement Concrete Pavement Removal (12’’ thick), 50 square feet 4. Drainage Structure, 2 each 5. Drainage Pipe. 60 linear feet 6. Existing Tree, 7 each All improvements that are not designated for removal, but that are damaged by the Contractor’s operations shall be replaced, restored, or repaired at the Contractor’s sole expense. The Engineer’s determination regarding what replacement, restoration, or repair must be made by the Contractor to repair damage caused by the Contractor’s removal operations is final. SECTION 2-02.3(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters In removing pavement, sidewalks, and curbs the Contractor shall: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 3 1. Haul broken-up pieces of concrete and asphalt pavement into the roadway embankment, or to some off-project site, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, or permitted by the Kent Special Provisions. 2. Material that is to be incorporated into the embankment shall be broken into pieces not exceeding 18 inches in any dimension, and no part of any piece shall be within three feet of the top, side or end surface of the embankment or any structure. 3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk, or curb that is to remain and the portion to be removed. When asphalt pavements are being widened, the vertical saw cut shall be made at least 1-foot from the edge of the existing pavement, and at least 2-feet from the closest edge of any cement concrete curb that will remain or be replaced, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 4. Replace at no expense to the City any existing pavement designated to remain that is damaged during the removal of other pavement, sidewalks, or curbs. 5. When cement concrete sidewalk, cement concrete pavement, or cement concrete curb is being removed, and the removal would result in a remaining strip of cement concrete less than 5 feet long, or where in the opinion of the Engineer the remaining portion of the sidewalk, pavement or curb would be damaged by the cutting required for the removal, then the entire sidewalk, pavement or curb shall be removed to the next expansion joint. SECTION 2-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-02.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items when they are included in the Proposal: “Removal Structures and Obstructions,” lump sum. The price for sawcutting constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor and equipment required to saw cut existing pavement regardless of depth and shall be included in the lump sum bid item ‘’Removal of Structures and Obstructions’’. 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2-03.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 2-03.3(7)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site The City has not provided a waste site. The Contractor shall arrange for disposal and provide any necessary disposal sites in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 4 The Contractor is responsible for determining which permits are required for the selected disposal sites. Within the City, wetlands are identified by using the Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual dated January 1987. SECTION 2-03.3(14)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Maximum density will be determined by the Modified Proctor Method ASTM D-1557. All compaction tests if required will be performed by the City. SECTION 2-03.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: No separate measurement for payment will be made for compaction. All costs associated with compaction shall be included with the other various unit Bid prices in the Proposal. No separate measurement for payment will be made for disposal of surplus materials. All costs associated with this work shall be included with the other various Bid items in the Proposal. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum bid item “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul”. The quantity is estimated to be 320 cubic yards as measured in place prior to excavation. No shrinkage or swell factors have been included and no deduction for pavement removal is included. Should the Owner direct the Contractor to perform additional excavation beyond that shown on the Contract Plans, the additional roadway excavation will be measured and paid for at a unit cost determined by dividing the lump sum bid amount by the applicable volume specified above. “Roadway excavation limits are defined as excavation limits in excess of the removal depths identified in section 2-02 Clearing and Grubbing.” Asphalt and Concrete pavement and sidewalk removal shall be included in the lump sum bid item for “Removal of Structures and Obstructions” Should the Contractor disagree with the estimated quantities shown for “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul” it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to perform a survey of the existing grade and of the bottom of subgrade after excavation and present this information to the Owner. Should it be determined that the quantities are in error, the lump sum Bid amount will be adjusted by a unit price calculated as described above. All costs required to survey the site and develop the terrain models shall be borne by the Contractor. SECTION 2-03.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul” shall be per lump sum. The lump sum Bid price for “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul”, shall be full compensation for the cost of all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 5 or incidental for excavating; hauling; stockpiling; constructing and compacting embankments with native material; placing, grading, and compacting native material at other locations as specified on the Plans; and disposing of excavated materials and/or excess/surplus native materials. 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2-06.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 2-06.3(1) ITEM 6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing 6. The prepared subgrade shall be compacted in the top 0.50 foot to 95 percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557 for a cut section. If the underlying subgrade is too soft to permit compaction of the upper 0.5-foot layer, the Contractor shall loosen (or excavate and remove) and compact the subgrade until the top layer can meet compaction requirements. Fill sections shall be prepared in accordance with the Standard Specification Section 2-03.3(14)C, Method B except ASTM D-1557 shall determine the maximum density. ADD THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION 2-06.3(3) Subgrade for Permeable Pavements (March 9, 2016 APWA GSP) Before placing permeable ballast for Porous HMA/WMA, the Contractor shall bring the Subgrade to the required line, grade, and cross-section. The Contractor shall compact the Subgrade to a depth of 6 inches to at least 90 percent, but not more than 92 percent, of the maximum density as determined by the compaction control tests described in Section 2-03.3(14)D. Two (2) density tests will be conducted for every 5,000 square feet of prepared subgrade; or four (4) tests per 200 lineal feet of roadway or sidewalk. All subgrade shall be firm and unyielding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take measures to protect the prepared and approved subgrade from traffic, water run-on, standing water, or other damage. Subgrade that has been over compacted, shall be scarified to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches and recompacted. Material used to protect the Subgrade from traffic or provide access to adjacent facilities shall be removed and the subgrade compacted prior to placing geotextile, if used and/or permeable ballast. SECTION 2-06.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2-06.5 Measurement and Payment KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2 PAGE 6 The cost for work required for compaction of the subgrade shall be included by the Contractor in the unit contract price of other bid items. (March 9, 2016 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Measurement for Subgrade for Permeable Pavement will be in accordance with 2-06.5. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 4 PAGE 1 DIVISION 4 – BASES DIVISION 4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 4-03 GRAVEL BORROW 4-03.1 Description This work shall consist of constructing one or more layers of gravel borrow upon a prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, depths, and typical cross-section shown in the plans or as established by the Engineer. 4-03.2 Materials Materials shall meet the minimum requirements of the following section in the Kent Special Provisions: Gravel Borrow ................. 9-03.14(1) 4-03.3 Construction Requirements Gravel borrow shall be uniformly spread upon the prepared subgrade to the depth, width, and cross-sections shown in the plans. Construction methods used shall meet the appropriate requirements of Section 4-04.3. 4-03.4 Measurement Gravel borrow will be measured in the same manner prescribed for the measurement of crushed surfacing materials as set forth in Section 4-04.4. 4-03.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when they are included in the Proposal: “Gravel Borrow, Including Haul and Compaction”, per ton The unit contract price per ton for “Gravel Borrow, Including Haul and Compaction” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to haul, place, finish grade, and compact the gravel borrow as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This item shall be used for roadway subbase, backfill for water, storm sewer, electrical conduit trenches, and other excavation backfill and compaction unless otherwise noted. 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING SECTION 4-04.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 4 PAGE 2 4-04.2 Gravel Base (March 9, 2016 APWA GSP) Revise section 9-03.9(2) to read: Permeable Ballast Permeable ballast shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(1) for ballast except for the following special requirements. The grading and quality requirements are: Grading No. 1 Grading No. 2 (AASHTO No. 3) Sieve Size Percent Passing Sieve Size Percent Passing 2-1/2” 99-100 2-1/2” 100 2” 65-100 2” 90-100 ¾” 40-80 1-½” 35-70 No. 4 0-5 1” 0-15 No. 100 0-2 ½” 0-5 % Fracture 95 No. 100 0-3 All percentages are by weight. % Fracture 95 The sand equivalent value and dust ratio requirements do not apply. Los Angeles Wear, 500 Rev. 30% maximum Degradation Factor 30 minimum The fracture requirement shall be at least two (2) fractured faces and will apply to the combined aggregate retained on the No. 4 sieve in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 335. The minimum void ratio of the aggregate shall be 30 percent as determined by AASHTO T 19. Permeable ballast material may be conditionally approved based on Contractor submitted sampled materials prior to delivery to the site. Final Acceptance will be based on conformance testing completed on material that has been delivered, installed, and compacted on site. The exact point of acceptance will be determined by the Engineer. Material out of conformance with the project specifications will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 4-04.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 4-04.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 4-04.3(2) Subgrade The Contractor is responsible for any delays or costs incurred as a result of placing ballast or surface materials before approval is received from the Engineer. SECTION 4-04.3(5) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 4 PAGE 3 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction Crushed surfacing shall be compacted in depths not to exceed 6 inches, except top course placement which shall not exceed 2 inches, unless otherwise directed. Density shall be at least 95 percent of maximum density per ASTM D-1557 using a nuclear gauge. Compaction of each layer must be approved by the Engineer before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or pavement is placed thereon. SECTION 4-04.3(7) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 4-04.3(7) Miscellaneous Requirements The Contractor is solely responsible for any delays or additional costs incurred as a result of placing ballast or succeeding courses of surfacing materials before approval to proceed is received from the Engineer. SECTION 4-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 4-04.5 Payment “Crushed Surfacing Top Course, 5/8 Inch Minus” The unit contract price per ton for the above items constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to haul, place, finish grade, and compact the material as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. These items shall also be used for roadway or driveway remedial work or patching as requested by the Engineer. Quantities used for pipe zone bedding shall be measured and paid separately under the appropriate bid item. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 1 DIVISION 5 – SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS NOTE: If the contract also includes underground utility construction, permanent surface treatments and pavements shall not be placed until an as-built survey and testing of the new underground utilities have been completed. Verification that utility construction conforms to the line and grade requirements of Section 7-08.3(2)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall be made by the Engineer prior to authorizing paving to begin. Also, each new utility must pass all appropriate tests specified herein for the type of utility prior to paving. 5-02 BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT SECTION 5-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 5-02.5 Payment Anti-stripping additive shall be included in the price of asphalt (grade) per ton. The quantity of asphalt material shall not be reduced by the quantity of anti-stripping additive. 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT SECTION 5-04 IS DELETED AND REPLACED IN ITS ENTIRETY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Portland Cement 9-01 Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Sand 9-03.1(2) KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 2 (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) Aggregates 9-03.8 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler. The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. ESAL's The minimum number of ESAL's for the design and acceptance of the HMA in the contract shall be 11 million. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 3 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), comply with each of the following: • Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732. • Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). • Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation. • Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, including WSDOT Form 350-042. • Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production as part of the mix design submittal. • Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti-stripping additive in the mix design submittal. • Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt binder supplier that the anti-stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed for use in the mix design. • Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. The Contracting Agency’s basis for approving, testing, and evaluating HMA mix designs for approval on the QPL is dependent on the contractual basis for acceptance of the HMA mixture, shown in Table 1. Table 1 Basis for Contracting Agency Evaluation of HMA Mix Designs for Approval on the QPL Contractual Basis for Acceptance of HMA Mixture [see Section 5-04.3(9)] Basis for Contracting Agency Approval of Mix Design for Placement on QPL Contracting Agency Materials Testing for Evaluation of the Mix Design Statistical Evaluation WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8 The Contracting Agency will test the mix design materials for compliance with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). Visual Evaluation Review of Form 350-042 for compliance with The Contracting Agency may elect to test the mix design KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 4 Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6) materials, or evaluate in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8, at its sole discretion. If the Contracting Agency approves the mix design, it will be listed on the QPL for 12 consecutive months. The Contracting Agency may extend the 12-month listing provided the Contractor submits a certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the aggregate source and job mix formula (JMF) gradation, and asphalt binder crude source and formulation have not changed. The Contractor may submit the certification no sooner than three months prior to expiration of the initial 12-month mix design approval. Within 7 calendar days of receipt of the Contractor’s certification, the Contracting Agency will update the QPL. The maximum duration for approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from the date of initial approval or as approved by the Engineer. 5-04.2(1)A Vacant 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; • The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed below. • The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp and signature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. • The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 5 The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6). Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) specified herein. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: • Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. • Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 6 Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness (Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F 0.10 to 0.20 45◦F 35◦F More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply. The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 7 Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. 2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 8 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. The Contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 9 removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle Use a material transfer device or material transfer vehicle (MTD/V) to deliver the HMA from the hauling equipment to the paving machine for any lift in (or partially in) the top 0.30 feet of the pavement section used in traffic lanes. However, an MTD/V is not required for HMA placed in irregular shaped and minor areas such as tapers and turn lanes. The MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. Additionally, a material transfer device or vehicle (MTD/V) is not required at the following locations: 1. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 10 2. 3. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 11 Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent Portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per Section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the Portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 12 In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: a. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. 5-04.3(4)B Vacant 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 13 sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 14 about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: HMA Class 1” wearing course/final lift 0.17 feet other courses 0.35 feet HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½” wearing course/final lift 0.17 feet other courses 0.25 feet HMA Class ⅜” 0.17 feet On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. Reference Section 8-20.3(14)C of the Kent Special Provisions for the placement of traffic signal detection loops. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 15 For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is specified. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accordance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as follows: For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2 Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7% Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A For Aggregates in the mixture: a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the following tolerances to the approved JMF. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 16 Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8% No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8% No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0% b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2. 2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 5-04.3(9)A Vacant 5-04.3(9)B Vacant 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 17 A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot. 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASHTO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall be tested. Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: • If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion. • If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed. 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 18 Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor “f” All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and No.4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 40 Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20 Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 19 quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 20 accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency may obtain the cores. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 21 for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C Vacant 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 22 HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 23 For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 24 sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced: 1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 25 The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified on the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure. 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 26 When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving. Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre- Paving planning (5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving. 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement The planing plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planing meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planing submittals. Planing operations shall be performed no more than 7 calendar days ahead of the time the planed area is to be paved, unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer in writing. Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 27 Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor’s planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as determined by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement. After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled. The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden in pavement. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition to the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 28 1. Intersections: a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed. d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 29 of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing. When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan. 3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving operations. 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordination to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 30 nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to: 1. General for both Paving Plan and Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other contractors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planing and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed. g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, streetcar rail, and castings, before planing, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related operations. i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 2. Paving – additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type of equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type of equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements. c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and testing. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 31 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.3(17) Pavement Reinforcement The Contractor shall install the asphalt interlay fabric at the locations and to the dimensions shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. The interlay fabric shall be placed on existing asphalt or concrete pavement to be overlaid with HMA mix specified in the contract. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times. Equipment for surface cleaning shall be capable of effectively removing oil, grease, dust, dirt or other objectionable materials from the pavement. Application equipment shall consist of suitable brooms, distributor, and laydown machine as required. The distributor shall have a capacity of not less than 1,000 gallons and shall be so designed, equipped, maintained and operated that asphalt material of an even heat shall be uniformly applied at the required rate. It shall be insulated and equipped with an adequate heating device. It shall be equipped with a 10-foot spray bar with extensions, pressure pump and gauge, with a volume gauge so located as to be observed easily by the inspector from the ground, a tachometer to control accurately the speed and spread of asphalt, and two thermometers, one to be installed permanently in the tank to indicate temperature of the asphalt at all times. The power for operating the pressure pump shall be supplied by an independent power unit which will develop a minimum of 25 pounds per square inch pressure at the spray bar. The laydown machine shall consist of a small tractor with attachment for the fabric installation. Bucket loaders or backhoes are not permitted for installation. The Contractor shall not begin application of the interlay fabric until he has demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to apply the interlay fabric are either on hand or readily available. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 32 MATERIALS The approved products are: 1. TenCate Mirafi MPM30 (PGM-30) 2. Tensar GlasPave 25 3. Roadmat RM35 The material properties of the asphalt interlay fabric shall conform to all design and nominal performance standards of TenCate Mirafi MPM30 (PGM-30), Tensar GlasPave 25, Roadmat RM35 or the properties listed below in Table 2.01. Submittals shall include independent confirmation of the material properties. Table 2.01 – Physical Properties of the asphalt interlay fabric Property ASTM Test Method Units Min. Avg. Roll Value Tensile Strength @ 0º Tensile Strength @ 90º D5035 lbs/in 200 200 Tensile Elongation % < 5.0 Melting Point (glass) D276 °F (°C) 450º (232º) Asphalt Retention D6140 gal/yd² 0.10 Mass per Unit Area D5261 oz/yd² 4.0 STORAGE The paving interlayer rolls shall be labeled, with a durable label indicating manufacturer, product name or style number, roll and lot number, and roll dimensions shall be attached to each roll. The paving interlayer rolls shall be delivered and handled in a manner to prevent damage and shall be inspected for defects and damage prior to use. The paving interlayer shall be stored in a dry covered condition, free from dust, dirt, off the ground, flat to prevent bowing, protected from precipitation, ultraviolet radiation, strong chemicals, sparks and flames, temperatures in excess 71 °C (160 °F) and other environmental condition that could cause damage. WEATHER AND MOISTURE LIMITATIONS Work shall not be done during wet weather conditions nor when the pavement and ambient air temperatures are below 50°F. The pavement shall be surface-dry at the time of the application of the asphalt. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 33 SURFACE PREPARATION All areas of base failure shall be removed and replaced to acceptable industry standards for the specific traffic loads and condition of the project. Pre-Leveling, if necessary, shall be done prior to placing paving interlayer. The pavement surface shall be free of all foreign materials such as dirt, grease, etc. Prior to applying the asphalt, all dust and loose material shall be removed from the pavement surface with compressed air. Existing cracks shall be filled as specified elsewhere under “Crack Sealing.” In an overlay or milled surface application, repair all failed pavement areas prior to installation of the paving interlayer. Fill all cracks ¼” or greater with approved material. Immediately prior to placement of paving interlayer, the pavement surface shall be dry, cleaned of anything that would interfere with adhesion, for e.g., vegetation, moss, dirt, gravel or water. A leveling or "scratch" course is recommended when road surface is not acceptable and shall be of proper gradation and sufficient thickness to achieve a smooth, level surface with no gaps greater than ¼” depth and width or be acceptable to the project engineer. A finish grind may be used as an alternative to an asphalt leveling course being placed, when you can achieve the final surface texture has no cracks, gaps or vertical angles greater the ¼” depth and width or be acceptable to the project engineer. In all cases the surface must be clean and dry and the application rate of the Hot PG grade asphalt binder shall be increased to insure complete interlayer saturation and bonding. INSTALLATION A. Apply the asphalt interlay fabric in a hot PG graded asphalt binder. Asphalt Emulsion is NOT acceptable for placing paving interlayer due to time delay for it to break and the difficulty in insuring quality as installed. B. Asphalt Binder 1. A hot asphalt binder shall be applied to saturate the paving interlayer (min. to be the asphalt retention rate) plus amount needed to bond to existing surface and the new overlay. The asphalt binder to be used shall be PG58H –22 (PG64 -22) or higher. Sustained ambient temperatures (above 90º) may require a stiffer binder gradation like PG58V –22 (PG70 -22) or higher to improve set time and reduce risk of fabric pick-up under construction traffic. 2. The hot asphalt binder shall be applied per the paving interlayer manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. For TenCate Mirafi MPM30 the hot asphalt binder shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 Gal/SY on a new HMA leveling surface. On an KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 34 old smooth surface or a clean fine milled surface apply hot asphalt binder shall be applied at a rate of 0.12 Gal/SY. For Tensar GlasPave 25 the hot asphalt binder shall be applied at a rate of 0.15 Gal/SY on a new pavement surface, 0.17 Gal/SY on an aged oxidized surface, and a rate of 0.2 Gal/SY on a milled surface. 3. Spray application shall extend four (4) inches wider than width of paving interlayer on lap side. Hot asphalt binder application shall be wide enough to cover the entire width of engineered paving mat material overlaps. The hot asphalt binder shall be applied only as far in advance of the engineered paving mat material installation as is appropriate to ensure a tacky surface at the time of the engineered paving mat material placement. Traffic shall not be allowed on the hot asphalt binder. 4. The hot asphalt binder shall be applied by a distributor truck in a smooth uniform manner at as low a temperature as is possible to achieve the right application rate, depending on ambient and road surface temperatures and type of PG asphalt binder used. Temperature of the hot asphalt binder shall be sufficiently high enough to permit uniform spray pattern and shall be between 350º F and 400º F. The air temperature shall be 50º F and rising for placement of the hot asphalt binder coat. C. The paving interlayer shall be installed with equipment in good working order that is capable of installing the fabric without wrinkles or manually as needed and recommended by manufacturer. 1. Initial alignment of the interlay fabric is very important, since the fabric direction cannot be changed appreciably without causing wrinkles. If the alignment of the interlay fabric must be changed, the fabric shall be cut and realigned, overlapping the previous material and proceeding as before. 2. If manual lay-down methods are used, the paving fabric shall be unrolled, aligned, and placed in increments of approximately thirty (30) feet or as project engineer suggest. 3. The material shall be placed flat and wrinkle-free. The paving interlayer installation may require hand brooming as necessary to eliminate ripples that may occur during installation. 4. Brooming or squeegee of paving interlayer is required to ensure adequate adhesion into the hot asphalt binder before the hot asphalt binder has cooled and lost tackiness. If the interlayer wrinkles more than 1” height during installation, the wrinkle shall be cut and lapped in the direction of paving. In these repaired areas, additional hot asphalt binder shall be KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 35 applied as needed to achieve a sound bond to the substrate. Damaged engineered paving mat shall be removed and replaced, per the manufacturer's recommendations, at the contractor's expense with the same type of material. 5. To ease installations around curves, the paving fabric can be placed in shortened lengths by mechanical equipment or by hand. 6. Paving interlayer shall be lapped two (2) to four (4) inches longitudinally and two (2) to four (4) inches transversely. Transverse laps shall be in the direction of the asphalt concrete overlay placement, ensuring hot asphalt binder is placed under the overlap. The interlay fabric shall be neatly cut and contoured at all joints. 7. Excess hot asphalt binder that bleeds through the engineered paving mat under normal construction traffic shall be countered by broadcasting clean sand or hot mix to create a bond break between the excess hot asphalt binder and the construction equipment tires. Excess blotting sand shall be removed from the interlayer prior to placing the HMA overlay. No other material, such as asphalt release agents or diesel, shall be used for this purpose. 8. No traffic, except necessary construction traffic or emergency vehicles, shall be driven on the engineered paving mat, unless approved by the engineer. If traffic on the interlayer is approved by the engineer, clean sand shall be lightly broadcasted over the engineered paving mat interlayer, and any loose sand shall be removed prior to paving. 9. Turning of construction equipment and other vehicles shall be gradual and kept to a minimum to avoid damage to the paving interlayer. Caution: Parking on the installed paving fabric prior to final overlay for extended periods could cause damage to the interlayer. 10. Placement of the first lift of the HMA overlay shall closely follow placement of the engineered paving mat. All areas in which the engineered paving mat has been placed shall be paved during the same day, unless approved otherwise by the engineer. In the event of rainfall on the engineered paving mat prior to the placement of the first HMA overlay lift, the engineered paving mat shall be allowed to dry before the HMA is placed. The compacted thickness of the first lift of the HMA overlay on the engineered paving mat shall not be less than 1.5 inches, and the temperature of the mix at placement shall not exceed the engineered paving mat melting point temperature. Where the total HMA overlay thickness is less than 1.5 inches, engineered paving mat shall not be placed. NOTE: Minimum lift thickness should be at least 3 times the KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 36 nominal maximum aggregate size to ensure aggregate can align themselves during compaction to achieve required density and also to ensure mix is impermeable. 11. Paving interlayer should never be installed when it or the pavement surface is wet. 12. The Contractor shall not place more interlay fabric on the roadway than can be overlaid the same day with Hot Mix Asphalt. No fabric, except that which is required for normal lapped joints, shall be exposed to traffic. 13. In the event of breakdown of the paving operation, the interlay fabric which has not been overlaid shall be dusted with sand to break the tackiness of the sealant so traffic does not pick up the fabric. The application rate shall uniformly dust the roadway as approved by the Engineer. More than one application of sand may be required. Before placing the asphalt concrete, the fabric surface shall be broomed to remove the excess sand as directed by the Engineer. The sand shall meet the graduation requirements of the Section 9-03.1(2)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY CONTROL A Technical Representative for the manufacturer of the paving interlayer shall be on the project to work with the Contractor’s personnel and to provide the necessary technical assistance to ensure the satisfactory placement of the interlay fabric and HMA overlay. The representative shall not leave the project until the Engineer is satisfied that the Contractor has a full understanding of what is required to place the interlay fabric satisfactorily. The installing contractor shall give sufficient notice of planned work schedule such that proper inspection of workmanship is accomplished. 1. Daily, the Contractor shall certify that interlayer was installed per plans and specifications and confirm, by weight tickets and measuring asphalt used, that the hot asphalt binder usage equates to the specified amount for proper interlayer saturation and bonding. 2. Hot asphalt binder application rate shall not be reduced without the Engineer’s approval. 3. Certification of compliance from the binder supplier shall be provided for each load of hot asphalt binder delivered to the jobsite, showing the type and quality of material delivered. 4. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory confirmation to the Engineer, for each Street Section, showing the total quantity of asphalt binder installed, at the proper application rate as published by the manufacturer. 5-04.4 Measurement KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 37 HMA Cl. ½” PG 58V-22 for Roadway and HMA ½” PG 58V-22 for Walkway will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1- 09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: “HMA Cl. ½” PG 58H-22 for Roadway”, per ton. “HMA Cl. ½” PG 58H-22 for Walkway”, per ton. The unit contract price per ton for the above items shall be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in the Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. This work shall include the cost to install an asphalt thickened edge and/or the pre-leveling work in the areas identified on the plans. The cost for anti-stripping additive and water shall be included in this bid item. Supplement Division 5 with the following: (March 9, 2016 APWA GSP) 5-06 PERVIOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 5-06.1 Description This work shall consist of constructing a pervious cementitious pavement composed of Portland cement concrete on a prepared subgrade or subbase, in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross- sections shown in the Plans or established by the Engineer. 5-06.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Portland Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 9-04.1(2) Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 Water 9-25 Hydration stabilizing admixtures shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-23.6(3) or 9-23.6(5). Synthetic Fibers for Concrete When specified synthetic fibers to be included in the mix for Portland cement concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 7508/7508M. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 38 5-06.3 Construction Requirements 5-06.3(1) Pervious Concrete Preconstruction Meeting Prior to the start of construction of the pervious concrete pavement section, including excavation of the pavement section, the Contractor shall coordinate, schedule and attend a preconstruction meeting for the pervious concrete pavement. The following are required to attend the meeting: 1.Contracting Agency representative. 2.General Contractor’s representative(s). 3.Engineer of Record for the pervious concrete pavement. 4.Concrete placement lead person(s). 5.Associated Subcontractor’s representative. 6.Pervious concrete Supplier’s representative. 7.Material Testing Laboratory’s representative. The meeting shall cover all aspects of the work including, but not limited to: 1.Submittals. 2.Short- and long-term schedule. 3.Inspection of the Work. 4.Protection of the Work. 5.Pervious concrete placement. 6.Curing. 7.Materials. 8.Specifications. 9.Testing. 10.Test panel and JMF. 11.Acceptance criteria. 5-06.3(2) Pervious Concrete Mix Design The Contractor shall provide a mix design for pervious concrete and shall submit the mix design to the Engineer in writing. Pervious concrete shall not be placed in the test panels without a mix design that has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. 5-06.3(2)A Mix Design Criteria The Contractor shall include the following elements and results of the described procedures in the proposed mix design: 1.A unique identification number for the mix design that is approved for the Job Mix Formula (JMF). 2.Portland cement shall be Type I, Type II, Type I-II Type IP, or Type IS. 3.The cementitious content, including pozzolans if used, shall be a minimum of 480 pounds per cubic yard. 4.The mix shall incorporate a hydration stabilizing admixture. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 39 5. Synthetic microfibers may be utilized at the manufacturer’s recommended dosage rate. 6. The water / cement ratio shall not exceed 0.35. 7. No more than 25 percent of Portland cement in the mix, by weight, may be replaced by fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or a combination of both. 8. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4), AASHTO Grading No.8. 5-06.3(2)B Job Mix Formula (JMF) The approved mix design established through the approved test panel becomes the JMF. 5-06.3(3) Submittals In accordance to Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the Engineer for acceptance prior to placing any pervious concrete pavement: 1. The source of all materials proposed for use in constructing pervious concrete pavement. 2. Batch weights for all constituents of one (1) cubic yard of the proposed pervious concrete mix. 3. The specific gravity (SSD) of all aggregates to be used in the proposed pervious concrete mix. 4. The proposed gradation of coarse aggregates used in pervious concrete. 5. The designed volume in cubic feet of all proposed components for 1(one) cubic yard of the proposed pervious concrete mix. 6. The design water / cement ratio of the proposed mix design. 7. The fresh density of the proposed pervious concrete mixture as determined by ASTM C1688. 8. Catalogue cuts and Certificates of Compliance for all proposed admixtures. 9. Mill Certification of the Portland cement and pozzolans, if used, for the current lot to be used in the production of the proposed pervious concrete mix. The Contractor shall maintain this submittal throughout the duration of the project as lots change. 10.Current certification by the National Ready-Mix Concrete Association (NRMCA) for the batch plant(s) to be used in the production of pervious concrete. 11.Current certifications by the NRMCA for the trucks to be used in transporting pervious concrete from the batch plant to the point of placement. 12.Qualification documentation for current certifications by the NRMCA for the Contractor’s personnel who will be installing pervious concrete. See Section 5-06.3(10)A. Valid acceptable documentation is the NRMCA issued wallet card or certification certificate. 13.At the time of delivery of the material to the site, the Contractor shall provide an original Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of pervious concrete. The Certificate of Compliance shall include information noted in Section 6-02.3(5)B. If the Certificate of KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 40 Compliance from the concrete producer is not provided to the Engineer upon delivery, the truckload shall not be placed. 14.Layout plan of Pervious Concrete Pavement locations for Engineer’s approval in the field prior to installation. 5-06.3(4) Equipment Equipment necessary for handling materials, mixing, delivering, and performing all parts of the Work, shall be in good repair, designed for the task, and operated by trained and qualified personnel. 5-06.3(4)A Batching Plant and Equipment Pervious concrete shall be centrally mixed in a plant with a current NRMCA certification. 5-06.3(4)B Mixer Trucks Pervious concrete shall be transported to the location by truck mixers, non-agitating trucks shall not be used for the transport of pervious concrete. The drums on mixer trucks used to transport pervious concrete shall have fins that are not excessively worn, damaged or have excessive concrete buildup. Mixer trucks shall have a current NRMCA certification. 5-06.3(4)C Side Forms Pervious concrete shall be placed in stationary forms. If pervious concrete is to be placed against a curb, previously placed concrete, or other existing structure, they may be used as a side form for the pervious concrete paving. Forms for pervious concrete shall be made of steel or wood, shall be in good condition, and shall be capable of being anchored in place so that they will be true to grade, line and slope. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain specified tolerances and capable of supporting concrete and mechanical concrete placing equipment. Forms shall be in good condition, straight, clean, free of debris, non-adherent rust and hardened concrete. Set, align, and brace forms so that they hardened pavement meets the lines, grades and slopes as shown in the drawings. Apply form-release agent to the form face, which will be in contact with concrete, immediately before placing concrete. Form release agent shall not be applied to previously placed concrete. Previously placed pavement shall be protected from damage. The Contractor shall inspect all forms for line, grade and slope. No pervious concrete shall be placed until the forms have been inspected by the Engineer. 5-06.3(4)D Finishing Equipment Finishing equipment for pervious concrete paving shall be designed for the intended work, shall be clean and in good operating condition. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 41 Equipment used for striking off the pervious concrete shall leave a smooth surface at the planned grades and shall not cause excess paste to be left on, or drawn to, the surface. If rollers or spinning screeds are used to compact, they shall be of sufficient weight and width to compact the pervious concrete uniformly through its depth and to grade without marring the surface. Equipment used for compacting pervious concrete shall not cause the surface to close or otherwise clog and shall produce a surface that is free of ridges or other imperfections. Tools used for producing joints shall be designed and manufactured for the purpose and shall not otherwise damage or mar the surface. Vibrating equipment shall not be used for placement or compaction of pervious concrete. 5-06.3(5) Measuring and Batching Materials Measuring and batching materials for pervious concrete pavement shall conform to the requirements of Section 5-05.3(4). 5-06.3(6) Acceptance For acceptance, pervious concrete pavement will be divided into lots as follows: A single lot (lot) is represented by the lesser of: one (1) day’s production or 360 square yards of pervious concrete in place. Where the Contractor has more than one crew placing pervious concrete, lots will be associated with each crew. Representative lot size will be determined to the nearest square yard. If no sample is taken on a Day, that Day’s quantities may be included in the next or previous Day's lot(s). The Engineer may isolate an area of pervious concrete within a lot that is deemed to be defective in any way and such an area will be considered to be a new lot for purposes of acceptance. New lots determined in this manner shall be extended as necessary such that they are bounded by planned joints. Acceptance of a lot of pervious concrete pavement will be based on the following criteria: 1. Grade: Conform to the dimensions, lines, slopes and grades specified on the plans. Pervious concrete pavement shall be true to planned grades and shall not deviate from grade more than ¼ inch in ten (10) feet. Where abutting existing facilities such as sidewalks, walkways, curbs, driveways or other pavements, the pervious concrete shall be flush. 2. Conformance to JMF: The pervious concrete pavement used shall conform to the mix design for the JMF within the limits as set forth in Section 6-02.3(5)C and as determined from the accepted test panel. 3. Compacted Thickness and Average Hardened Density: After a minimum of seven (7) calendar days of curing, remove and measure three (3) cores from each lot. Remove cores in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M. Measure the length of each core in accordance with ASTM C1542/1542M. No single core shall be less than 3/4 inch of the design depth on the drawings. The average of all cores from a lot shall be within minus 3/8 inch of the design depth on the plans. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 42 After length is measured, measure hardened density of each core in the lot in accordance with ASTM C1754/C1754M. The hardened density from a lot must be within +/- 5 percent of the average hardened density of the JMF (approved test panel). 4. Infiltration Rate: The infiltration rate at any single test point shall not be less than 100 inches per hour. 5. Fresh Density: The fresh density of each lot will be measured by ASTM C1688 at the point of placement shall be within +/- five (5) pounds per cubic foot of the fresh density determined from the JMF (approved test panel). 6. Appearance: The appearance of each lot shall be consistent with the JMF (approved test panel). The pervious concrete pavement shall have a consistent surface texture, shall not be raveled, shall be free of ridges or other surface imperfections, shall have joints that are in the specified location and are constructed per specification, and shall be free of cracks. Testing for acceptance will be performed by the Engineer. 5-06.3(6)A Infiltration Rate of the Placed Pavement The infiltration rate of the pervious concrete shall be determined at four (4) random locations within each lot. The locations for conducting infiltration tests will be determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule testing with the Engineer a minimum of five (5) Working Days in advance. The infiltration rate on the finished surface will be determined in accordance with ASTM C1701, except the infiltration ring diameter may be 12-inches to 24-inches in diameter. The infiltration test will be conducted after a minimum of seven (7) calendar days of curing has occurred. If the measured infiltration rate is less than 100 inches/hour at any test location, the Contractor may request in writing that the Engineer perform additional infiltration tests for the purpose of assessing overall infiltration performance and/or determining a defective lot in accordance with Section 5-06.3(6). The determination of a defective lot, or lots, and the extent(s), will be by the Engineer. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by the Contractor at a rate of ($$1,000$$) per test. 5-06.3(7) Rejection Pervious concrete may be rejected by the Contractor for any reason. A truckload of pervious concrete will be rejected if the Certificate of Compliance is not provided at the time of delivery of the material to the site. See Section 5-06.3(4)B. Pervious concrete that is improperly cured or is allowed to freeze during the initial seven (7) day curing period will be rejected. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 43 Pervious concrete pavement that does not meet the acceptance criteria put forth in Section 5-06.3(6) will be rejected by the Engineer on a lot by lot basis. During the removal process of the rejected pavement, The Contractor shall implement measures to protect the adjacent pervious concrete pavement to remain. If pervious concrete pavement becomes damaged by the Contractor during removal of the rejected pavement then additional pavement areas may be rejected by the Engineer to the next planned joint. Pervious concrete that has been rejected by the Engineer, or the Contractor, shall not be placed, or shall be removed and replaced, at no additional cost. 5-06.3(8) Mixing Pervious Concrete Batch, mix and deliver pervious concrete in compliance with ASTM C94/C94M except that pervious concrete shall not be transit mixed or shrink mixed. If water is added to the mix after it is delivered on site, the fresh density for the pervious concrete shall meet the requirements of the approved JMF referenced in this section. 5-06.3(8)A Limitations of Mixing Pervious Concrete Mixing and placing concrete shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat reaches 40º F and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40º F. The temperature of fresh pervious concrete shall not be less than 55° F, nor more than 90° F when placed. Pervious concrete shall not be mixed with aggregates at less than 32° F. 5-06.3(9) Subgrade Preparation and Subbase Prepare and protect subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06. Prepare and protect subbase in accordance with Section 4-04. 5-06.3(10) Placing, Spreading, Finishing, Edging, Tolerances and Curing Pervious concrete shall not be placed, compacted or finished when the natural light is inadequate, unless an adequate lighting system is in operation. The adequacy of light will be determined by the Engineer. Wet the surface of the subbase with water immediately before placing pervious concrete. Deposit concrete either directly from the transporting equipment or by conveyor on the subbase, unless otherwise specified. Pervious concrete shall not be placed on frozen subbase. Deposit concrete between the forms to an approximately KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 44 uniform height. Spread the concrete using mechanized equipment or hand tools. Vibrating equipment shall not be used for spreading pervious concrete. Strike off concrete between forms using a form-riding paving machine, roller screed, or spinning screed. Compact concrete to a uniformly dense structure without clogging the surface with paste. Finish the pervious concrete to a uniform, open-textured surface to match the appearance of the approved JMF test panel. Edges shall be hand tooled to a radius of ¼ inch. Curing materials for pervious concrete shall be in place no more than 20 minutes of discharge onto the subbase. The pavement surface and all exposed edges shall be completely covered with sheet curing materials conforming to Section 9-23.1. The curing material shall be secured at all exterior edges and interior laps without damaging the pervious concrete. The method of securing the curing material shall prevent wind from removing the sheet and from blowing under the sheet across the surface of the concrete. Cure the pavement for a minimum of seven (7) uninterrupted days. All traffic (foot and vehicular), staging, stockpiling or other work shall be kept off of the pervious concrete pavement during the curing period. Any testing for acceptance shall not occur until the end of the curing period. Protect concrete from freezing and cold weather in accordance with 5- 06.3(12). 5-06.3(10)A Contractor’s Qualifications The contractor shall employ no less than one (1) National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) certified Pervious Concrete Craftsman for each crew, who must be on site, over-seeing the work during all pervious concrete placement; or employ no less than three (3) NRMCA Certified Pervious Concrete Installers per crew, who must be on site working during each pervious concrete placement. The minimum number of certified individuals must be present on each crew for every pervious concrete placement, including the test panel placements, and a certified individual must be in charge of the placement crew and procedures. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, personnel used for installing pervious concrete are unqualified, inattentive to quality, or unsafe, they shall be removed or reassigned from installation of pervious concrete at the written request of the Engineer. 5-06.3(10)B Test Panel KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 45 Production placement of pervious concrete shall not occur until the Contractor has completed a test panel of pervious concrete pavement that meets all of the acceptance criteria described herein and is accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall construct a test panel utilizing a minimum of seven (7) cubic yards of pervious concrete. If multiple pavement section depths are shown on the plans, a test panel shall be constructed for each pavement section depth/thickness. The width of the test panel shall have a width no smaller than the greatest width to be used during the construction and installation of the pervious concrete onsite. The test panel(s) shall include at least one joint and at the spacing specified on the plans and specifications. Test panels may be placed non- contiguously. The test panel(s) shall be equivalent and representative of the production pervious concrete pavement in all aspects including subbase, depth, joints, method of placement, curing, and preparation. Construction and evaluation of the test panel shall occur as follows: 1. Notify the Engineer at least ten (10) Working Days before installing pervious concrete test panels. 2. Coordinate the location of the test panel with the Engineer. 3. Install the test panel in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings. 4. Notify the Engineer when the test panel is ready for inspection and acceptance testing. 5. Acceptance testing will be conducted in accordance with Section 5- 03.3(6). 6. Remove, replace, and dispose of any unsatisfactory portions of test panels as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Failure to install acceptable test panel(s) of pervious concrete will indicate an unapproved test panel(s) and require new test panel(s) for review. The completed and approved test panel(s) shall establish the JMF. The approved test panel shall meet the requirements of Section 5- 03.3(6). Upon successful completion of the infiltration test, unless otherwise determined by the Engineer, three (3), cores will be cut in accordance with ASTM C42 and will be used to validate the mix design under the acceptance criteria of Section 5-06.3(6). Cores shall be taken at the same location where the infiltration test was conducted. The average hardened density of the cores shall be the hardened density used for the JMF. The hardened density of each core used for determining the JMF shall be within five (5) percent of the mean value of the three cores. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with pervious concrete meeting the proposed JMF and shall match adjacent pavement color, texture and grade. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 46 The completed and accepted test panels shall be maintained and protected throughout the duration of the Work and may not be demolished and disposed of without written permission from the Engineer. If the test panel(s) is incorporated into the Work, it shall remain in place accepted as a single lot. 5-06.3(11) Joints Construct joints at the locations, depths and with horizontal dimensions indicated on plans unless noted otherwise in this section. Joints shall be of three (3) types: construction, contraction, isolation. Construction joints shall be formed at the end of a day’s work or when necessary to stop production for any reason. Contraction joints shall be used to control random cracking. Isolation joints shall be used where the pervious concrete abuts existing facilities or where shown on the Plans. 5-06.3(11)A Construction Joints Construction joints shall be located at the location of a planned contraction or isolation joint. Construction joints are to be formed by placing a header between the forms, at right angles, to the full depth of the finished pervious concrete, and set to the height of the forms. Pervious concrete shall be placed against the header and compacted and finished as normal, including edging. The header shall remain in place until paving resumes. 5-06.3(11)B Contraction Joints Contraction joints (transverse and longitudinal) shall be constructed at the locations and intervals shown in the Contract. Contraction joints shall be a depth of 1/3 the thickness of the pervious concrete pavement section and have a width of no more than 1/4 inch. Contraction joints shall not be saw cut unless specifically noted on the Plans. Saw cut joints shall have a minimum width of 1/8 inch. Plastic formed contraction joints shall be tooled on both sides of the joint with a radius of ½ inch. Tool joint to the depth and width in fresh concrete immediately after the concrete is compacted. 5-06.3(11)C Isolation Joints Isolation joints shall be placed where the pervious concrete abuts existing structures or where shown on the Plans. Isolation joints shall continue through the depth of the pervious concrete using a 3/8 inch premolded joint filler meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.1(2). Isolation joints may be formed by forming a construction joint and affixing the premolded joint filler against one side of the joint and placing fresh pervious concrete against it. Isolation joints and filler shall be flush with the surrounding pervious concrete and shall not deviate from the acceptance criteria for smoothness as shown in Section 5-06.3(6). The edge of the pervious concrete adjacent the premolded joint filler shall be hand tooled with a ½ inch radius. 5-06.3(12) Cold Weather Work KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 47 When concrete is being placed and the ambient air temperature is expected to drop below 35° F during the day or night, the Contractor shall protect the concrete from freezing. The Contractor shall submit for approval a Cold Weather Plan prior to placing concrete when ambient air temperature below 35° F is anticipated, or when requested by the Engineer. When a Cold Weather Plan is required, pervious concrete shall not be placed without an approved Cold Weather Plan. Under the Cold Weather Plan, the Contractor shall, provide a sufficient supply of straw, hay, blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The blanket material shall be placed on top of the sheet curing materials and covered with a layer of burlap or plastic sheeting, weighted or anchored to prevent the wind from displacing the insulation. At no time during the curing period shall the temperature of the pervious concrete be allowed to drop below 55° F. The Engineer may require recording thermometers if daytime temperature is below 50°. The curing period may be extended by the Engineer if the pervious concrete temperature has been allowed to drop below 55° F. The cold weather protection shall be maintained for seven (7) days. Pervious concrete that has frozen during this period will be rejected. 5-06.3(13) Protection of Pervious Concrete Pavement Rain runoff and surface water of any kind and sediment shall be prevented from entering the area of pervious concrete construction, including excavation, until the pervious concrete application has cured, testing is completed and determined to meet specifications and the adjacent areas that sheet flow/drain onto the pervious concrete are permanently stabilized from erosion and plantings are established. Once pavement is placed, flow diversion measures and protective covers shall continually be maintained until adjacent areas are permanently stabilized and concrete has been accepted. Construction vehicular traffic shall not be allowed onto the pervious concrete pavement. Do not open the pavement to vehicular traffic until the concrete has cured for at least seven (7) uninterrupted days, testing has been completed, and the pavement has been accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect the pervious concrete pavement from damage, including the introduction of foreign materials to the surface, throughout the course of the work. Pervious concrete pavement that is damaged or has been adversely impacted by the introduction of foreign materials shall be remediated to the satisfaction of the Engineer or rejected and replaced to the nearest joint. 5-06.4 Measurement Measurement for “Pervious Cement Concrete” will be by the cubic yard of installed and accepted pervious concrete walk. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5 PAGE 48 5-06.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid Items that are included in the Proposal: “Pervious Cement Concrete”, per cubic yard. The Unit contract price per cubic yard for “Pervious Cement Concrete” shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment and materials required to construct the pervious concrete sidewalk as specified in this Section, including but not limited to; performing mix designs, and placing pervious concrete. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 6 PAGE 1 DIVISION 6 – STRUCTURES 6-07 PAINTING SECTION 6-07.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 6-07.1 Description This work shall consist of painting systems and colors for metal elements as shown on the Plans. SECTION 6-07.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 6-07.2 Materials Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in this section. Paint colors and paint systems shall be as shown in the table below for the following items: Specification Section Item Paint Color Paint System 8-19 Bench Type 2 and Type 3: Frame and Armrests “Grey Aluminum”, RAL 9007 Metallic Powder Coating Paint System, see below 8-19 Bench Type 2 and Type 3: Slat Seat “Aluminum Texture” Powder Coating Paint System shall be per manufacturer 8-19 Litter Receptacle: Lid and Body “Grey Aluminum”, RAL 9007 Metallic Powder Coating Paint System, see below 8-34 Dog Bag Dispenser: Post, Sleeve with Base Plate “Black” RAL 9005 Powder Coating Paint System KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 6 PAGE 2 8-36 Gateway Feature: Sculpture 1 and 2 “Grey Aluminum”, RAL 9007 Metallic Powder Coating Paint System, see below 9-29 Pedestrian Luminaire and Pole Federal Color “Dark Gray” #26008 Factory Applied Polyester Powder Coat 9-29 Accent Bollard with Lighting “Grey Aluminum”, RAL 9007 Metallic Powder Coating Paint System, see below 9-29 Linear Uplighting Gray Paint System per manufacturer Metallic Powder Coating Paint System The metallic powder coating paint system shall be bonded metallic powder coating composed of exterior grade pure polyester TGIC, dry powder including resins, and metallic pigments in accordance with requirements of AAMA 605.2. The coating shall have a smooth matte bonded metallic finish. The metallic powder coating paint system shall consist of the following components with harmless additives: Aluminum Hydroxide 10-25% TGIC T, Xi; R 46-23/25- 41-43-48/22-52/53 2.5-10% Titanium Dioxide 2.5-10% Tin Dioxide Xi; R 37 < 0.1% The metallic powder coating paint system shall have the following characteristics: Thickness 2.5-3.5 mils KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 6 PAGE 3 Gloss ASTM D 523 Visual at 60 degrees Specific Gravity 1.57 g/cm3 Curing Conditions 10min @ 392 degrees F/ 200 degrees C Impression Hardness ASTM B 3363 95 Impact Test ASTM D-2794 80 lb*in Pencil Hardness ASTM D-3363 2H (min.) Cross Hatch Adhesion Tape Test ASTM D-3359 Method B Salt spray Resistance Test ASTM B 117 Humidity Resistance Test ASTM D 2247 Luminaire poles and luminaires: The Contractor shall provide a swatch paint sample from the pole manufacturer for use as a color match for the Engineer’s approval prior to factory finish coating. Contractor shall also provide one gallon of touch- up paint to the County. Painting plan submittals shall be per Standard Specifications Section 6-07 Painting. Aluminum poles, bases, luminaires, and other aluminum components shall be factory primed and painted with polyester powder coating to recommended industry standards and shall meet AAMA 2604 performance requirements and test procedures. Additional anti-graffiti coating shall be applied to all poles and bases. Anti-graffiti coating shall be Amershield TVOC anti-graffiti, tinted bronze and the Contractor shall demonstrate the cleaning procedure to the City Maintenance Department Representative. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 6 PAGE 4 6-07.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor shall submit three (3) samples of each custom color in satin, texture and gloss for approval. Appropriate metal coupon samples (steel and aluminum) shall be (3) inches by (5) inches. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 1 DIVISION 7 – DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-01 DRAINS SECTION 7-01.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-01.2 Materials Materials for this project shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Geotextile Fabric ....................................................... 2-12.2 Gravel Backfill for Drains ............................................ 9-03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drywells ......................................... 9-03.12(5) Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Underdrain Pipe ........ 9-05.2(6) The only acceptable material for drain pipe shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Drain Pipe Drain Pipe, Couplings, and Fittings, meeting the requirements of ASTM D3034 SDR 35. SECTION 7-01.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-01.4 Measurement “Drain Pipe 6 In. Diam.” shall be measured per linear foot. The linear foot measurement of Drain Pipe 6” Diam. will include the length from center of drainage structures. SECTION 7-01.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-01.5 Payment “Drain Pipe 6 In. Diam.” per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot of “Drain Pipe 6” Diam." shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for its complete installation, including, excavation, installing pipe, pipe bedding, backfill (with native material), compaction, connection to new or existing storm sewers or drainage structures, surface restoration, haul and disposal of trench material to be wasted including unsuitable material, and cleaning. 7-04 STORM SEWERS THE FIRST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 7-04.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 7-04.2 Materials KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 2 The following pipe types and materials are accepted for drains, culverts, and storm sewers for this project. The Contractor has the option of choosing the material except for those pipes specified on the plans to be a specific material. PVC Pipe ....................................................... 9-05.12(1) Ductile Iron Pipe Class 50 (Unlined) ................... 9-05.13 7-04.3 Construction Requirements 7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing SECTION 7-04.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-04.3(1)A General All storm drain pipe including the downstream system shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove any solids or construction debris that may have entered the pipe system during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that materials flushed from the storm drain is trapped, removed, and does not enter the downstream drainage system. SECTION 7-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: “Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam.” shall be measured per linear foot. “PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam.” shall be measured per linear foot. 7-04.4 Payment “Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam.” “PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam.” Measurement 7-04.5 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 3 The unit contract price for the items above, per linear foot, shall be complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools, supplies and equipment necessary to furnish and install the pipe at the locations shown on the plans and described in the specifications. The bid item price includes but is not limited to: trench excavation, trench safety systems, unsuitable material excavation, hauling, dewatering, backfill and compaction (when native material is to be used), surface restoration, and cleanup. The bid price shall also include fittings, tees, couplings, gaskets, connection to new or existing storm pipes, catch basins, or ditches, testing, coordination for TV inspection, and additional costs for overtime work when working on weekends. 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS SECTION 7-05.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-05.2 Materials Area drain grate shall be Locust 12”x12” catch basin grate, heel proof, cast ductile iron with baked on oil finish, product number LN12- 12I12, fits NDS® 1200 series catch basin available from Iron Age Designs, 2104 SW 152nd Street, #4 Burien, Washington, 98166, phone (206)276-0925, or approved equal. SECTION 7-05.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-05.3 Construction Requirements All manholes and catch basins shall be precast concrete units and shall conform to Kent Standard Plans 4-1, 4-2, 5-1 and 5-2 unless specified otherwise. Minimum height for Type 1-48 inch, 54 inch, and 60 inch manholes shall be 5 feet. Manholes under 5 feet in height shall conform to Kent Standard Plan 4-2. All manholes and Type II and III CB structures shall be equipped with the drop rung type manhole steps and ladders in accordance with Kent Standard Plan 4-5. The ladder shall be secured from top to bottom, inside the structure wall. No 4 foot hanging ladder sections are allowed. All manhole penetrations, lifting holes, barrel joints (interior or exterior), risers, frames, and any other location determined by the Engineer, shall be sealed to prevent infiltration. The Contractor shall submit proposed sealing product literature to the Engineer for acceptance, prior to use. Manhole frame and covers shall be cast gray or ductile iron and shall comply with the following Kent Standard Plans as applicable: 4-3 Standard Manhole Frame and Locking Cover KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 4 Catch basin grates and solid covers shall be ductile iron and of the locking type unless indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be in accordance with Kent Standard Plans 5-4 through 5-16 as applicable. Miscellaneous catch basin details shall be in accordance with Kent Standard Plan 5-3. Contractor shall submit area drain grate catalog cut sheet including product information, dimensioning, finish, installation instructions, and details for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Care must be taken to ensure that pressures exerted on the soils beneath the manholes and the adjacent mains are approximately uniform. Unequal soil pressures may result in excessive settlement at manholes. A spread foundation or other measures may be required to reduce the unit load imposed by the manhole. PVC pipe adaptors shall be KOR-IN-SEAL type flex joints or sand collars or other materials as approved by the Engineer to permit slight differential movement. All pipe materials other than the above shall be mudded directly into the manholes and catch basins using a smooth forty-five (45) degree bevel from the pipe to the structure meeting ASTM D-303-H-78 SDR35. The allowable protrusion is two (2) inches inside the structure unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. Block lettering is required on the top surfaces of storm drain castings, and shall read as follows: “OUTFALL TO STREAM, DUMP NO POLLUTANTS” SECTION 7-05.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Existing Storm Drainage Structures to Final Grade All construction in performing adjustments of existing or new utilities shall conform to the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Kent Standard Plans and the Kent Special Provisions. Locating all new and existing utilities to be adjusted following the paving shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall mark or reference all affected utilities including traffic loops prior to paving. Should it be determined by City personnel upon inspection or by notification from other utility companies that the Contractor has failed to adjust existing utilities, the Contractor shall be responsible for completing the adjustments, at no additional cost to the utility company or the City, even if the Contractor has vacated the project site. If the Contractor neglects to reference utilities prior to paving, and for example causes conflicts with or damage to traffic loops, the Contractor shall be responsible to relocate or replace the traffic loops at no additional cost to the City. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 5 No less than 4 inches or greater than 16 inches shall be provided between the top of the cone and the underside of the manhole frame for adjustment to street grade or ground surface. Final elevation and slope of the frame and cover shall conform to the final street surface. All joints in the brick or ring adjustment shall be filled with grout, and the castings shall be sealed in grout placed on the ring or brick. A 3/8- inch mortar lining shall be installed inside and out of the adjustment section to form a smooth watertight finish. NOTE: The use or presence of wood, asphalt, expansion joint material or other non-approved product for catch basin or manhole adjustment shall be cause for immediate rejection. On asphalt concrete paving and/or asphalt resurfacing projects, manholes, catch basins and similar structures shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each structure shall be relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material removed to permit removal of the cover. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the frame plus two feet. The frame shall be placed on concrete blocks and fully mortared to the desired grade. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Cement Concrete Class 3000 shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation and up to within, but not to exceed 1-1/2 inches of the finished pavement surface. Note: casting adjustments shall be made with cementitious materials only. Wood, plastic, iron, aluminum, bituminous or similar materials are prohibited. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. SECTION 7-05.3(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to protect the existing sewer system from any damage and/or debris resulting from the construction. Should any damage and/or debris occur, the Contractor shall, at no cost to the City, repair and/or clean said system to the satisfaction of the Engineer. NOTE: Cleaning shall include those existing lines downstream of the project in which debris has been deposited. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 6 7-05.3(6) Storm Drain Marking The pavement adjacent to all new catch basins shall be marked with the following standard pollution prevention button: The Contractor is responsible for installation of the buttons. Markers for publicly owned catch basins will be provided by the City. SECTION 7-05.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-05.4 Measurement “Area Drain” shall be measured per each. “Catch Basin Type 1” shall be measured per each. “Catch Basin Type 2 48 In. Diam.” shall be measured per each. “Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure to Finished Grade” shall be measured per each. “Thermoplastic Storm Drain Stenciling” shall be measured per each. 7-05.5 Payment “Area Drain”, “Catch Basin Type 1”, “Catch Basin Type 2 48 In. Diam.”, The unit contract price per each for the above items constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor; materials including risers, frames and grates, solid covers; tools; supplies; and equipment necessary to install the specified structure to final finished grade as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This work includes but shall not be limited to: excavating; dewatering; installing; connecting new or existing pipes, backfilling; compacting; surface restoration; referencing for future locates prior to final overlay; and storm drain marking. “Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure to Finished Grade” KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 7 The unit contract price per each for the above item constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to adjust the specified structure to final finished grade as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This work includes but shall not be limited to: excavating; dewatering; installing; connecting new or existing pipes, backfilling; compacting; surface restoration; referencing for future locates prior to final overlay; and installing City-provided storm drain markers. Adjusting the grade by adding or removing risers, grade rings, or sections as required will be included in this bid item. Any adjustments made prior to the final finished elevation shall be considered incidental. The unit contract price per each for “Thermoplastic Storm Drain Stenciling” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, supplies and materials necessary or incidental to the installation of the thermoplastic storm drain pollution markers and other work as specified. Also see Section 7-05.3(6) and 8-22 of the Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 7-06, VACANT, IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 7-06 INFILTRATION TRENCH 7-06.1 Description The work consists of installing infiltration trenches for stormwater runoff collection and infiltration. 7-06.2 Materials All materials used for construction of the infiltration trench shall be subject to inspection by the City prior to use. The materials referred to herein, shall conform to the applicable provisions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the Kent Special Provisions and the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. See the following Sections of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and the Kent Special Provisions: Geotextile Fabric ....................................................... 2-12.2 Crushed Surfacing Top Course (Washed, No Fines) …………. 9-03.9(3) 7-06.3 Construction Requirements Stormwater infiltration trenches shall be constructed as detailed on the Plans and in accordance with Sections 2-09.3. The excavation shall be lined with Geotextile for Underground Drainage for Moderate Survivability, and backfilled with washed Crushed Surfacing Top Course with no fines. Backfill shall be lightly compacted by hand. 7-06.4 Measurement KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 8 The length of stormwater infiltration trench will be the number of linear feet of completed installation measured along the trench. Infiltration trench installed in excess of the length shown on the Plans or without prior approval by the Engineer, will not be measured for payment. 7-06.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid item: “Infiltration Trench”, per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot of “Infiltration Trench” shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for its complete installation, including trench excavation, washed (no fines) crushed surfacing top course backfill, compaction, geotextile, and haul and disposal of trench material to be wasted including unsuitable material. 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 7-08.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.2 Materials All pipe shall be of the type and material specified in the bid proposal, shown on the plans or specified herein. All materials used for construction of sanitary sewer and storm drainage systems and appurtenances shall be new and undamaged. All materials used shall be subject to inspection by the City prior to use. The Contractor shall provide the City with shop drawings, manufacturer’s specifications and certificates of materials as requested. The materials referred to herein, shall conform to the applicable provisions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the Kent Special Provisions and the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. See the following Sections of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and the Kent Special Provisions: Hot Mix Asphalt ...................... 5-04.2 Cement Concrete Pavement ...... 5-05.2 Culverts ................................ 7-02.2 Storm Sewers ........................ 7-04.2 Manholes, Inlets and Catch Basins 7-05.2 Sanitary Sewer ....................... 7-17.2 Side Sewers ........................... 7-18.2 Crushed Surfacing ................... 9-03.9(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9-03.12(3) Gravel Borrow ........................ 9-03.14(1) Foundation Material Class I and II 9-03.17 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill 9-03.19 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 9 7-08.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 7-08.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(1)A Trenches If well points are used for dewatering pipe trenches, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be sand-packed and/or other means used to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the sub-surface. A continual check by the Contractor shall be maintained to ensure that the sub-surface soil is not being removed by the dewatering operation. Once commenced, the dewatering operation shall be continuous until construction and backfilling in the dewatered area is complete. Pump shutdown shall be accomplished in an approved gradual manner. The Contractor shall provide enough facilities and personnel to maintain continuous operation once commenced. Such continuous operation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event of damage to the trench foundation as determined by the Engineer, or to the ditch walls, or other operations resulting from the failure of the Contractor to maintain the dewatering operation, the complete cost of all repairs shall be borne by the Contractor. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to dispose of all waters resulting from its dewatering operation. This responsibility also includes choice of method, obtaining regulatory agency approvals, complying with state water quality standards and other agency requirements. Each individual project and dewatering operation shall be evaluated individually to determine exact requirements; however, in general the following conditions will apply. 1. Disposal into the existing storm drain facilities (pipes, channels, ditches, etc.) may be acceptable if the Contractor obtains the necessary permits and approvals. 2. Discharge to existing storm drain facilities shall not result in a violation of state water quality standards for surface water, Chapter 173-203 WAC. 3. The Contractor shall monitor discharge and receiving water(s) as required to verify that water quality standards are being met. 4. If necessary to meet standards and approval requirements, the Contractor shall treat the water prior to discharge. A settling pond may be an acceptable method of treatment. Any damage, as determined by the Engineer to properties or improvements resulting from an inadequate disposal (water) operation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, including repairs, replacements and/or restoration. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 10 Where required or where directed by the Engineer, stabilization of the trench bottom shall be in accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Excavation of the unsuitable material shall be considered as trench excavation. The unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Backfill unsuitable material excavations with Foundation Material Class I or II meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.17 of the Kent Special Provisions with the class called for in the bid proposal, on the plans or by the Engineer in the field. Trench excavation shall include the required pavement removal for construction of the trench. See Section 2-02.3(3) of the Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 7-08.3(1)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe Bedding shall be placed in accordance with Standard Plan B-55.20-00. Bedding material shall be in accordance with Section 9-03.12(3) of the Kent Special Provisions. Bedding material shall be tamped in layers under, around and above the pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe. The Contractor shall use compaction equipment approved by the Engineer to obtain adequate compaction of the bedding material. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, adequate compaction shall be construed to mean to at least 95 percent of the maximum density measured in accordance with ASTM D-1557. The pipe shall be protected from damage when compacting. At least two feet of cover is required over the pipe prior to using heavy compaction equipment. SECTION 7-08.3(2)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying - General At locations of pipe crossing between new or existing pipes the minimum vertical clearance shall be one and one-half foot unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If this clearance cannot be obtained, the Contractor shall install a 2-inch thick 1-2 PSF Styrofoam cushion between the pipes. The cushion shall be installed longitudinally with the lower pipe. The cushion width shall be equal to the lower pipe diameter and the length shall be one foot greater than the upper pipe diameter. It should be noted that field adjustment of specified slopes for storm and sanitary side sewers are permissible, if approved by the Design Engineer, to obtain the minimum clearances. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 11 External or internal grouting or repair by use of collars on the new sanitary or storm sewer line will not be an acceptable means of repair, should repair be necessary. All pipe, adaptors, tees, and other fittings shall be used for the purpose intended by the manufacturer and shall be installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations. SECTION 7-08.3(2)G IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe Connections of Ductile or Cast-Iron Pipe to Concrete Pipe or PVC Pipe will be done by the use of Cast Transition or reducing couplings (Romac 501 or equivalent). SECTION 7-08.3(2)H IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections Where indicated on the plans or where directed by the Engineer, connections shall be made to the existing storm drain/sewer systems by the Contractor in accordance with applicable portions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and Kent Special Provisions in a workmanlike manner satisfactory to the Engineer. SECTION 7-08.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 7-08.3(2)J Pipe Laying - PVC For PVC pipe, the Contractor shall maintain a cover over the pipe to prevent temperature deformation caused by the sun and shall remove such cover only for a sufficient time to allow the pipe to be installed. When making field cuts of PVC pipe, a new reference line shall be marked on the spigot end a distance of 4-5/8 inches from said end. Said end will provide a visual means of determining whether full insertion of the spigot into the bell has been made during installation. SECTION 7-08.3(4) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe Existing pipes being plugged shall be plugged with concrete at both ends and shall otherwise be in accordance with Section 7-08.3(4) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. SECTION 7-08.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 7-08.3(5) Street Restoration KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 12 Unless otherwise shown on the plans, street restoration shall be in accordance with the following requirements: Where cuts have been made in either asphalt concrete pavement, or in oil mats, the Contractor shall reconstruct the trench areas with a 3 inch thick asphalt concrete patch placed on a 2 inch thickness of crushed surfacing top course over a 4 inch thickness of crushed surfacing base course or as directed by the Engineer in the field. However, where cuts have been made in an asphalt concrete pavement section to be overlayed, the Contractor shall reconstruct the trench with a 2 inch thick asphalt concrete patch with a 2 inch asphalt overlay for a total of 4 inches of asphalt concrete pavement over 2 inches of crushed surfacing top course over 4 inches crushed surfacing base course. In all cases, the asphalt and crushed surfacing thickness for the patch shall meet or exceed the existing pavement section. Upon approval of the Engineer, Controlled Density Fill may be used to back fill the narrow trenches where it is difficult to compact crushed surfacing. In these cases, the asphalt concrete layer shall increase to a minimum of 2 inches greater than the existing section. Where cuts have been made in cement concrete pavement, the Contractor shall reconstruct the trench area with a 6-inch-thick cement concrete patch placed on a 6-inch thickness of crushed surfacing top course. In all cases, the cement concrete and crushed surfacing thickness for the patch shall meet or exceed the existing pavement section. Where there is an existing asphalt overlay over cement concrete pavement, the cement concrete shall be patched to original grade as above and then overlaid with an asphalt concrete patch to existing grade. All gravel shoulders shall be restored to their original condition and shape. The Contractor shall spread a 2-inch-thick layer of crushed surfacing on the shoulder. The shoulder shall be finished with a grader after backfilling and compacting and before spreading the crushed surfacing. Permanent surface treatments and pavements shall not be placed until an as-built survey and testing of the new underground utilities have been completed. Verification that utility construction conforms to the line and grade requirements of Section 7-08.3(2)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall be made by the Engineer prior to authorizing paving to begin. Also, each new utility must pass all appropriate tests specified herein for the type of utility prior to paving. SECTION 7-08.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 13 7-08.4 Measurement “Pipe Zone Bedding” shall be measured by ton. “Foundation Material, Class I and II” shall be measured by ton. “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill” shall be measured by ton. “Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe” shall be measured per linear foot. SECTION 7-08.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 7-08.5 Payment “Pipe Zone Bedding” per ton. The unit contract price per ton for “Pipe Zone Bedding” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, material, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place bedding material as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This includes but shall not be limited to: excavating, loading, hauling, mixing, placing, shaping, and compacting. Reference WSDOT Standard Plan B-55.20-00. “Foundation Material, Class I and II” per ton. The unit contract price per ton for “Foundation Material, Class I and II” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, material, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place foundation material as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This includes but shall not be limited to: excavating, loading, hauling, mixing, placing, shaping, and compacting. “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill” per ton. The unit contract price per ton for “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, material, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place the bank run gravel for trench backfill as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This includes but shall not be limited to: excavating, loading, hauling, mixing, placing, shaping, and compacting. The actual quantity for bank run gravel for trench backfill is unknown since selected materials will be used wherever possible. The City has entered a quantity in the proposal for the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders. “Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe” per linear foot. The contract price per each for “Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools, KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7 PAGE 14 supplies and equipment necessary to abandon the existing pipe as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. The unit price bid shall include but not be limited to concrete plugging the pipe at both ends, backfilling with gravel borrow, and compaction. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 1 DIVISION 8 – MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL SECTION 8-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.1 Description This work consists of temporary erosion and sedimentation control procedures (TESCP) as shown on the construction plans, specified in these Kent Special Provisions, and ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. The TESCP are intended to minimize erosion and sedimentation as well as protect waters of the state and the city’s municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) as required by law. SECTION 8-01.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Kent Special Provisions and the WSDOT Standard Specifications: Tackifier .............................. 8-01.3(2)E and 9-14.5(7) Seed ................................... 8-02.3(9)B and 9-14.3 Fertilizer .............................. 8-02.3(9)B and 9-14.4 Mulch and Amendments ......... 8-02.3(11)A and 9-14.5 8-01.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(1) General Preventing and controlling pollution, erosion, runoff, and related damage requires the Contractor to install temporary stormwater best management practices (BMPs) as per the plans and as directed by the City. As site conditions dictate, additional BMPs may be required. The Contractor shall anticipate the need for additional best management practices and propose necessary changes to the City. Should the Contractor fail to install the required temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) measures or to perform maintenance in a timely manner, or fail to take immediate action to install additional approved measures, all fines, cost of cleanup, costs for delays and down time shall be borne by the Contractor. All cost for this work shall be paid for under the unit contract bid prices. The upgrading of the TESCP facilities shall not constitute a basis for additional working days for this project. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 2 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of two working days’ notice prior to clearing adjacent to any wetland, creek or other sensitive area. During the construction period, no disturbance beyond the flagged clearing limits shall be permitted. The flagging shall be maintained by the Contractor for the duration of construction. The TESC facilities shall be in accordance with and conform to the Kent Surface Water Design Manual, the WSDOT Standards Specifications, and the Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit (if applicable), except as modified by the Kent Design and Construction Standards or these Kent Special Provisions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the City at once of any TESC deficiencies or changes in conditions such as rutting and or erosion that may occur during construction. The Contractor may recommend possible solutions to the Engineer in order to resolve any problems that are occurring. The requirements of this section shall apply to all areas of the site subject to construction activity as described in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the Kent Special Provisions and contract plans, including Contractor construction support facilities, Contractor personnel parking areas, equipment and material storage/laydown areas, and other areas utilized by the Contractor for completion of the work. Nothing in this section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other contract requirements. SECTION 8-01.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(1)A Submittals Prior to the start of any construction activities, the Contractor shall submit for the Engineer’s review and approval, the following, as necessitated by the work: 1. Dewatering Plan 2. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 3. Stream Bypass Plan for in-water work 4. Name and contact info for Contractor’s CESCL SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 8-01.3(1)F Applicable Regulations and Criteria All construction activities are subject to applicable federal, state, and local permits. The Contractor shall comply with requirements of applicable state and local regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to the following: 1. WAC 173-201A Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington 2. RCW 90.48.080 Discharge of pollutants in waters prohibited KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 3 3. City of Kent 2017 Surface Water Design Manual 4. Construction Stormwater General Permit – WA Department of Ecology 8-01.3(1)G Water Quality Monitoring Sampling of site stormwater discharges is only required if the project is covered under the WA Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit or if there is a suspected discharge that exceeds state water quality standards. If the project is covered under the Construction Stormwater General Permit, then the Contractor shall conduct sampling as per the conditions listed in the permit. Any results that are outside the appropriate range of compliance will require immediate implementation of adaptive management as outlined in applicable permits, stormwater pollution prevention plan, and as directed by the Engineer. All sampling records shall be submitted to the Engineer by the last day of the monitoring period. All necessary adaptive management requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to implement and maintain. All costs for this work shall be included in the various unit contract bid prices. SECTION 8-01.3(2)E IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers Unless specified otherwise, wood cellulose fiber mulch per Section 9-14(5)10 of the Standard Specifications shall have tackifier incorporated into the mulch fiber during manufacture. If additional tackifier is required, the tackifier shall be organic tackifier as specified in Section 9-14.5(7)A of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. When specified, tackifiers shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8-01.3(9) Sediment Control Barriers SECTION 8-01.3(9)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection Cleaning and maintenance of inlet protection shall not flush sediment, or sediment-laden water into the downstream system. SECTION 8-01.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-01.3(17) Vehicle Maintenance and Storage Handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals shall not take place within 50 feet of waterways. Storage shall be in dike tanks and barrels KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 4 with drip pans provided under the dispensing area. Shut-off and lock valves shall be provided on hoses. Fuel, oil, and chemicals shall be dispensed only during daylight hours unless approved by the engineer. Fencing shall be provided around storage area. Locks shall be provided on all valves, pumps, and tanks. Materials used to clean up fuel, oil, and chemical spills shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer. Water used for washing vehicles and equipment shall not be allowed to enter storm drains or other State waters. No processed waste water(s) of any kind shall be discharged onto the ground, to surface waters, or to stormwater conveyance systems. SECTION 8-01.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.4 Measurement ‘’Erosion/Water Pollution Control’’ shall be measured by Force Account with minimum identified measures shown in the plans and as directed and/or authorized by the Engineer to install additional TESC measures not specifically shown in the Plans. SECTION 8-01.5(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.5(2) Payment ‘’Erosion/Water Pollution Control’’ per Force Account in accordance to section 1-09.6. An Estimate (EST) has been provided in the proposal for a common basis for bidding purposes. 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION SECTION 8-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.1 Description Drawings and Specifications: Definitions: The word “provide” means “furnish and install” (for landscaping only). Dimensions and Measurements: Dimensions govern when shown. Scale is approximate. Contractor shall check all dimensions in the field and verify them with respect to adjacent or incorporated work. Any discrepancies in the drawings shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer before work proceeds further. Number of Specified Items Required: Wherever in these Kent Special Provisions an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such reference shall include as many such items as are shown on drawings or required to complete the installation. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 5 SECTION 8-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-02.1(1) Submittals The Contractor shall submit within 20 days after Notice to Proceed date a list of all plant material indicating source of supply, order invoice, size and quantity for such species or variety. All plant materials shall meet requirements of State and Federal laws with respect to inspection for plant diseases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plant material and submitted to the Engineer. SECTION 8-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Topsoil Type A ................................ 9-14.2(1) Seed ............................................. 9-14.3 Fertilizer ........................................ 9-14.4 Wood Chip Mulch ............................ 9-14.5(3) Compost ........................................ 9-14.5(8) Wood Cellulose Fiber ....................... 9-14.5(10) Erosion Control Devices ................... 9-14.6 Plant Materials ................................ 9-14.7 Tree Ties ....................................... 9-14.8(1) Water for Plants .............................. 9-25.2 Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be based on descriptions by Bailey in “Hortus Third” or superseding editions and amendments. 8-02.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 8-02.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The Contractor shall at all times keep the planted areas free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish. Upon completion of the planting work, the Contractor shall immediately remove all refuse and debris resulting from the planting activities. The project will not receive either preliminary or final approval if the cleanup does not meet with the approval of the Engineer. SECTION 8-02.3(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 6 During the maintenance period, all weeds are to be removed by hand. SECTION 8-02.3(4) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(4) Topsoil Topsoil Type A shall be used in any areas requiring additional soil to bring subgrade up to grade, prior to the placement of required depth of Topsoil A as noted on the plans. Topsoil Type B shall be used to bring Berm areas up to desired subgrade, prior to amendment with Compost as noted on the Plans. Areas around existing trees to remain shall not be cultivated within limits of tree-protection fencing or any other areas which appear to have a significant number of existing tree roots. The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices of other items in this contract. SECTION 8-02.3(4)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A Topsoil Type A shall confirm to Section 9-14.2(1) of these Special Provisions and shall be supplied by a Contractor’s supplied source, as approved by the Engineer. 8-02.3(4)B Topsoil Type B Topsoil Type B shall be used as fill material for Berm areas. Topsoil Type B shall not be stockpiled within the limits of tree protection fencing or within the critical root zone, as defined on the Plans, of any existing tree to remain. Removal and stockpiling of Topsoil Type B shall be paid for under the bid item for Clearing and Grubbing. SECTION 8-02.3(5) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(5)B Lawn Area Preparation In Lawn Restoration areas within the construction disturbance limits or where there is no existing lawn cover, the contractor shall thoroughly scarify the subgrade to a depth of eight (8) inches and amended with two (2) inches of fine compost tilled into the top six (6) inches of prepared subgrade. In Lawn Restoration areas outside of the construction disturbance limits and where an existing stand of lawn is established, entire area shall be thoroughly dethatched and aerated using a plug-type lawn aerator; all thatch and lawn plugs shall be removed prior to seeding. No aerating required within limits of tree protection fencing. A broadleaf herbicide KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 7 shall be applied two weeks prior to dethatching and aerating activities within these areas, and in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3) of the Standard Specifications. Herbicide product shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Remove rocks, roots, and debris over 1-inch (1”) diameter in all areas to be seeded. Topsoil Type A shall be used to level out any low areas. Lightly compact soil to a compaction rate of no more than 85% and establish a smooth and uniform finished grade to allow surface drainage and prevent ponding. Finish grades shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to any plant or lawn installation. Any additional fine grading to get a firm smooth surface shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for placement and installation of Seeded Lawn Installation. Dethatching and aerating of existing lawn areas outside of the construction disturbance limits shall be paid for under the bid item Lawn Dethatching and Aerating. 8-02.3(5)C Planting Area Preparation The contractor thoroughly scarify subgrade in all planting areas to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Scarified subgrade shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of topsoil. Remove all construction debris and rocks over two-inches (2”) in diameter prior to placing topsoil. Upon approval of the subgrade, Topsoil Type A shall be installed in all planted areas in two lifts. The first six (6) inch lift shall be incorporated into the top six (6) inches of the subgrade by rototilling. Then the remaining topsoil shall be installed to achieve the minimum compacted depth shown on the Plans. In Gateway Feature planting area, fine compost shall be applied in a single lift and incorporated into the top six (6) inches of the subgrade by rototilling. No rototilling required within limits of tree protection fencing around existing trees to remain. Remove rocks, roots, and debris over 1-inch (1”) diameter in all areas to be planted. Lightly compact soil to a compaction rate of no more than 85% and establish a smooth and uniform finished grade to allow surface drainage and prevent ponding. Finish grades shall inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to any plant or lawn installation. Any additional fine grading to get a firm smooth surface shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for placement and installation of Topsoil Type A. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 8 SECTION 8-02.3(5) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-02.3(5)D Berm Area Preparation Berm area shall be created using stockpiled Topsoil Type B. Topsoil shall be placed to depth required to achieve grades as shown in the Plans. If the quantity of Topsoil Type B is insufficient for achieving the required grade of the Berm areas, Topsoil Type A shall be used to achieve required subgrade. Berm area grades shall be inspected approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of Fine Compost. Upon approval of berm subgrade, Fine Compost shall be placed to the depth shown on the Plans and incorporated into the top six (6) inches of subgrade by rototilling. Remove rocks, roots, and debris over 1-inch (1”) diameter in berm areas. Lightly compact soil to a compaction rate of no more than 85% and establish a smooth and uniform finished grade to allow surface drainage and prevent ponding. Finish grades shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to any plant or lawn installation. Any additional fine grading to get a firm smooth surface shall be considered incidental to and included in the lump sum contract price for the Berm. Fine compost amendment within Berm area shall be paid for under the separate bid item for “Fine Compost”. SECTION 8-02.3(6)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING : 8-02.3(6)B Fertilizer Trees and shrubs shall be fertilized at a rate according to manufacturer’s recommendations. Fertilizer tablets shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for trees and shrubs. Fertilizers shall be as specified in Section 9-14.4 Fertilizer, of these Special Provisions. SECTION 8-02.3(7) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas The location of plantings shall be according to the landscaping details, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall layout tree, shrub and herbaceous plant locations and receive the approval of the Engineer before planting begins. SECTION 8-02.3(8) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 9 8-02.3(8) Planting All trees, shrubs, and groundcovers shall be planted as detailed on the Plans. Scarify sides and bottom of all planting pits prior to planting. Sufficient planting soil shall be placed around the plant and compacted so as to ensure that the location of the ground line at the top of the root ball is the same as the nursery. Plant trees upright and face to give best appearance or relationship to adjacent structures and hold rigidly in position until planting soil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the root ball or roots. Balled and burlapped plants shall be placed in the planting pits with the burlap intact; then the binding shall be removed and all of the burlap or cloth wrapping materials shall be removed from the root ball. Remove all plastic, twine and ropes. The plant shall be rejected if the root ball is cracked or broken during removal of wrapping or during the planting process. When the pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer in planting pit, unless otherwise specified on the plans. Evenly spread fertilizer adjacent to the root system at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root system. Do not injure root system. Place and compact planting topsoil carefully to avoid injury to roots; fill all voids. When pit is three-quarters (3/4) backfilled, completely fill with water and allow water to soak away. If water does not drain within ½ hour notify Engineer; tree planting pits which do not drain properly may require drain-rock sump to facilitate drainage. Fill pits with additional soil to finish grade and continue backfilling as detailed on plans. All trees shall be planted in general conformance to Kent Standard Plan 6-55. Relocated Rhododendron Shrubs Relocated rhododendron shrubs shall be installed in locations as shown on the Plans. Shrubs shall be placed on compacted subgrade so that the root ball is at or slightly above finish grade after backfilling. Roots shall be directed outward and downward and shall not be allowed to encircle the root ball. Carefully backfill around roots. Care shall be taken to protect root ball from breakage during transplanting. SECTION 8-02.3(8)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(8)C Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 10 Pruning shall be limited to the minimum amount necessary to remove injured twigs and branches. Only cut injured limbs to the nearest lateral bud. Do not apply tree wound paint or petroleum product to tree cuts. 8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching SECTION 8-02.3(9)A IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST THREE PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(9)A Dates for Application of Seed Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the final application of seeding, fertilizing, and mulching of slopes shall be performed during the following periods: West of the summit of the Cascade Range - March 1 to May 15 and August 15 to October 1. Where contract timing is appropriate, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall be accomplished during the spring period listed above. Written permission to seed after October 1 will only be given when physical completion of the project is imminent, and the environmental conditions are conducive to satisfactory growth. SECTION 8-02.3(9)B IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing In Lawn Restoration areas within the construction disturbance limits or where there is no existing lawn cover, seed shall be applied at the rate recommended by the seed supplier for new lawn installation. In Lawn Restoration areas outside of the construction disturbance limits and where an existing stand of lawn is established, seed shall be applied at the rate recommended by the seed supplier for overseeding. Hydroseeding shall be the method of seed application. Hydroseed shall consist of a slurry composed of water, seed, fertilizer, tackifier, and mulch and shall be evenly broadcast over areas to be seeded. All work shall conform in all respects to Section 8-01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, except as modified herein. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 48 hours in advance of any hydroseeding operation and shall not begin the work until areas prepared or designated for hydroseeding have been approved. Following the Engineer's approval, hydroseeding of the approved slopes shall begin immediately. Hydroseeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise untillable. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 11 Hydroseed mixture to be applied by an approved hydro seeder which utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. The seed and fertilizer cannot be placed in the tank more than 30 minutes prior to application. The seed and fertilizer shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant and animal life. If wood cellulose fiber is used as a tracer, the application rate shall not exceed 25 pounds per acre. Areas where hydroseeding is not practical, must be seeded by approved hand methods as approved by the engineer. When seeding by hand, Contractor shall incorporate seed into the top 1/4 inch of soil. The hydroseed slurry shall consist of the following materials mixed thoroughly together and applied in the quantities indicated. 1. Grass Seed: Mixture shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed. Seed to be mixed mechanically on the site or may be mixed by the dealer. If seed is mixed on site, each variety shall be delivered in the original containers bearing the dealer’s guaranteed analysis. If seed is mixed by the dealer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the Dealer’s guaranteed statement of the composition of the mixture and the percentage of purity and germination of each variety. Grass seed shall be purchased from a recognized distributor and shall be composed of the varieties mixed in the proportions indicated in the WSDOT Standard Specifications and Kent Special Provisions. Seed shall meet the minimum percentages of purity and germination specified in Section 9-14.3 of the Kent Special Provisions. The Contractor shall protect seed from hydration, contamination, and heating during delivery, storage, and handling. Seed shall be stored in a cool dry location away from contaminants. 2. Water: The Contractor shall begin maintenance immediately after seeding for a minimum of ten (10) weeks or longer as needed. Water seeded areas before hydroseed slurry has completely dried out. Water slowly and thoroughly with fine spray nozzle. Water the hydroseeded areas at least twice daily (in the early morning and late afternoon) until the grass is well established as determined by the Engineer. Repeat watering operation as required by climatic conditions to keep areas moist for a minimum period of 2 weeks from the day of first watering and as necessary for healthy growth. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 12 3.Mulch: As needed to meet requirements of Sections 8-01.3(11)A and 9-14.5. 4.Fertilizer: All areas which are seeded shall receive fertilizer of the following proportions and formulation applied at the rate of 400 pounds per acre. All areas which are seeded shall receive fertilizer meeting the requirements of Section 9-14.4 of the Kent Special Provisions. Fertilizer shall not be applied on any creek sideslopes in order to avoid contamination of these creeks. 5.Hand Seeding: Seeding shall be applied at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. The seed shall be applied by an approved hand held spreader. The seed shall be evenly distributed over the disturbed area. Apply seed mix after fertilizing and rake the seed into the surface soil to a depth of 1/4-inch. 6.If the slurry is used for temporary erosion control it shall be applied at the following rates: EROSION CONTROL: Seed 170 lbs/acre of “Mix A” unless otherwise directed by Engineer. Fertilizer 400 lbs/acre Wood Fiber 2,000 lbs/ acre Tackifier 80 lbs/acre SECTION 8-02.3(9)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(9)D Inspection Inspection of seeded areas shall be made upon completion of seeding operations, at the end of the maintenance period, and at any time during the maintenance period. The Contractor shall reseed, re-mulch or re-fertilize as required to establish a uniform, thick stand of grass. A uniform stand of grass shall be defined as any grass area with no spots greater than one square foot. Areas failing to show a uniform thick, healthy stand of grass after the maintenance period shall be reseeded consistent with the Kent Special Provisions at the Contractor's expense. Reseeded areas will be subject to inspection for acceptance. SECTION 8-02.3(9)E IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(9)E Protection and Care of Seeded Areas KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 13 Protect adjacent property, public walks, curbs and pavement from damage. Do not place soil directly on paved surfaces. Locate all underground utilities prior to the commencement of work. Keep streets and area drains open and free flowing. Protect all seeding against wind, storm, and trespassing. Replace any plants that become damaged or injured. In seeded areas, treat and reseed damaged spots larger than one square foot. SECTION 8-02.3(11)A IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(11)A Mulch for Seeding Areas Wood cellulose fiber mulch conforming to Section 9-14.5(10) of the Standard Specifications shall be used where mulch is called for on this project. The application rate shall be 2,000 pounds to the acre in accordance with Section 8-01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Mulch shall be incorporated into the slurry of seed and fertilizer. Mulch of the type specified in Section 9-14.5 shall be included in the hydroseeding process. Wood cellulose fiber used as a mulch shall be suitable for application with hydroseeders as specified in Section 8-01.3(9)B. The application of seed, fertilizer, and mulch shall be required in a single operation for all seed applications, unless otherwise directed. Mulch materials, shall be furnished, hauled, and evenly applied at the rates indicated, and shall be spread on seeded areas immediately after seeding unless otherwise specified. Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means of an approved type mulch spreader, which utilizes forced air to blow mulch material on seeded areas. In spreading straw mulch, the spreader shall not cut or break the straw into short stalks. Straw mulch shall be applied at a rate to achieve a loose, overall thickness of three (3) inches. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by approved hand methods and shall achieve similar results. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same day. SECTION 8-02.3(11)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(11)B Wood Chip Mulch Revise all references in this section from bark or wood chip mulch to “wood chip mulch.” Wood Chip Mulch shall be placed over all planting beds to a depth of no less than two inches (2”). Thoroughly water and hose down plants with a fine spray to wash the leaves of the plants immediately after application. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 14 Wood Chip Mulch shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch of these special provisions and shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer. A sample of the wood chip mulch shall be provided to the Engineer or project Ecologist in a 1-gallon re-closable bag at least seven (7) days prior to application. SECTION 8-02.3(13) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment All costs to perform Plant Establishment as indicated on the plans and as included in the specifications shall be incidental to the PSIPE Plant bid items and the Irrigation System bid item. Plant Establishment includes but is not limited to operating, maintaining, and warranting the irrigation system as well as caring for all plants planted on the project and caring for the project planting areas. The provisions of Sections 1- 07.13(2) and 1-07.13(3) do not apply to this Section. Third party damage to the irrigation system shall be compensated by force account or equitable adjustment. Compensation for third party damage to plants and planting areas are specified in paragraph 3 of this Section. Plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification from the Engineer of the completion of initial planting for the project. The plant establishment period shall be a minimum of 2 calendar years. The 2 calendar years shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment provisions. During the plant establishment period, the Contractor shall perform all Work necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the transplanted material. This care shall occur on a twice per month frequency and include, but is not limited to all, labor and materials necessary for removing garbage, removal of foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining a weed-free condition, and the replacement of all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the Contract. If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up and the Contractor will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants. During plant establishment the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer monthly for the purpose of joint inspection of the planting material on a mutually agreed upon schedule. The Contractor shall correct all conditions unsatisfactory to the Engineer within a 10-day period immediately following the inspection. If plant replacement is required, the Contractor shall, within the 10-day period, submit a plan and schedule for the plant replacement to occur immediately at the beginning of the planting period as designated in Section 8-02.3(8). Failure to comply with corrective steps as outlined by the Engineer shall constitute justification for the Contracting Agency to take corrective KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 15 steps and to deduct all costs thereof from any monies due the Contractor. At the end of the each year, plants that do not show normal growth shall be replaced. All costs to operate, maintain and warrantee the irrigation system shall be included under Plant Establishment. The contractor shall winterize the irrigation system in the fall before November 1st. The Contractor shall energize the irrigation system each spring before May 15th. The Contractor will make all necessary repairs and preform all preventative maintenance to assure proper irrigation system operation and longevity. The Contractor shall supply all labor, parts, equipment, and materials, necessary to operate, maintain and warrantee the irrigation system. The Contractor shall assure plant watering frequency and amount to maintain all shrubs in a thriving condition. Water for the irrigation system shall be provided by the Owner without charge to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for uninterrupted maintenance, repair, testing, inspecting, operation and warrantee of the entire irrigation system for the duration of the plant establishment and extended plant establishment periods or the end of the Contract, whichever comes last including all provisions of Section 8-03.3(11) System Operation. Final inspection of the irrigation system will coincide with the end of the extended plant establishment and maintenance period or the end of the Contract, whichever comes last. This responsibility shall include, but not be limited to, draining the system prior to winter and reactivating the system in the spring. For the life of the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for having annual inspections and tests performed on all cross connection control devices as required and specified by the Washington State Department of Health. Inspections and tests shall be conducted at the time of initial activation and each spring prior to reactivating the irrigation system. Potable water shall not flow through the cross-connection control device to any downstream component until tested and approved as required for use by the local health authority in accordance with Section 8- 03.3(12). In the spring, when the irrigation system is in full operation, the Contractor shall make a full inspection of all emitters and irrigation heads. This shall involve visual inspection of each emitter and irrigation head under operating conditions. All adjustments, flushing, or replacements to the system shall be made at this time to ensure the proper operation of all emitters and irrigation heads per Section 8- 03.3(7) Flushing and Testing and Section 8-03.3(8) SECTION 8-02.3(14) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement The Contractor shall replace all trees and shrubs which, in the opinion of the City Nursery Supervisor, have failed to establish themselves KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 16 during the maintenance period at its sole expense. All replacement planting shall be conducted in conformance to these specifications. SECTION 8-02.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-02.3(17) Plant and Site Protection During Entire Construction Period The Contractor shall: 1. Protect existing trees to remain and new plants against injury and damage, including but not limited to: cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, trunk or branches, or smothering by stockpiling construction material, or compaction by equipment. 2. Keep all heavy equipment (e.g., backhoe) outside of the drip lines of all existing trees, so as not to damage the root systems. 3. Notify Engineer immediately if a conflict arises between construction activity and the protection of trees and shrubs; alter methods as necessary and as approved by the Engineer. SECTION 8-02.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-02.3(18) Swale Area Restoration The Contractor shall restore areas adjacent to existing drainage swale that were disturbed during modifications to the swale performed by others. This may include minor regrading, decompacting of soil, amending with compost and hydroseeding disturbed areas, as directed by the Engineer. Subgrade preparation, soil amendment, seeding area preparation, seeding and lawn establishment shall be performed per Section 8-02 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Materials shall conform to section 9-14 of these Special Provisions. SECTION 8-02.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.4 Measurement The pay quantities for the plant materials, including relocated rhododendron shrubs, will be determined by count of the number of satisfactory installed trees, shrubs, groundcover and other landscape materials accepted by the Engineer. “Topsoil Type A”, “Wood Chip Mulch”, and “Fine Compost” will be measured by the cubic yard in the haul conveyance at the point of delivery. “Seeded Lawn Installation” will be measured along the ground slope and computed in square yards of actual seeding completed, established and accepted. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 17 “Lawn Dethatching and Aerating” will be measured along the ground slope and computed in square yards of actual seeded areas dethatched, aerated and accepted. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum bid item for “Berm”. “Swale Area Restoration” shall be measured by Force Account as directed and authorized by the Engineer to perform restoration work around the existing drainage swale that is not shown in the Plans. SECTION 8-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.5 Payment The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to supply and spread the topsoil in the areas shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item includes but is not limited to the labor required for installing, incorporating, raking and compacting the topsoil, cleanup and complete preparation ready for seeding. The lump sum contract price for “Berm” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to install and grade the topsoil in the berm areas shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item includes but is not limited to the labor required for installing, raking and compacting the topsoil, cleanup and complete preparation ready for seeding. Removal and stockpiling of Topsoil Type B shall be paid for under the bid item for “Clearing and Grubbing”. Compost amendment shall be paid for under the bid item for “Fine Compost”. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Wood Chip Mulch” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to supply and spread the wood chip mulch in the areas shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item includes but is not limited to the labor required for raking the wood chip mulch and cleanup. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Fine Compost” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to supply, spread and incorporate the compost in the areas shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item includes but is not limited to the labor required for raking the compost and cleanup. The unit contract price per square yard of “Seeded Lawn Installation” shall be full pay for all costs necessary to prepare the area, erect barriers, control weeds, and establish seeded areas and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work as specified. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 18 The unit contract price per square yard of “Lawn Dethatching and Aerating” shall be full pay for all costs necessary to dethatch, aerate and clean up areas to be reseeded and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work as specified. The unit contract price per each for “PSIPE_____” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for providing and planting and staking street trees and shrubs in accordance with the plans and the Kent Special Provisions. This item includes but is not limited to prepare the planting area; remove obstacles; excavation and disposal of materials that cannot be reused on site; backfill and compaction; mulch; fertilizer; watering; tree ties and stakes; and maintaining for a period of not less than two calendar years. The unit contract price per each for “Relocated Rhododendron Shrub” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for digging, storing, and planting relocated rhododendron shrubs in accordance with the plans and these special provisions. “Swale Area Restoration”, per force account in accordance to 1-09.6. 8-03 IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 8-03.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-03.1 Description The work shall consist of installing a fully functioning and complete landscape irrigation system. The Contractor shall connect to the existing main line stub out as shown in the Plans. Electrical connections for valve wiring shall be pulled from existing controller as shown on the Plans. SECTION 8-03.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-03.3 Construction Requirement Backfilling of irrigation piping shall be in accordance with Section 7- 08.3(3) Backfilling of the Standard Specifications. In paved asphalt areas, the top 6 inches of the trench shall consist of HMA Cl. ½” PG 64-22. 8-03.3(3) Piping The Contractor is alerted that not all irrigation sleeves are shown on the Plan & Profile Sheets and thus will require coordination with the KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 19 Irrigation Plans. The Contractor shall ensure coordination with all underground utility and pavement installation is done with adequate time to allow for sleeving placement around utility vaults and structures as indicated on the Plans. All main line and lateral piping shall be marked with detectable warning tape, width of tape to be determined by maximum depth of pipe. Pipe located in the same trench shall only require one installation of warning tape in trench. All sleeving at road crossings shall be ductile iron. DI sleeving shall be sized as noted on roadway plans or as necessary for irrigation piping and wiring. PVC Pipe and Fittings All irrigation piping install beneath driveways, sidewalk and other hard surfacing shall be sleeved in PVC at least ½-in. diameter larger than the external irrigation pipe diameter to be installed. All roadway crossings shall be sleeved in ductile iron pipe a minimum 4-in. in diameter or 1” larger than the external pipe diameter of the irrigation pipe being installed. Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing pipe to avoid damage. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lie flat so as not to be subject to undue ending or concentrated external load at any point. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be set aside until such damage has been cut out and pipe is rejoined with a coupling. Solvent welded joints shall be performed as a two-step process using P70 primer and 711 glue. In each case, both fittings and pipes must be given the following applications. Both must first be primed, then be glued, then pressed together while giving a quarter turn and held together for 30 seconds. Give at least 15 minutes set-up time before moving or handling. Pipe shall be partially center loaded to prevent arching and slipping. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until at least 10 hours have elapsed for the weld to set and cure. Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operation the system for a short time before backfill, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of day. Before pressure testing, soluble weld joints shall be given at least 24 hours curing time. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. Great care must be taken to ensure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean. Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 20 8-03.3(10) As Built Plans The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a complete and current record of all equipment installed including catalogue cuts, and for recording any deviations to the plans by horizontal and vertical dimensions. Asbuilt records shall be updated daily and be available daily for review by the Owner’s Representative and/or Landscape Architect. Any pipe not installed in accordance with the plans shall be dimensioned to a permanent structure sufficient for location after burial. Upon completion of the work and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a neat and legible asbuilt plan, of the completed irrigation system. All quick couplers, automatic valves, manual valves, and electrical boxes shall be dimensioned on the asbuilt plan to two permanent monuments, such as scoreboard and light poles, sprinkler heads, etc. Layout shall be done by the Contractor subject to the review and approval of the Owner. No 45-degree angles will be allowed at line connections. 8-03.3(11) System Operation The irrigation system operation shall be guaranteed, maintained and operated by the Contractor for the full duration of the plant establishment required by the Bid Documents. As part of the oneyear warranty under this contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for deactivating and draining of the system, in the presence of Owner's maintenance staff, prior to the onset of the freezing season, and for reactivating the system at the onset of the following spring growing season. Notify Owner 48 hours in advance so that maintenance staff can be present Prior to final acceptance the Contractor shall spend sufficient training time with the Owner to ensure that the irrigation system can be operated, maintained, winterized and reactivated properly after the departure of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide three (3) sets of all manufacturer's data sheets, maintenance sheets, replacement part lists, winterization procedures, and equipment brochures. Composite sheets shall have the specific products used on this project highlighted. Provide a three ring binder with each set of documents Irrigation System Completion: The Contractor shall submit the following items to the Owner upon completion of the work: 1. Warranty Cards on all equipment warranted. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 21 2. Asbuilt plans electronically recorded and printed. 3. Maintenance manuals. Four (4) complete sets of tools and two (2) sets of keys (cabinet keys, valve keys, valve box cover keys, quick coupler keys, etc.) necessary to operate/drain/activate the system SECTION 8-03.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-03.5 Payment The lump sum price for "Irrigation System Complete" shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to the construction of the complete and operable sprinkler irrigation system as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. No separate payments shall be made for excavation, backfilling, compaction, or restoration of materials associated with the installation of the Irrigation System. 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 8-04.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 8-04.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Spillways The City will provide control staking in accordance with Section 1-05.8(6) of the Kent Special Provisions. If the curb and gutter flow line is found to deviate from the flow line shown on the plans by more than 0.03 foot, the Contractor shall remove the faulty section of curb and gutter and replace it with a new section meeting specifications. The removal and replacement shall be at no cost to the City. SECTION 8-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-04.5 Payment “Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter” per linear foot “Cement Concrete Extruded Curb” per linear foot The unit contract price per linear foot for the above items shall be considered complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment required to install the curbs in accordance with the plans, specifications and as directed by the Engineer. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 22 8-12 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE SECTION 8-12.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-12.1 Description This work shall also consist of installing, relocating, and maintaining Temporary Chain Link Fence around the perimeter of the work zone and the staging area. This work shall also consist of installing, relocating, and maintaining Tree Protection Fencing. SECTION 8-12.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-12.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor shall install a Temporary Chain Link Fence and Tree Protection Fencing. The fence shall be minimum 6’ high chain-link fence and include a non-see through, high visibility, screening/privacy material made of polyethylene or approved equal. Tree protection fencing shall be installed where identified in the Plans. Temporary Chain Link Fence shall be installed around the perimeter of the work zone for privacy and site safety. The perimeter is established by the maximum extents of proposed improvements. Temporary chain link fence shall not be installed along the length of clearing limit line. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to relocate as needed and maintain this fence until the proposed improvements are complete. SECTION 8-12.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-12.4 Measurement “Temporary Chain Link Fence” will be measured by the linear foot of installed fencing, including Tree Protection Fence, at the time of installation or set up. SECTION 8-12.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-12.5 Payment “Temporary Chain Link Fence”, per linear foot. The contract bid price for “Temporary Chain Link Fence” shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to install, relocate fence, installing and maintaining screening/privacy material, and satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Plans, the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS SECTION 8-14.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-14.1 Description This work shall also consist of constructing Cement Concrete Shared Use Path, Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk, and Accent Cement Concrete Bands at locations in accordance with these specifications and KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 23 in reasonable close conformity to the dimensions and cross-sections shown in the plans and to the lines and grades as staked by the Engineer. SECTION 8-14.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-14.2 Materials Curing compound and sealer shall be water based, non-flammable, low gloss, non-yellowing, non-clouding and wear resistant. Compound and sealer shall protect against water damage, oil and common stains, formulated for exterior use. Accent Cement Concrete Band shall be achieved using surface retardant, and shall be Optimus Surface Retarders from Architectural Concrete Chemicals (ACC), Medium (25) for a medium sand blast texture or approved equal. Detectable warning surfaces not installed in cement concrete curb ramps shall be Vanguard Liquid Applied Detectable Warning / TWSI, or approved equal. 8-14.3 Construction Requirements Cement Concrete Shared Use Path and Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk shall receive light sandblast finish. Sandblasting Method •Surface Preparation – Clean and dry •Blast Medium - 03GO Silicon Carbide •Air Pressure - I 00-1 I 0 SI •Hose Diameter = 1” •Hose Length - 50' min to 100’ max. •Spray Nozzle #5 •Approximate distance from nozzle to blasting surface – 1”-2” •Spray Duration - 5-10 seconds •Spray Pattern – Constant circular overlapping motion Qualified and competent workman shall have a minimum five (5) years of work experience for same paving type installation, and placement of surface finishes for concrete. Submittal Contractor shall submit surface retardant manufacturer information and technical specifications for Engineer’s approval. Mock-Up Samples Prior to start of pavement work the Contractor shall provide one (1) 1 feet by 10 feet (10 square feet) mock-up sample of Accent Cement Concrete Band for Engineer’s approval. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 24 The approved sample for Accent Cement Concrete Band shall be the standard for the balance of the rest of the work installed and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval. Any additional mock-up sample provided for approval by Engineer shall be incidental to and included in the unit bid price for “Accent Cement Concrete Band” per these Special Provisions. Prior to start of installation of Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk with light sandblast finish the Contractor shall provide a minimum sixteen (16) square foot sample, 4x4 of scored cement concrete with light sandblast finish to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. This sample shall be the standard for the balance of the rest of the work installed, for both the Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk with light sandblast finish and the Cement Concrete Shared Use Path light sandblast finish and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval. No additional concrete shall be placed prior to the test panel being approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide layout plan of sidewalk scoring and expansion joints for Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk and Accent Cement Concrete Band locations for Engineer’s approval in the field prior to installation. No concrete for sidewalk shall be poured against dry forms or dry subgrade. (April 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP, Option 1) Supplement The Contractor shall request a pre-meeting with the Contracting Agency, to be held 2 to 5 working days before any work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps, or other pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending shall include: 1.The Prime Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing, and finishing the cement concrete. 2.The Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement concrete sidewalk, curb ramp, or pedestrian access route Work. Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following: 1.Slopes shown on the Plans 2.Inspection 3.Traffic control 4.Pedestrian control, access routes, and delineation KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 25 5. Accommodating utilities 6. Form work 7. Installation of detectable warning surfaces 8. Contractor ADA survey and ADA Feature as-built requirements 9. Cold Weather Protection SECTION 8-14.3(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete The concrete shall be placed in the forms and struck off with an approved straightedge. As soon as the surface can be worked, it shall be troweled smooth with a steel trowel. After troweling and before installing the contraction joints or perimeter edging, the walking surfaces of the sidewalk and ramps shall be brushed in a traverse direction with a stiff bristled broom. The curb face and top on the monolithic cement concrete curb and sidewalk and the cement concrete sidewalk with raised edge shall be smooth. Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed as shown in the Standard plans. When the sidewalk abuts a cement concrete curb or curb and gutter, the expansion joints in the sidewalk shall have the same spacing as the curb. The expansion joint shall be filled to full cross-section of the sidewalk with 3/8-inch premolded joint filler. Sidewalk ramps shall be of the type specified in the plans. The detectable warning pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown in the Standard Plans and may be formed by either embossing the wet concrete, adding a manufactured material after the concrete has cured, or installing masonry or ceramic tiles. When masonry or ceramic tiles are used, the Contractor shall block out the detectable warning pattern area to the depth required for installation of the tiles and finish the construction of the concrete ramp. After the concrete has set and the forms have been removed, the Contractor shall install the tiles using standard masonry practices. The two-foot wide detectable warning pattern area on the ramp shall be yellow and shall match the color of “Standard Interstate Yellow” paint as specified in Formula K-2-83. Yellow masonry paint for precast curbs, Formula H-3-83, may be used for truncated dome patterns embossed into the concrete surface. SECTION 8-14.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-14.4 Measurement “Cement Concrete Shared Use Path, (4-Inch Thick)” shall be measured by square yard for a completed cement concrete shared use path including the sawcut score joints and light sandblast finish. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 26 “Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk, (4-Inch Thick)” shall be measured by square yard for a completed scored cement concrete sidewalk including the sawcut score joints and light sandblast finish. “Accent Cement Concrete Band, (4-Inch Thick)” shall be measured by square yard for a completed accent cement concrete band, including sawcut scoring and surface retardant application. “Cement Concrete Curb Ramp” will be measured per each for the complete curb ramp type installed. “Detectable Warning Surface” shall be measured by square foot for a completed detectable warning surface. Detectable warming surfaces installed as part of a cement concrete curb ramp shall not be measured for payment. SECTION 8-14.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-14.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items when included in the Proposal: “Cement Concrete Shared Use Path, (4-Inch Thick),” per square yard “Scored Cement Conc. Sidewalk, (4-Inch Thick),” per square yard “Accent Cement Conc. Band, (4-Inch Thick),” per square yard “Cement Concrete Curb Ramp”, per each The unit bid per square yard or per each for the above items constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to install Cement Concrete Shared Use Path, (4-Inch Thick), Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk, (4-Inch Thick), Accent Cement Concrete Band, (4-Inch Thick) and Cement Concrete Curb Ramp, as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the Kent Special Provisions. The unit price shall include but not be limited to: restoration of areas adjacent to sidewalks and ramps that are disturbed from sidewalk forms; and all other materials, labor, tools and equipment to fulfill the requirements or as directed by the Engineer. Crushed Surfacing Top Course and Asphalt Concrete Pavement Patch, Excavation and Gravel Borrow as required shall be paid for under separate bid items. Unit price shall also include all work necessary to discontinue sidewalk panels at locations of existing power poles. Detectable warning surfaces installed as part of a curb ramp shall be considered incidental to the unit bid price for “Cement Concrete Curb Ramp”. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 27 Contractor shall note that some power poles will need to remain in- place until completion of the electrical conversion. This bid item shall include all costs associated with discontinuing sidewalk at pole locations, remobilization after pole removal, and completion of sidewalk system. “Detectable Warning Surface” per square foot. The unit bid per square for the above item constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install Detectable Warning Surfaces not part of cement concrete curb ramps as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the Kent Special Provisions. 8-19 STREET FURNITURE 8-19.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and installing Bench, Litter Receptacle, cement concrete pads and crushed surfacing base course in accordance with these specifications and as shown per Plans. 8-19.2 Materials Bench Type 1 shall be Trio Bench, 8’ length including armrests on either ends and one in the middle, Series Model SBTRO-96BA by Forms+Surfaces, or approved equal. Bench Type 1 shall be provided by City for installation. Bench Type 2 shall be Trio Bench, 6’ length backed including armrests on either ends and one in the middle, Series Model SBTRO-72BA manufactured by Forms+Surfaces, or approved equal. Bench Type 3 shall be Trio Bench, 6’ length backless including armrests on either ends and one in the middle, Series Model SBTRO-72NA manufactured by Forms+Surfaces, or approved equal. Litter receptacle shall be Dispatch, single stream, 36-gallon littler receptacle manufactured by Forms+Surfaces, or approved equal. Litter receptacle shall be Litter Receptacle Type 1 per Kent Standard Plan 7-6. Paint color and finish shall be powder coat in accordance with paint manufacturer’s recommendations. See Section 6-07 for paint color and powder coating requirements. 8-19.3 Construction Requirements Benches and Litter Receptacles require 9 to 11 weeks lead time for manufacture and delivery. The contractor shall confirm the lead time with the manufacturer before submitting the construction schedule. The KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 28 construction schedule shall include the lead time, order date, and the delivery date. Install Bench Type 1, Bench Type 2 and Litter Receptacle on cement concrete pads with light broom finish, according to details, manufacturer’s installation instructions and as shown on the Plans. Install Bench Type 3 on cement concrete sidewalk, according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions and as shown on the Plans. Use manufacturer-provided levelers to install bench and litter receptacle level and plumb. Contractor shall submit Bench (Type 2 and 3) and Litter Receptacle catalog cut sheet including product information, dimensioning, finish, installation instructions, setback requirements and details for bench and litter receptacle for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the mounting surface and installation method are adequate to support and secure the Bench (Type 1, 2 and 3) and Litter Receptacle. Touch up for scratches for field applications shall be per recommendations from coating manufacturer. 8-19.4 Measurement Bench Type 1 shall be measured per each bench type 1 installed. Bench Type 2 shall be measured per each bench type 2 furnished and installed. Bench Type 3 shall be measured per each bench type 3 furnished and installed. Litter Receptacle shall be measured per each litter receptacle furnished and installed. 8-19.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when they are included in the Proposal: The unit bid price per each for “Bench Type 1” constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to install City provided bench type 1, including cement concrete pad, light broom finish and crushed surfacing base course as shown on the plans. The unit bid price per each for “Bench Type 2” constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install bench type 2, including cement concrete pad, light broom finish and crushed surfacing base course as shown on the plans. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 29 The unit bid price per each for “Bench Type 3” constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install the bench type 3, as shown on the plans. The unit bid price per each for “Litter Receptacle” constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install the litter receptacle, including cement concrete pad, light broom finish and crushed surfacing base course at locations as shown on the plans. 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8-20.1 Description SECTION 8-20.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: This Work shall consist of, but will not be limited to providing: • Illumination system consisting of pedestrian poles and luminaires, accent bollard lighting and iPlayer controlled linear uplighting. All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, City Standards, and these Special Provisions. The Work involves, but shall not be limited to, the following: • Trenching • Junction boxes • Conduit and wiring • Luminaires, poles and foundations • Accent bollard lighting • Programmable linear uplighting • Modification of existing electrical service cabinet • Subsurface exploration and potholing • Utility locates • Surface restoration • Coordination work with local agencies SECTION 8-20.1 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS: THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IS REVISED TO READ AS FOLLOWS: Unless otherwise noted in the plans, and streetlight standards are exact. The locations of junction boxes, conduits and similar appurtenances shown in the plans are approximate; and the proposed KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 30 locations will be staked or similarly marked by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.1(1) WITH THE FOLLOWING: All materials and methods required under this section, unless otherwise superseded herein, shall conform to the 2021 edition of the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (herein referred to as Standard Specifications), to the State of Washington Sign Fabrication Manual, to the City of Kent Standards and Details, to the latest edition of the National Electric Code (NEC), and to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) as adopted by the State of Washington. Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. 8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspection SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.1(3) WITH THE FOLLOWING: Prior to start of work, all necessary licenses, permits, and approvals shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations relating to the performance of the work, the protection of adjacent property, and the maintenance of all other facilities. The Contractor will be required to comply with all the provisions of these instruments and shall save and hold the City of Kent harmless from any damage which may be incurred as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with all the terms of these permits. The Contractor is advised that an Electric Work Permit from the State Department of Labor and Industries shall be required for this project. 8-20.1(4) Errors and Omissions THIS SECTION IS ADDED AS FOLLOWS: The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer upon discovery of any errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, in the layout as given by survey data and instructions, or of any discrepancy between the Contract Documents and the physical conditions of the locality. If deemed necessary, the Engineer will rectify the matter and advise the Contractor accordingly. Any work done after such discovery without authorization by the Engineer shall be done at the Contractor’s risk. 8-20.2 Materials SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.2 WITH THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 31 All materials shall be handled in loading, unloading and erecting in such a manner that they will not be damaged. Any parts that are damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. All repairs shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials. Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final installation and testing has been completed on the systems. Approval to install materials and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site before installation. The Contractor shall provide all manufacturer’s warranty documents and manuals to the City. When submitting material lists for approval, the Contractor shall identify all revisions or changes to manufacturer names, component names, and model numbers listed in these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall also include a brief justification for the revision or change. 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.2(1) WITH THE FOLLOWING: Delete "If required to do so," in the first sentence of the second paragraph. Manufacturer's data for electrical work-related materials, proposed for use in the Contract which requires approval, shall be submitted in one complete package. Approval of material submittals will require up to 10 working days from the date the Engineer receives the drawings until they are returned to the Contractor. The actual time required for approval is dependent upon the completeness and appropriateness of the drawings as submitted. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final acceptance or guarantee of the materials, but is solely to assist the Contractor in providing the specified materials. For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the QPL or RAM process the Contractor will be allowed to submit for approval three materials per material type at no cost. Additional materials may be submitted for approval and will be processed at a cost of $100.00 per material submitted by QPL submittal and $300.00 per material submitted by RAM. All costs for the processing additional materials will be deducted from monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject to a request by the Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing may be waived. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 32 Any deficiencies will require additional time for approval based on the degree of the deficiency and the additional review time required. If the shop drawings are returned to the Contractor to correct deficiencies, an additional 10 calendar days may be required for the approval process. All approvals by the Engineer must be received by the Contractor before material will be allowed on the job site. Materials not approved by the Engineer will not be permitted on the jobsite. Final verified luminaire pole dimensions, including pole base to light source distances, offset distances and orientations of pole mounted appurtenances will be verified by the Engineer as part of the final approved Shop Drawings prior to fabrication. 8-20.3 Construction Requirements 8-20.3(1) General SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.3(1) WITH THE FOLLOWING: The Contractor shall contact City Maintenance Department Representative for all related illumination system coordination. The Contractor shall follow specific requirements for electrical related work to be performed on the right-of-way as outlined in each applicable section of these Specifications. All adjacent surfaces damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at their expense. The Contractor shall contact following representatives for coordination with the below listed agencies: City of Kent Maintenance Representative: Michael Sorensen (253) 856-5500. Electrical Inspection: WA State Department of Labor & Industries (360) 902-5800 No new foundations shall be constructed as part of this Contract that are in conflict with any existing utilities, or the code required thereby. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to locate all utilities whether above, on, or below the ground, and to protect against any and all damages arising from work under this project. At least 48 hours before digging, the Contractor shall call the Utilities Underground Locator Center (telephone: 811). Contractor must maintain locates during the duration of the project once they have been identified. The Contractor is advised that safe wiring labels required by the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries shall apply on this project. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 33 All manufacturers’ warranties or guarantees on all electrical and mechanical equipment, consistent with those provided as customary trade practice, shall be assigned to the City of Kent. 8-20.3(2) Excavation and Backfilling SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.3(2) WITH THE FOLLOWING: Underground utilities of record will be shown on the Plans insofar as information is available. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the County assumes no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the construction plans. The location of existing underground utilities, when shown on the Plans, is approximate only, and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area, as not all utilities may be shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for potholing for conflicts with underground utility locations. Prior to construction, if any conflicts are expected, it shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for resolution. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer. The Contractor and County shall locate alternative locations for poles, cabinet, or junction boxes. The Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts. Before beginning any excavation work for foundations, junction boxes or conduit runs, the Contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does not conflict with utility location markings placed on the surface by the various utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the conflict: • Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the foundation, junction box, vault or conduit trench. • If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work, select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer. • If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should stop until a new design can be developed. The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless specifically agreed to by the utility owner. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 34 8-20.3(2)A Trench and Backfill SECTION 8-20.3(2)A IS ADDED AS FOLLOWS: The Contractor shall provide trenching as specified herein, regardless of the material encountered, as necessary for complete and proper installation of the illumination and communications conduit. Trenching shall conform to the following: Uniform Construction Trenching for conduit runs shall be done in a neat manner, and the trench bottom shall be graded to provide a uniform grade, with a width and depth as specified herein. All trenches for placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as practical to provide a minimum of pavement disturbance. Trench Inspection No work shall be covered until it has been examined by the Engineer or Inspector. Earth which fills around and over the conduit shall be free of rocks greater than 2 inches up to a depth of 6 inches. Hauling and disposal of un-used excavation material shall be incidental to the cost of trenching or excavating. The compaction requirements for the roadway backfill shall apply. Trench Depth Trench depth shall provide 24 inches minimum of cover over all conduits unless agreed to otherwise by the Engineer. Trench Width The trench width shall be the conduit diameter plus 2 inches. Trenching in Landscaped Areas Trenches shall be placed to have minimum impact on existing landscaping and irrigation systems. Any damage due to the Contractor’s operation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 8-20.3(4) Foundations SECTION 8-20.3(4) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Each concrete foundation shall be constructed in a single pour. Construction of the luminaire pole foundations may require special procedures such an excavation or cleaning by Vactor truck due to depth, groundwater, and soil conditions, and proximity of existing underground utilities. The Contractor shall consider this in the lump sum bid price for the installation of the various electrical systems and no additional compensation will be paid if special procedures are necessary to properly construct the foundations. All permanent casing shall be of ample strength to resist damage and deformation from transportation and handling, installation stresses, and KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 35 all pressures and forces acting on the casing. The casing shall be clean prior to placement in the excavation. The permanent casing may be telescoped, but the outside diameter of the casing shall not be less than the specified diameter of the shaft. Foundations for various types of standards shall be as follows: • Pedestrian luminaire pole foundations shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 6-89 • Accent bollard lighting footings shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 7-28 • Linear uplighting footings shall be per the Plans. • 8-20.3(5) Conduit SECTION 8-20.3(5) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS: THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IS REPLACED IN ITS ENTIRETY WITH THE FOLLOWING: The size of conduit used shall be that size shown in the plans. No conduit run shall exceed 225-degree total bends in any run without prior approval of the Engineer. THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS ADDED AFTER THE SECOND PARAGRAPH: The Contractor shall install ¼-inch diameter nylon pull rope in all conduit runs. A tracer wire terminating within junction boxes shall be installed in all conduits intended for future use. The tracer wire shall be uninsulated #8 AWG stranded copper. 8-20.3(5)A3 Damaged or Blocked Conduits SECTION 8-20.3(5)A3 IS ADDED AS FOLLOWS: Damaged or blocked conduits shall be repaired by the Contractor. The Contractor shall attempt to remove debris in the conduit by blowing in air. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air towards the service or controller cabinet. If the blockage doesn’t break free, the Contractor shall identify the potential blocked/damaged location using a fish tape. Once the blockage location is identified, the Contractor shall attempt to remove the existing cabling (if any) from the conduit. If the cabling is removed, the Contractor shall attempt to pass a fish tape through the conduit again. If the fish tape passes through the conduit past the identified blockage point easily, the Contractor shall attempt to reinstall all existing cabling along with the new cabling called out in the Contract Plans. If the existing cabling cannot be removed, or reinstalled after removal, the Contractor shall excavate down to the conduit blockage point and repair the conduit break. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing cabling or beginning excavation. All cabling shall be removed from the conduit prior to repairing the broken conduit. Once the conduit is repaired, the Contractor shall restore the KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 36 disturbed area. The removal of cable, excavation, conduit repair, and surface restoration will be paid for by change order or Minor Change as determined by the Engineer. The cost for other work needed to identify and remedy blocked conduits as described in this Section shall be incidental. 8-20.3(5) B Conduit Type SECTION 8-20.3(5)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: All conduit shall be PVC Sch 80 rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Wire Notes in the Contract Plans. All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or bushings. Wall thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different schedule types between terminations. The Contractor shall provide all conduit and necessary fittings as needed. Conduit size shall be as indicated in the Wire Notes as shown on the Plans. All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before pulling wire and shall include bonded ground wire (including spare conduits for locating purposes). Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled "City of Kent" conduits. 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes SECTION 8-20.3(6) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted sub grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing base course material installed under and around the base of the junction box. The Contractor shall not damage any existing conduits when replacing or excavating existing junction boxes. The Contractor is to maintain the integrity of all junction boxes during reconfiguration of the conduits, installation of new conduits or when excavating. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to, or installed in, their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for future adjustment. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 37 8-20.3(8) Wiring THE THIRD PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 8-20.3(8) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: All splices in underground illumination circuits shall be installed within junction boxes. Splices for illumination circuits, including two-way, three-way, four-way splices shall be spliced with copper crimped solder- less connectors installed with an approved tool designed for the purpose to securely join the wires both mechanically and electrically. Splices shall then be wrapped with moisture sealing tape meeting the requirements of Sections 9-29.12(1) of these Special Provisions to seal each splice individually, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. In no case shall epoxy splice kits be permitted. Install SEC combination type fuse/disconnect connector kits for bollard lighting in selected junction boxes as shown on the Plans. For installing new cables in existing occupied or empty conduit, the Contractor shall be responsible for the following steps: 1) Install a new pull rope using a rod/fish tape in the conduit for pulling in the new cabling if a pull rope does not already exist. 2) If the Contractor cannot get the rod/fish tape to pass through the conduit, the Contractor shall blow air through the conduit to remove any debris blocking the rod/fish tape path. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air into service cabinets. 3) If the rod/fish tape still does not pass through the conduit after blowing air, the Contractor shall disconnect a single existing wire as agreed to by the Engineer (if the conduit is occupied) and use that wire to pull the new wiring plus a new cable to replace the existing cable that is being used for pulling. 4) If no existing wire can be used to pull in the new wire, the Contractor shall try another conduit run if one exists, or pull out all existing wiring from the conduit and use to pull in the new wiring plus all new cabling to replace existing cabling. Rodding, fish taping, blowing air, and disconnecting/ reconnecting cable shall be the Contractor’s cost responsibility. In an event that none of these steps led to successful wire installation, the Contractor shall install new conduit as directed by the Engineer. 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding SUPPLEMENT SECTION 8-20.3(9) WITH THE FOLLOWING: All street light standards and other features on which electrical equipment is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare copper bonding strap located in the nearest junction box. Ground rods are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included within the Bid Items in the proposal. Polyester detectable pull tape shall not be connected to the equipment- grounding system. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 38 The Contractor shall provide and install bonding and grounding wires as described in Standard Specifications and the National Electric Code for any new metallic junction box and any modified existing junction boxes (if not already present). For the purposes of this section, a box shall be considered “modified” if new current-carrying conductors are installed, including low-voltage conductors, or if the box is adjusted to grade, or if the box lid is modified. SECTION 8-20.3(10) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS: 8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Cabinets SECTION 8-20.3(10) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Power for new accent bollard lighting, pedestrian luminaires, and linear uplighting systems shall be provided by existing electrical service cabinet as shown on the Plans. Cabinet shall be modified in the presence of Traffic Operations and Maintenance Representative (landing of new wiring and routing of existing spare breaker via existing contactor). Coordinate energizing and testing of new illumination systems with the Traffic Operations and Maintenance Representative. SECTION 8-20.3(11) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: All Work shall be completed in a manner that provides the Inspector and Engineer with full knowledge of the construction. The work shall proceed in accordance with the approved construction schedule previously supplied to and approved by the City. If the work is completed without Inspector’s or Engineer’s knowledge, they may at their option, ask the Contractor to dismantle the completed work, so that it can be inspected to their satisfaction. 8-20.3(13)B Pedestrian Light Standards SECTION 8-20.3(13)B IS added AS FOLLOWS: Pedestrian luminaire pole shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 6-87 and Section 9-29.6(6) in these Special Provisions. Lighting standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified on Plans and outlined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Anchor bolts shall extend through the top heavy-hex nut two full threads to the extent possible while conforming to the specified base clearance requirements. Anchor bolts shall be tightened by the Turn-Of-Nut tightening method in accordance with Standard Specifications Sections 6-03.3(33) and 8-20.3(4). The grout pad shall not extend above the elevation of the bottom of the base. The hand hole shall be located at 90 degrees to the luminaire arm on the side away from traffic. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 39 A grounding lug or nut shall be provided in the handhole frame or inside the handhole frame or inside the pole shaft to attach a ground bonding strap. All poles shall be designed to support a luminaire weight of 50 lbs. or more and to withstand pressures caused by wind loads as per the latest AASHTO guidelines and with gust factor of 1.3. All poles shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.38 PSI on yield strength of weight load and 2.33 PSI for basic wind pressure. Miscellaneous Hardware: All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be stainless steel. I.D. (Identification for poles): The Contractor shall provide a combination of digits and letters on each luminaire pole. The letter and numbers combination shall be mounted at the 10-foot level on the pole facing approaching traffic. Legends shall be sealed with transparent film, resistant to dust, weather and ultraviolet exposure. The decal markers shall be either: • 3-inch square with gothic gold or white reflectorized 2-inch legend on a black background, or • 3-inch square with black 2-inch legend on a white reflectorized background. The I.D. number will be assigned to each pole at the end of the contract or project by the City Engineer. Cost for the decals shall be considered incidental to the contract bid. The pole shaft shall be provided with a flush handhole near the base and a matching metal cover secured with stainless steel screws or bolts. The pole shall be adjusted for plumb after all needed equipment has been installed thereon. After pole is installed and plumbed, nuts shall be tightened on anchor bolts using proper sized sockets, open end, or box wrenches. Use of pliers, pipe wrenches, or other tools that can damage galvanizing will not be permitted. Tools shall be of sufficient size to achieve adequate torqueing of the nuts. The space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout and troweled to a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of Portland cement and fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by hand, and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one half-inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on WSDOT Standard Detail J-28.40. 8-20.3(14)F Accent Bollard Lighting KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 40 SECTION 8-20.3(14)F IS added AS FOLLOWS: Accent Bollard Lighting shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 7-28. Also, Accent Bollard Lighting shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified in these Special Provision Section 9-29.10(3). 8-20.3(14)G Linear Uplighting SECTION 8-20.3(14)F IS added AS FOLLOWS Linear Uplighting standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provision Section 9-29.10(3). Contractor to provide shop drawings of linear uplighting including layout with dimensioning and callouts, coordination layout with Gateway Feature, wiring, conduit, junction boxes, connections, surge protectors, to associated electrical equipment, methods of installation and provisions to secure light fixtures from theft. Shop Drawings shall be submitted for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Linear Uplighting shall be installed level and secured with tamper- resistant fasteners. Engineer to field verify beam angle of all linear uplighting fixtures prior to permanently setting them. Contractor to protect all linear uplighting fixtures from damage and vandalism. The Contractor shall terminate CAT-5 wiring in the existing iPlayer cabinet, location as shown on the Plans and coordinate lighting commissioning for programming of color sequences with the Engineer in the field. Any damage due to the Contractor’s negligence before the end of the project shall be repaired to original condition by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. 8-20.5 Payment SECTION 8-20.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Payment will be made in accordance with the Special Provisions, Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Pedestrian Illumination System, Complete", per lump sum. "Accent Bollard with Lighting Illumination System, Complete", per lump sum. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 41 "Linear Uplighting Illumination System, Complete", per lump sum, included in Schedule B – Gateway Improvements, per Division 1 of these Special Provisions. The unit Contract price for above listed lump sums shall be measured for the total of all labor and equipment necessary for installation of complete permanent electrical systems. All items and labor necessary to supply, install, and test luminaire poles, luminaires, foundations, accent bollard lighting, linear uplighting, including lighting commissioning for setting up light sequences, potholing for foundations, conduit, wiring, junction boxes, excavation, trenching, backfill, compaction, coordination of modification of existing electrical service cabinet and associated electrical items, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, coordination with local agencies, electrical inspections, testing, as-built plans and all other components necessary to make a complete electrical system, shall be included within the lump sum measurements. All painting and graffiti coating of components shall be considered incidental to the lump sum measurement. Coordination with local agencies, testing and inspections shall be considered incidental to the bid items in this section and no additional compensation will be made. 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 8-21.3(4) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE 4TH SENTENCE AND BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-21.3(4) Sign Removal Wood signs, wood sign posts, wood structures, metal sign posts, windbeams, and other metal structural members shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project. Aluminum signs shall remain the property of the City. The Contractor shall bundle and band the signs, and deliver the signs to the Sign Shop at the City Maintenance Facility located at 5821 South 240th Street (a.k.a. West James Street). All signs shall be delivered to the Sign Shop prior to physical completion of the project. The Contractor shall be charged $2.00 per square foot for any signs that are lost or are rendered unusable as signs by the Contractor’s operation. Also see Section 2-02.3 of the Kent Special Provisions. DIVISION 8 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 8-27 GRAVEL PATH 8-27.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and installing Gravel Path including base, 1/4 inch minus crushed surfacing aggregate with stabilizer, in locations per details as shown on the Plans and in conformance with these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 42 8-27.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard Specifications unless noted: Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 4-04 Aggregate 9-03 Structural Steel and Related Materials 9-06 Base shall be crushed surfacing top course conforming to Standard Specifications Section 9-03. Stabilizer shall be Stabilizer® Binder including organic binder that is a colorless and odorless concentrated powder that binds crushed 1/4 minus surfacing aggregate. It is a natural, non-toxic, non-staining, odorless, environmentally safe powder derived from crushed seed hulls. Stabilizer shall have 64% pre-consumer recycled content and have 25 years of experience at same formulation. Stabilizer® for Stabilized crushed surfacing aggregate shall be provided by Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. 33 South 28th St., Phoenix, AZ 85034; phone (602) 225-5900, (800) 336-2468; fax (602) 225-5902; website www.stabilizersolutions.com; email info@stabilizersolutions.com Crushed surfacing aggregate shall be 1/4 inch minus crushed aggregate screenings. Sand and crushed stone shall consist of inert materials that are hard and durable, with stone free from surface coatings and deleterious materials. Gradation requirements shall be as follows: Crushed Surfacing Aggregate Sieve Analysis Percentage of Weight Passing a Square Mesh Sieve AASHTO T11-82 and T2782 1/4 MINUS AGGREGATE GRADATION U.S. Sieve No. Percent Passing by Weight # 3/8-inch 100 # 4 90 – 100 # 8 75 – 80 # 16 55 – 65 # 30 40 – 50 # 50 25 – 35 # 100 15 – 20 # 200 to 10 – 15 The color of crushed surfacing aggregate shall be gray and/or beige. 8-27.3 Construction Requirements KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 43 Contractor shall notify City Arborist prior to commencement of work around existing trees located along the gravel path. Contractor shall submit a root pruning regimen to be approved by City Arborist. Existing trees shall only be root pruned as minimally necessary to install gravel path surfacing and under direction of City Arborist. Contractor shall coordinate irrigation and landscape installation with Gravel Path installation. Submittal Contractor shall submit stabilizer with crushed surfacing aggregate information with technical specifications for Engineer’s approval prior to mock-up installation. Contractor shall submit a 5 lb. sample and sieve analysis for grading of crushed 1/4 minus aggregate to be sent to Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. prior to any construction (allow 2-week turn around). Sample shall be approved by Engineer prior to installation. Contactor shall submit copy(ies) of manufacturer’s written maintenance instructions in for City’s Operation and Maintenance use. For City’s use in future Stabilized Aggregate repair, Contractor shall provide 40 to 50 lb. Bags of the Stabilized Aggregate blended with proper amount of Stabilizer®. Mock-Ups Infiltration trench shall not be placed on the project prior to approval by the Engineer of gravel path mock-up(s) prepared by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide 5ft. x 10ft. mock-up sample of Stabilizer® for Stabilized Aggregate surfaces for gravel path surfacing at location specified by the City for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Use same base and stabilizer with aggregate mixes used in accepted mock-up in final work unless otherwise directed by the City. Additional mock-ups shall be constructed at no additional cost as directed by the Engineer until a mock-up sample is produced which conforms to the requirements herein. Protect accepted mock-ups from damage until completion and acceptance of the work represented by the mock-ups. Remove mock-up panel(s) from the site at completion of the project, unless otherwise instructed by the City. Placement Gravel Path shall be installed in locations as shown and as detailed per the Plans. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 44 Stabilizer shall be installed per manufacturer's preparation and installation recommendations. Installer Qualifications: Stabilizer installer to provide evidence to indicate successful experience in providing Stabilized Aggregate surface or ability to follow installation instructions. Manufacturer’s technical representative shall visit the site at the start of an installation to ensure the installer understands the correct installation methods to use. Before proceeding with installation, notify City in writing of unsuitable site/base conditions. Make any corrections necessary to base furnished and installed to bring gravel path to the elevations shown per Plans. Pre-soak base material with water and compact to 95% determined by Test Method ASTM D 1557 prior to installing Stabilized Aggregate. Compaction testing to be provided by project owner, one test per 2,000 square feet of base. Base shall be spread and compacted to a depth as shown on the plans and in conformance Standard Specifications Section 9-03. Compaction testing to be provided by contractor, one test per 2,000 square feet of base course. Do not install gravel path during rainy conditions or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit and falling. Stabilizer shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed throughout the aggregate mix per the manufacturer's recommendations. Material shall be mixed in the field using portable mixing equipment or delivered in mixer trucks from a local ready-mixed plant. When work is complete, the gravel path surface shall be smooth and uniform, meeting ADA requirements; maintaining original flow lines, slope gradient and contours of the project site. All non-ADA complaint gravel path sections will require removal/replacement or additional compaction as necessary to meet ADA requirements at no additional cost to City. Contractor shall furnish and install construction fence around new surface to prevent public access on gravel path. Fencing shall be maintained in place for a minimum of 12 - 72 hours after completion of installation, or as directed by the City. Drying period may take longer due to weather conditions. Irrigation shall be restricted near Stabilized Aggregate surface until drying period is complete. Standing water on surface and adjacent to gravel path shall be restricted at all times. Warranty The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 45 with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall submit a written warranty executed by the installer agreeing to repair or replace components of Stabilized Aggregate that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. does not warranty “Stabilizer®” purchased from a non-approved Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. licensee. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: • Premature wear and tear, provided the material is maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s written maintenance instructions. • Failure of system to meet performance requirements. Contractor shall provide warranty for performance of product. Contractor shall warranty installation of product for the time of one year from completion. Contractor shall provide, for a period of sixty days, unconditional maintenance and repairs as required. 8-27.4 Measurement “Gravel Path” will be measured by the cubic yard of finished installed gravel surface, including base, crushed surfacing aggregate with stabilizer. 8-27.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when they are included in the Proposal: The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Gravel Path” shall be full compensation for installation of gravel path and to satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. This includes all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to installing “Gravel Path” as shown on the Plans including work for mock-ups, samples, excavation, haul, placement, compaction, base, and crushed surfacing aggregate with stabilizer. 8-28 POTHOLE UTILITIES 8-28.1 Description This work shall consist of potholing utilities at the locations shown on the plans and described in the specifications. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, a minimum of 24 hours before the pothole work is performed, to coordinate the work with Survey. Each pothole shall include standby time to allow Surveyors to accurately measure the location and depths of existing utilities. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 46 8-28.2 Materials Backfill and surfacing material shall match conditions of pothole location. Pothole work located in asphalt concrete pavement, shall be backfilled with gravel borrow and crushed rock, then patched with asphalt cold mix. Pothole work located in cement concrete shall be backfilled with gravel borrow, then patched with cement concrete. Pothole work not on paved surfaces shall be backfilled with native material. 8-28.3 Construction Requirements The pothole shall be of sufficient size and depth to expose existing utilities to determine potential conflicts and verify compatibility with designs. Excavation; hauling, dewatering; backfill, compaction, surface restoration, and cleanup are included with this work. 8-28.4 Measurement Pothole utilities shall be measured by Force Account for actual pothole work directed and/or authorized by the Engineer. 8-28.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-09.6, for the following bid items when they are included in the Proposal: ‘’Pothole Utilities’’, per Force Account The price for “Pothole Utilities” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to pothole utilities at the locations shown on the plans and described in the specifications. 8-33 BOULDERS 8-33.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and installing Boulders, including CSBC as shown on the plans, and specified herein. 8-33.2 Materials Boulders shall be High Cascade Granite, natural irregular shaped rocks approximately (3) three feet deep x (3) three feet length x (2) two feet height with no sharp edges. 8-33.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor shall provide the name of the Boulders supplier and the source quarry, as well as photos, showing scale, color and texture of Boulders for approval by the Engineer. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 47 Layout of Boulders shall be as shown in the Plans and approved in the field by the Engineer. Boulder installation shall be coordinated with landscape and irrigation work. Boulders shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer. 8-33.4 Measurement No specific unit of measurement shall be used for the lump sum bid item “Boulders”. 8-33.5 Payment “Boulders”, per lump sum. The lump sum price for “Boulders” shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work, including crushed surfacing base course. 8-34 DOG BAG DISPENSER 8-34.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing and installing Dog Bag Dispenser, including post, sleeve with surface mount base plate, plastic dispenser, and other hardware as shown on the plans, and specified herein. 8-34.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections unless noted: Structural Steel & Related Materials 9-06 Dog Bag Dispenser shall be as shown detailed on the Plans. Dog Bag Dispenser shall be High Capacity EZ Tie Handled Bag Dispenser, part no. HBD-1 provided by Dog Poop Bags. Dog Bag Dispenser shall consist of post, sleeve with surface mount base plate, plastic dispenser, and all associated corrosion resistant hardware for assembly of Dog Bag Dispenser. 8-34.3 Construction Requirements Contractor shall submit catalog cut sheet, including manufacturer product information, material callouts and dimensions for the Dog Bag Dispenser for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Dog Bag Dispenser require at least 6 weeks lead time. Surface mount Dog Bag Dispenser to concrete pad according to details as shown on the Plans. Install Dog Bag Dispenser level and plumb. Contractor shall clean dog bag dispenser promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that could damage finish. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 48 8-34.4 Measurement “Dog Bag Dispenser” shall be measured per each installed dog bag dispenser and post. 8-34.5 Payment “Dog Bag Dispenser” per each. The unit Contract price for “Dog Bag Dispenser”, per each, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment, supplies, incidental work, to satisfactorily complete the work defined in the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions and the particular items called for in the Plans. 8-35 ART SCULPTURE PEDESTAL 8-35.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and installing the Art Sculpture Pedestal, including crushed surfacing aggregate 1/4-inch minus at future art sculpture, crushed surfacing base course, concrete footing, reinforcement, elastomeric bearing pad, and fasteners at locations in accordance with these specifications and as shown per Plans. 8-35.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections unless noted: Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 4-04 Concrete 6-02 Steel Structures 6-03 Electrical 8-20 & 9-29 Structural Steel and related materials 9-06 Reinforcing Steel 9-07 Miscellaneous Metals: All Miscellaneous Metals and related components shall conform to the following ASTM designations: Light Gauge Steel (Sheet Metal) ASTM A653, Fy = 33 ksi Galvanized Light Gauge Steel Finish ASTM A446 Stainless Steel Anchor Bolts ASTM A193, Type 316 Stainless Steel Nuts ASTM A194, Type 316 Concrete: Concrete for drilled shaft shall be Class 4000P, with air. Concrete for plinth shall be Class 3000 with air. Reinforcing Steel: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 49 Reinforcing Steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Elastomeric Bearing Pads: The elastomer shall be 100% virgin Chloroprene (Neoprene) compound conforming to ASTM D2240, with durometer hardness rating of 55 to 65. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be AISI 316 stainless steel, tamper resistant, internally threaded fastening nut with a conical design to inhibit unauthorized removal, with indented slots for installation and removal by proper tool provide by manufacturer. Concrete anchor sleeves shall be stainless steel, part # SAHS516112 by Concrete Fastening Systems, phone 1-888-498-5747, or approved equal. 8-35.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor is responsible for providing and installing the plinth and incidental connection materials, as detailed on the Plans. Prior to placing the plinths, Contractor shall coordinate the number, sizes, spacing and embedment depths of Anchor Bolts. Anchor Bolts shall be set with a template. Submittals shall conform to Section 1-06.7 and shall contain shop drawings for fabrication, fastening locations, and installation of the, and be approved prior to fabrication. All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and AWS D1.1 Code standards and shall be performed by WABO-certified welders. Welds shall meet Section 6-03.3(25) of the Standard Specifications. Any damage due to the Contractor’s negligence before the end of the project shall be replaced by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. 8-34.4 Measurement No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum bid item “Art Sculpture Pedestal”. 8-34.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when they are included in the Proposal: The lump sum contract price for “Art Sculpture Pedestal” per lump sum constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install shaft foundation, pedestal, sandblast finishes, crushed surfacing base course, anchor bolts, elastomeric bearing pad, base plates, all fastening components, tools KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 50 and equipment, supplies, incidental work, to satisfactorily complete the work defined in the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions and the particular items called for in the Plans. Payment cost also includes excavation, haul and 4” thick crushed surfacing aggregate 1/4 inch minus used for area around future art sculpture pedestal installation. If the City elects to award Schedule B then the following work will be included: 8-36 GATEWAY FEATURE 8-36.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and constructing Gateway Feature including Sculptures 1 and 2, foundations, gateway plantings and crushed surfacing base course, crushed surfacing aggregate 1/4 inch minus at locations in accordance with these specifications and as shown per Plans. Linear Uplighting and associated equipment shall be per Specials Provision Section 8-20 “Illumination Systems” and shall be measured and paid for under “Linear Uplighting System, Complete”, per lump sum. 8-36.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections unless noted: Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 4-04 Concrete Structures 6-02 Electrical 8-20 Aggregates 9-03.12(5) Structural Steel & Related Materials 9-06 Bolts, Washers, Other Hardware 9-06.22 Reinforcing Steel 9-07 CIP Footing • 4000 psi, ¾” maximum size aggregate • Air – 6% +- 1 air • Water/Cement = .45 Structural Steel All Structural Steel components shall conform to the following ASTM designations: Bolts ASTM A307, Grade A Anchor Bolts ASTM F1554, Grade 36 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing Steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 51 Foundation Base The Contractor shall use a wall forming system, internally or externally supported, that provides a smooth architectural finish with no visible joints, grain patterns, air holes and forming patterns visible (including snap tie patches). Sculptures Sculptures shall be aluminum grade 6061-T6. Aluminum components shall conform to ASTM B209. Sculptures 1 and 2 shall be water jet or laser-cut architectural aluminum panels. Aluminum components shall conform to ASTM B209. Fittings and fasteners shall be compatible with parts being joined. Do not use materials that will be corrosive or incompatible with the materials being fastened; do not utilize pop rivets, sheet metal screws, adhesives or cast fittings. Provide materials free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in the finish installation. Anti-graffiti coating shall be applied on all exposed metal surfaces. Anti-graffiti coating shall be a single component, polyurethane-based, non-sacrificial, clear coating, easy to clean, highly resistant to weather and corrosion, excellent flow and suitable for exterior applications. Test results for anti-graffiti coating shall be the following: • Specific Gravity: 1.2-1.6 g/cm3 depending on pigmentation per ASTM D792 • Film Thickness: 2.5-3.5 mils • Gloss: 80-95 per ASTM 523 at 60° angle. • Cross cut tape test: 5B per ASTM D3359 Method B • Mandrel bending test: ≤1/8 inches (3 mm) per ASTM D522 • Impact Test 80 in/lb: No appearance of cracks down to the substrate per ASTM D2794 • Pencil hardness: 4H minimum per ASTM D3363 • Humidity resistance 500 hours: Maximum undercutting 1/32 inches (1 mm). No blistering. Per ASTM D2247 • Salt spray resistance 500 hours: Maximum undercutting 1/32 inches (1 mm) per ASTM B117 8-36.3 Construction Requirements At Contractor’s request, the Engineer will provide electronic graphic files for sculpture art line work pattern layout. Submittal Contractor shall submit 24”x24” finish sample of sculpture with art cutout pattern for Engineer’s approval prior to fabrication. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 52 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for construction of Gateway Feature including Foundation, Sculptures 1 and 2, including fabricated accessory, showing material, thickness, dimensions, cutouts and penetrations, finish, adhesive anchors, fasteners, weep hole locations, cutout (layout/orientation shown) applicable product manufacturer information, and other information necessary to describe work to be provided. Submit proposed anchors with an ICC-ES or IAPMO UES report valid for the 2018 IBC and documentation showing that the alternate products provide equivalent capacity for all conditions in this project. Submitted ICC-ES and IAPMO UES reports shall demonstrate that the anchors are suitable for use in cracked or uncracked concrete. Where anchors resist seismic loads, submitted ICC-ES and IAPMO UES report shall demonstrate that the anchors are suitable for the resistance of seismic loads. Documentation of the capacity for alternate products must be included as a deferred submittal. Shop drawings shall be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. Gateway Feature (Sculptures 1 and 2) shall require 10 to 12 weeks lead time upon approval of shop drawings. Fabrication Sculptures shall be constructed from sheet goods to conform pattern and sizing, no breaks or bending for strength shall be allowed. If otherwise, please provide in shop drawing submittal. Sculpture 1 and 2 shall be water jet or laser cut. All other metal cutting methods shall be approved by the Engineer. Complete fabrication before applying paint finishes. All edges of the sculpture shall be sanded to a smooth round edge, with no sharp edges, burrs, catches, or weak points to jeopardize the integrity of the art pattern. Sculpture metal parts shall be finished at the factory. There shall be cutting, drilling or welding of plates on job site unless required by Engineer’s approved shop drawings. All metals shall be non-conductive and/or insulated when joining non- compatible material. Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by isolating dissimilar materials from each other. Fittings and fasteners shall be compatible with parts being joined. Do not use materials that will be corrosive or incompatible with the materials being fastened; do not utilize pop rivets, sheet metal screws, adhesives or cast fittings. Bolts, washers and nuts shall be stainless steel. All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and AWS standards and shall be performed by WABO-certified welders. Welds shall meet KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 53 Section 6-03.3(25) of the Standard Specifications. Welds shall be ground smooth, clean and free of burrs. Do not allow unsupported edges, if required, Contractor shall show detail on how to support those loads and meet code. Loads on fasteners shall not exceed 25 percent of average ultimate strength. Contractor shall field verify all locations of Sculptures 1 and 2 and Foundation, Linear Uplighting, and Linear Uplighting footings with Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Provide concrete foundations as shown on the Plans. Any damage due to the Contractor’s negligence before the end of the project shall be replaced by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. Provide coordination with sculpture 1 and 2, linear uplighting installation/wiring and all foundations installation. Provide post-installed anchors as specified in the Plans. Anchor embedment depths per Plans shall be considered effective embedment depths as defined in the ICC-ES or IAPMO UES evaluation reports. Provide anchor length and hole per evaluation reports to accommodate the effective embedment specified in the Plans. Mechanical and adhesive anchors shall be zinc plated carbon steel unless noted otherwise. Mechanical and adhesive anchors exposed to weather shall be stainless steel type 316. Use of alternate products, or of post-installed anchors at locations not shown in the plans, is subject to the approval of the Engineer. Adhesives shall not be installed prior to the concrete reaching an age of 21 days as required by ACI 318. Qualifications Gateway Feature shall be fabricated in a shop with a minimum of five (5) years-experience creating similar custom architecturally visible structures and metal fabrications. The following fabricators, or approved equals, are qualified for this type of work: Creo-Industrial Arts Contact Person: Dana Grange Phone Number: (425) 775-7444 8329 216th Street SE, Woodinville, WA 98072 Triton Sign & Design Contact Person: Kelly Garrett KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 54 Phone Number: (206) 550-5837 Tube Art Group Contact Person: Wade Brown Phone Number: (206) 264-2956 11715 SE 5th Street, Bellevue, WA 98005 Inspection Special inspection per IBC Chapter 17 shall be performed by an approved testing agency. All prepared soil-bearing surfaces shall be inspected by the geotechnical engineer prior to placement of reinforcing steels. Soils compaction shall be supervised by an approved testing agency or geotechnical engineer. Soils Earthwork material, backfill, compaction shall be in accordance with International Building Code (IBC) requirements. See Table 1806.2 for assumed bearing values for clay. Contractor shall verify that existing soils are capable of providing adequate load bearing, and shall notify the Engineer if inadequate soils are present. All topsoil organics are KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 8 PAGE 55 loose surface soil shall be removed from beneath fill supporting concrete slabs or paving. 8-36.4 Measurement No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum bid item “Gateway Feature”. 8-36.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when they are included in the Proposal: The lump sum contract price for “Gateway Feature” constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install the sculptures 1 thru 2 and foundation as shown on the plans. It also includes all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary for excavation and haul of exiting materials, placement of crushed surfacing aggregate 1/4 inch minus, crushed surfacing base course, removing existing lawn, installing topsoil, wood chip mulch, and gateway plantings. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 1 DIVISION 9 – MATERIALS 9-03 AGGREGATES 9-03.12 Gravel Backfill SECTION 9-03.12(3) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE GRAVEL SPECIFICATION AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding Pipe bedding shall be 5/8 inch minus crushed rock. Pea gravel is not allowed. All material shall conform with the following gradation: Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/4 Inch 100% 5/8 Inch 95 - 100% 1/4 Inch 45 - 65% US No. 40 6 - 18% US No. 200 7.5 max. % % Fracture 75 min. Sand Equivalent 40 min. L.A. wear 500 rev. 35 percent max., degradation 25 percent min. Free from wood waste, bark and other deleterious material. 9-03.14 Borrow SECTION 9-03.14(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow Gravel Borrow material shall consist of pit-run granular material conforming to the following gradation: Sieve Size Percent Passing 3 Inch* 100 3/4 Inch 65 - 100 U.S. No. 4 25 - 70 U.S. No. 10 10 - 50 U.S. No. 40 0- 30 U.S. No. 200 0 - 5 Sand equivalent 50 min. The maximum passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve is limited to five percent (5%) based on the minus #4 inch fraction. Sieve analysis shall be used to verify that this requirement is met. Recycled materials such as broken concrete or asphalt, shall not be allowed unless specifically authorized in advance by the Engineer. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 2 Where additional materials are required to formulate the street sub-base to the cross section denoted in the plans, said additional material shall be Gravel Borrow. * The maximum size of stone for geosynthetic reinforced walls or slopes shall be 100 percent passing 1-1/4 inch square sieve and 90 to 100 percent passing 1 inch square sieve. All other sieve values continue to apply. SECTION 9-03.17 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 9-03.17 Foundation Material Class I and Class II Foundation Material Class I and Class II shall be used to replace unsuitable material removed from unstable pipe trench bottoms. Foundation Material Class I and Class II shall conform to the following gradations: Percent Passing Sieve Size Class I Class II 6” square 100 --- 4” square --- 100 2” square 0 65-85 1” square --- 40-70 1/4” square --- 20 max All percentages are by weight. In addition, all rock shall be sound, angular ledge rock or recycled cement concrete pavement meeting the following specifications. Suppliers of recycled cement concrete products shall have a quality assurance program reviewed and approved by the City. Each rock or piece of recycled cement concrete pavement shall have at least two fractured faces. Adsorption 3% max (Corps of Engineers CRD-C-107) Accelerated Expansion (15) days 15% max Soundness 5% max loss Density (solid volume) 155 pcf min Specific Gravity 2.48 min 9-03.21 Recycled Material KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 3 SECTION 9-03.21(1)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-03.21(1)D Recycled Steel Furnace Slag Steel Furnace Slag shall not be used for any purposes. 9-13 RIPRAP, QUARRY SPALLS, SLOPE PROTECTION, AND ROCK FOR EROSION AND SCOUR PROTECTION AND ROCK WALLS SECTION 9-13 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 9-13.8 Rock for Ditches Rocks for ditches shall meet the following requirements for grading: Sieve Size Percent Passing 12” 95 to 100 6” 40 to 60 3” 10 to 20 3/4” 0 to 5 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9-14.2 Topsoil SECTION 9-14.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A Topsoil Type A (Compost Amended Planting Soil) shall consist of 50 – 67% sand and/or sandy loam and 33 – 50% composted organic material by volume. Total organic matter shall be at least 5% by dry weight for areas where turf will be installed, and at least 10% by dry weight for all other landscape areas. Organic matter shall be determined by Loss-on-Ignition test. Acceptable tests include the most current version of ASTM D2974 “Test Methods for Moisture, Ash, and Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic Soils,” and TMECC 05.07A “Loss-On- Ignition Organic Matter Method.” Compost-Amended Planting soil shall not contain any viable seeds or roots capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weed, or invasive root-propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, ivy, clematis, knotweed, Scot’s broom, reed canary grass, Himalayan blackberry, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. A. The soil shall meet the following requirements. 1. The mixed soil shall meet the following gradation: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 4 Screen Size * Percent Passing 2 inch 100 1 inch 99-100 5/8” 90 – 100 1/4" 75-100 *Maximum particle length of 6 inches B. Shall have a pH range between 5.5 and 8.5. The pH shall be determined by soil test. C. Organic material shall consist of composted yard debris or organic waste material composted for a minimum of 3 months. Compost shall consist of 100% recycled content and meet all requirements for compost in Section 9- 14.5(8) of the Standard Specifications. D. Submit a certified laboratory analysis from an accredited soils testing laboratory indicating the Material source and compliance with all planting soil and compost specifications to the Engineer or project Ecologist for approval no less than seven (7) days before delivery to the Project Site. The analysis shall be with a sample size of no less than 2 pounds. E. Site specific soil testing (after placement of material) may be required for projects requiring more than 50 cubic yards of compost-amended planting soil A Contractor provided accredited laboratory approved by the Engineer shall make recommendations for amendments required for optimum growth at no cost to the owner. The Contractor will be allowed five (5) Working Days to complete the testing from the time of written notice given by the Engineer. F. A sample of the compost amended planting soil shall be provided to the Engineer or project Ecologist in a 1-gallon re-closable bag at least seven (7) days prior to application. SECTION 9-14.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 9-14.2(4) Sandy Loam Sandy loam shall consist of soil having a maximum clay content of ten percent by weight. In addition, soil particles shall meet the following requirements for grading: Passing 1 inch sieve (square opening) .......... 100% Passing 1 mm sieve .................................. 80% minimum Passing 0.15 mm sieve .............................. 15% maximum KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 5 SECTION 9-14.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.3 Seed Hydroseed: Seed shall be “Blue Tag” or certified quality. The Contractor shall deliver in unopened containers with mixture seed content and inert material content plainly marked on the outside of the container. Grasses used shall meet the following specifications: Mix B (Landscaped Area Grass): Weight Proportion Seed Mix “B” Ingredient Min.% Pure Seed Min. % Germination Max. % Weed Seed 15% Creeping Red Fescue 95% 90% 0.5% 10% Chewings Fescue 95% 90% 0.5% 40% Perennial Ryegrass 95% 90% 0.5% 20% Alta Tall Fescue 95% 90% 0.5% 15% Annual Ryegrass 95% 90% 0.5% The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the manufacturer's Certificate of Conformance for seed. A complete analysis of the seed shall be submitted to the City for approval including percent of pure seed, germination, other crop seed, inert and weed and the germination test date. The City reserves the right to reject any or all plant material at any time until final inspection or acceptance. The Contractor shall remove rejected plants immediately from site. The Contractor shall produce upon request sales receipt for all nursery stock and certificates of inspection. SECTION 9-14.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.4 Fertilizer Fertilizer for trees: Fertilizer shall consist of slow-release commercial fertilizer (6- 10-8). Fertilizer for upland seeded areas: Lilly Miller or approved equal to provide the following nutrients: All areas which are seeded shall receive fertilizer of the following proportions and formulation: Total available Nitrogen .................. 16% of weight (of which 50% is derived from ureaform) Total available Phosphorous ............ 16% of weight Total available Potassium ............... 16% of weight KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 6 Fertilizer for wetland seeded areas: All areas which are seeded in wetlands or in detention ponds shall receive fertilizer of the following proportions and formulation: Total available nitrogen ........... 21% (Analyzed as N) Available phosphorous ............. 0% (Analyzed as P205) Available potassium ................ 10% (Analyzed as K20) Above percentages are proportioned by weight. The Contractor shall deliver fertilizer to the site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's chemical analysis, name, trade name, trade mark, and indication of conformance to state and federal laws. Instead of containers, fertilizer may be furnished in bulk with certificate indicating the above information. 9-14.5 Mulch and Amendments SECTION 9-14.5(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Wood Chip Mulch shall be medium grade composted ground fir or hemlock bark. The mulch shall be uniform in color, free from weed seeds, sawdust and splinters. The mulch shall not contain resin, tannin, wood fiber or other compounds detrimental to plant life. The moisture content of bagged mulch shall not exceed 22%. The acceptable size range of bark mulch material is ½” to 1” with maximum of 20% passing the ½” screen. SECTION 9-14.5(8) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.5(8) Compost Compost shall not contain any sawdust, straw, green or under-composed organic matter, under-sterilized manure or toxic or otherwise harmful materials. SECTION 9-14.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 9-14.5(10) Wood Cellulose Fiber Wood cellulose mulch shall be specially processed 100 percent virgin wood fiber containing no growth or germination-inhibiting ingredients. It shall be manufactured in such a manner that after addition and agitation in slurry tanks with water, the fibers in the material will become uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. When hydraulically sprayed on the ground, the material shall allow the absorption and percolation of moisture. KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 7 Wood cellulose fiber shall be Weyerhaeuser Silva-Fiber Plus w/Tackifier or approved equal. Organic matter content shall be at least 93 percent on an oven-dry basis as determined by ASTM D 586. The moisture content shall be no more than 15 percent as determined by oven dried weight. Each package of the cellulose fiber shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the dried weight content. 9-14.7 Plant Materials 9-14.7(2) Quality SECTION 9-14.7(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Plant material shall be free from disfiguring knots, swollen grafts, sunscald injuries, bark abrasions, evidence of improper pruning or other objectionable disfigurement. Potted and container stock shall be well rooted and vigorous enough to ensure survival and healthy growth. Shrubs shall have full foliage (not leggy). Container stock shall be grown in its delivery container for not less than six (6) months, but not for more than two (2) years. Root bound or broken containers will not be accepted. Bare root, liner and root stock with dried or shriveled roots from exposure will not be accepted. Single-stem deciduous trees shall meet WSDOT Standard “Street Tree Grade” and will be provided with untapped, straight, single leaders, and shall be free of branches to minimum six (6) feet above ground line. Trees shall have full crowns and balanced branching. Measurements, caliper, branching, grading, quality, balling and burlapping shall follow the Code of Standards of the American Associate of Nurserymen in the American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI 260.1, latest edition. Measurements shall be taken with all branches in their normal growing position. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery to site. SECTION 9-14.7(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-14.7(3) Handling and Shipping All plant material shall be transported to planting locations with care to prevent damage. Tie back branches as necessary and protect bark from chafing with burlap bags. Do not drag plant materials along ground without proper protection of roots and branches. Protect rootballs from environmental or mechanical damage and water as necessary to keep roots moist. 9-14.8 Stakes, Guys, and Wrapping SECTION 9-14.8 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 9-14.8(1) Tree Ties KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 8 Tree ties shall be patent “Tre-Ties” sufficient in size and number to adequately support the trees as determined by Quentin Poil, Nursery Supervisor at 253-856- 5127. 9-15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 9-15.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.1 Pipe, Tubing and Fittings All pipe and tubing shall be PVC or approved equal. All sleeving shall be Sch. 40 PVC, except as specified for roadway crossings, in 8-03.3(3) Piping of these Special Provisions. Risers for quick coupling valves: " Lasco swing joint kit G132100 (MIPT inlet x MIPT outlet) or approved equal, rated for 315 psi minimum with Schedule 80 PVC lay length nipple. Length of nipple determined by depth of mainline pipe and 45 degree angle setting. Risers for Rainbird 1800 shall be SA Series 6”,12”,or 18” depending on spacing from lateral to head inlet 9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe And Fittings PVC pipe shall be Schedule 40 PVC pipe for the main, laterals and sleeves. All fittings shall be Sch 80 PVC, unless otherwise specified on the plans and in these Special Provisions. SECTION 9-15.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.4 Irrigation Heads Irrigation heads shall be: Rainbird: Rainbird 5004 plus, Rainbird 6504, Rainbird 1800 SAM. Van, MPR , and strip series nozzles. Hunter: PGP Ultra-04, I-20-04-SS, I-25-04-SS, MP Rotator nozzles: MP1000, MP2000, MP3000, MP strips. MP Rotator nozzles will be installed on 1800 SAM. Sprinkler heads are called out on the Drawing Legend. SECTION 9-15.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 9 9-15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves Automatic Valve Boxes: NDS Standard Valve Box Rectangle 14 in. x 19 in. x 12 in. Green Box/Green Lid Overlapping ICV Box needs to be large enough to fit both unions inside the valve box. Provide extension NDS Standard Valve Box Extension Body (only) Rectangle 14 in. x 19 in. x 6 in. Green with each valve box. Quick coupling valve boxes: CarsonBrooks, green plastic, marked "Irrigation”, 91012 with 9103B bolt down cover, 10" diameter circular box or approved equal. Mainline gate valve boxes: CarsonBrooks, green plastic, marked "Irrigation", Model 1220-12 with 1220-4B boltdown T cover, marked “irrigation” or approved equal with 6" diameter PVC sleeve below per detail. SECTION 9-15.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.6 Shut Off Valves Gate Valve: Class 150 brass or bronze body with cross handle in 10" diameter valve box with 6” diameter PVC sleeve. Valve size to match size of mainline or service line. Provide Owner with one 30" valve-operating key formed to fit the crosshandle gate valves. Stem stock shall be 1/2" minimum. Quality equal to Nibco T-133 Ball Valves: brass or bronze body with steel plated handle for use in automatic control valve boxes. Valve size to match size of automatic control valve. Quality equal to Nibco. T-FP-600. SECTION 9-15.7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves Automatic Valves: Rain Bird PESB Plastic Industrial Scrubber Valve with Flow Control FIPT x FIPT 24 VAC. Provide unions on both sides of valves. Install isolation gate valve on mainline immediately prior to union. If the isolation valve, unions, and automatic valve will not fit in the automatic valve box; then install isolation valve upstream of automatic valve in a separate Carson- Brooks round valve box SECTION 9-15.8 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 10 9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment Quick Coupling Valves: Buckner QB5LRC10 1”, One piece, Double slot, brass, yellow rubber cover. Provide two Buckner QB55K10 quick coupler keys, two Buckner QHS1010 I" mpt x I" hose swivel ells, and two locktop cover keys. SECTION 9-15.17 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.17 Electrical Wire And Splices Control wires for valves: Insulated, single strand copper designed for 2450 volts and shall be U.L. listed as UF (Underground Feeder). U.L. UF designations shall be clearly marked or embossed on the insulation jacket of the wire. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B3 specifications. Conductors shall be #14 AWG or larger as required. Colors required include red for hot side, white for common and a yellow for auxiliary wire. Tracer Wire: #12 bare copper locator wire. U.L. approved as UF, ASTM B3 rated for all below grade piping. When using 2-wire system provide minimum ¾” conduit to run the 2-wire wiring from controller to each valve. Electrical splices for valve control wire: 3M DBY or DBR, no substitutions. Allweather type electrical tape shall be black plastic, 3/4 inch wide and a minimum of 0.007 inches thick. Conduit fittings for steel conduit shall be coated with galvanizing repair paint in the same manner as conduit couplings. Electroplated fittings are not allowed. Steel conduit entering concrete shall be wrapped in 2-inch-wide pipe wrap tape with a minimum 1-inch overlap for 12 inches on each side of the concrete face. Pipe wrap tape shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Galvanizing repair paint requirements for conduit couplings shall also apply to end bushings. SECTION 9-15.18 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape Underground marking tape shall be a (2", 3", 4", 6", or 12" width, depending on pipe depth), detectable marking tape, with a minimum 5.0 mil overall thickness. Tape shall be manufactured using a 0.8 mil clear virgin polypropylene film, reverse printed and laminated to a 0.35 mil solid aluminum foil core, and then laminated to KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 11 a 3.75 mil clear virgin polyethylene film. Tape shall be printed using a diagonally striped design for maximum visibility, and meet the APWA Color-Code standard for identification of buried utilities. 9-16 FENCE AND GUARDRAIL 9-16.1 Chain Link Fence and Gates SECTION 9-16.1(1)B IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 9-16.1(1)B Chain Link Fence Fabric Chain link fabric shall consist of 9 gage wire (0.148-inch diameter) for all fences unless specified otherwise. The fabric wire shall be: Galvanized steel wire conforming to ASTM A 392. Galvanizing shall be Class I performed by the hot dip process. The wire shall be woven into approximately 2-inch diamond mesh. The width and top and bottom finish of the fabric shall be as shown in the plans. 9-28 SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION SECTION 9-28.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-28.1 General All signs shall be reflectorized except for City Project Signs. ALL PERMANENT SIGNS, EXCEPT “NO PARKING ANYTIME” SIGNS SHALL HAVE VIP SIGNS AND CLASS A TEMPORARY DIAMOND GRADE RETRO-REFLECTORIZED SHEETING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE PLANS. “NO PARKING ANYTIME” signs shall have engineer grade retro-reflectorized sheeting. 9-28.14 Sign Support Structures 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts SECTION 9-28.14(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Truss chords, struts, and diagonals, end posts, and end post struts and diagonals for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S. The nominal pipe diameter and the pipe wall thickness shall be as specified in the plans or Standard Plans. All other structural steel for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 12 conform to ASTM A 36. Truss member connection hardware shall conform to Section 9-06.5(3). Pipe members for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S, and shall be Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified. All other structural steel for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 36. U bolts, and associated nuts and washers, shall be stainless steel conforming to Section 9-28.11, and shall be fabricated hot. Anchor rods, nuts and washers for sign bridge structure foundations shall conform to Section 9-06.5(4). Anchor rods for cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to ASTM F 1554 Grade 104, including the appropriate supplemental requirements for grade and manufacturer’s identification, and charpy impact testing (15 foot-pounds minimum at 40F). Nuts and washers for cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to AASHTO M 291 Grade DH and AASHTO M 293, respectively. Anchor rods for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall be galvanized after fabrication a minimum of 1’-0” at the exposed end in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Anchor rod templates shall conform to ASTM A 36, but need not be galvanized. Steel sign structures and posts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 111, unless noted otherwise in the plans. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Unless otherwise specified in the plans or Kent Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted. Minor fabricating and modifications necessary for galvanizing will be allowed if not detrimental to the end product as determined by the Engineer. If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval six copies of the proposed modifications, prior to fabrication. 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct SECTION 9-29.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all conduits for street lighting, traffic signals and traffic signal interconnect cables for projects within the city limits of Kent shall be Schedule 80 PVC conduit, minimum size 2 inches. 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes SECTION 9-29.2(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame anchored in place and galvanized steel cover plate (Diamond pattern). Grounding lugs shall be stainless steel and shall be mechanically and electrically bonded. Junction KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 13 boxes for copper wire shall incorporate a locking lid per WSDOT Standard Plan J- 40.10. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards 9-29.6(6) Pedestrian Light Standards SECTION 9-29.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: Pedestrian luminaire pole shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 6-87 (Manufactured by Lumec, model number APR4F or approved equal). Pole shaft shall be 12 feet tall and shall be constructed of seamless extruded tube of 6061- T6 aluminum of 1.125” wall thickness and shall be full-length heat treated after welding on the base flange to T-6 temper. The shaft shall be free of longitudinal welds. The pole shall have 2” x 4 1/2” handhole centered 20” from the bottom of the anchor plate, complete with a weatherproof aluminum cover and copper ground lug. The pole base cover shall be round two-piece cover made from cast 365 aluminum, mechanically fastened with stainless steel screws. Paint: Refer to these Special Provisions, Section 6-07. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires SECTION 9-29.10(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Decorative pedestrian luminaire shall be acorn style fixture per City of Kent Standard Plan 6-87 (Manufactured by Lumec, model number S56C1, LED 35W, Type III, 3000K, 240V or approved equal) with a mechanically assembled aluminum finial. Hood shall be one-piece seamless pressure-molded impact resistant acrylic globe with decorative ring. The door mechanism shall offer tool- free access to the inside of the luminaire. Optical system shall IES Type III (asymmetrical). Paint: Refer to these Special Provisions, Section 6-07. 9-29.10(3) Accent Bollard Lighting and Linear Uplighting SECTION 9-29.10(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: All Accent Bollard Lighting shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor and shall be per City of Kent Standard Plan 7-28. Accent bollard lighting shall be illuminated "Light Column Series 500" Model lblco-504 with 360° perforated shield, UL listed, by Forms+Surfaces, or approved equal. LED shall be 17W custom light engine and white 3000K color rating. Finish shall be RAL 9007 "grey aluminum" metallic powder coating with anti-graffiti properties. Manufacturer embed mount shall be plumb and installed per manufacturer’s instructions. Paint: Refer to Special Provisions Section 6-07 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 14 If the City elects to award Schedule B then the following work will be included: Linear Uplighting for Gateway Feature shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Linear uplighting shall be illuminated “ColorGraze IntelliHue Powercore 100 to 277 VAC” with 60° x 30° beam angles, 1219 mm length in aluminum finish. LED shall be 74W custom light engine and white 3000K color rating. Manufacturer hinge mount shall be plumb and installed per manufacturer’s instructions. Paint: Refer to these Special Provisions, Section 6-07. Accent bollard lighting and linear uplighting shall be controlled by existing electrical service cabinet photocell and contactors. 9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials 9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices SECTION 9-29.12(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: Below grade splices and taps for pedestrian luminaire circuits shall be made with solderless crimp connectors to securely join the wires both mechanically and electrically. They shall employ the following moisture-blocking insulation. ScotchTM 2200/2210 Vinyl Mastic products, followed by an overwrap with a minimum of two half-lapped layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape, and a final layer of consistently- applied ScotchkoteTM 054007-14853 Electrical Coating. Pole base hand hole wiring, fuses and disconnects shall be per WSDOT Standard Details J-28.70. 9-29.12(3) Accent Bollard Lighting Circuit Splices SECTION 9-29.12(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: Below grade splices accent bollard lighting circuits shall be combination fused/pin disconnect kit model SEC 1791-FP for 120V system or approved equal. The kit shall enable conductors to be removed or re-installed. 9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SECTION 9-30.6(7) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 9-30.6(7) Meter Boxes Meter box requirements vary with respect to water meter size and location of the meter box. Meter boxes shall be as follows: Meter Box Meter Size Location Type 3/4 inch 1Planters Carson 1220-12 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 9 PAGE 15 Sidewalks, driveways, pavements or adjacent to vehicle turning areas Olympic Foundry #SM29 Meter Box Meter Size Location Type 1 inch 1Planters Carson 1220-12 Sidewalks, driveways, pavements or adjacent to vehicle turning areas Olympic Foundry #SM30 1 1/2 inch to 2 inch 1Planters Carson 1730-15 Sidewalks, driveways, pavements or adjacent to vehicle turning areas Olympic Foundry #SM30 3 inch and larger Concrete vaults per Kent Standard Plan 3- 12 1 All plastic boxes shall be constructed of black polyethylene. Irrigation Box DCVA or PRV Size Type 3/4 inch to 1 inch and all PRV’s Carson 1324-15G Green solid lid 1324-2L Extension Boxes - 6 inch Carson 1324B-1L 1 1/4 inch to 2 inch Carson 1730C-1B for 15 inch high Carson 1730D-1B for 18 inch high Green solid lid 1730-P2L KENT STANDARD PLANS WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 1 KENT STANDARD PLANS The Kent Standard Plans supplement all other plans which have been prepared for this project, and are considered to be a part of the project plans. The Kent Standard Plans can be obtained online at Standard Plans | City of Kent (kentwa.gov) (https://www.kentwa.gov/city-hall/public- works/construction-projects-and-project-design/kent-design-construction-standards-manual/standard-plans). WATER 3-1 Standard Fire Hydrant 3-2 Temporary Hydrant Connections 3-3 Guard Post 3-4 Valve Marker Post 3-5 Connection to Concrete Cylinder Main (4” to 12”) 3-6 2” Connection to Concrete Cylinder Main 3-7 Valve Box and Operating Nut Extender 3-8 Not used 3-9a Concrete Blocking (sheet 1 of 2) 3-9b Concrete Blocking (sheet 2 of 2) 3-10 Service Connection 1” Service 3-11 Service Connection 1 ½” and 2” Service 3-12a Compound Water Meter with By-Pass (sheet 1 of 2) 3-12b Compound Water Meter with By-Pass (sheet 2 of 2) 3-13 New or Retrofit Pressure Reducing Valve with Box for ¾”, 1”, 1-1/2”, or 2” Service Lines 3-14a Premises Isolation Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly Less Than 3” Diameter 3-14b Premises Isolation Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly 3” Diameter and Larger 3-15 Irrigation Service Installation 3-16 Single-Family Residential Domestic Waterline/Fireline 3-17 Multi-Family Residential Domestic Waterline/Fireline Up to 2” Demand Size 3-18a Double Check Detector Assembly Above Ground (Demand Greater than 2”) (sheet 1 of 5) 3-17b Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault (Demand Greater than 2”) (sheet 2 of 5) KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 2 3-18c Double Check Detector Assembly Inside Building (Demand Greater than 2”) (sheet 3 of 5) 3-18d Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault Parts List (sheet 4 of 5) 3-18e Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault notes (sheet 5 of 5) 3-19 Standard 6” Blowoff Assembly 3-20 2”, 4” and 6” Combination Air/Vacuum Valve and Vault 3-21 Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assemblies 3-22 Typical Water Main Trench 3-23 Combination Air Valve and Enclosure 3-24 Water Main Crossing Other Utilities 3-25 Water Pipe Encasement Requirements 3-26 Sampling Station SEWER 4-1 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Type 1 48” & 54” 4-2 Special Shallow Manhole 4-3 Not used 4-4 Private Sanitary Sewer Manhole Cover 4-5 Manhole Grade Ring, Safety Steps & Ladder 4-6 Ductile Iron Drop Connection 4-7 6” Cleanout 4-8 Side Sewer Stub Connection 4-9 Residential Side Sewer Connection 4-10 Low Pressure Grinder Pump 4-11 1,500 Gallon Grease Interceptor 4-12 Inside Drop Sanitary Sewer Manhole 4-13 Adjustment of New and Existing Utility Structures to Finish Grade 4-14 Deflected Water Main installation for Gravity Sewer Only STORM 5-1 Catch Basin Type I 5-2 Catch Basin Type II 5-3 Misc. Details for Drainage Structures 5-4 20”x24” Catch Basin Frame 5-5 20”x24” Vaned Grate KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 3 5-6 20”x24” Bi-Directional Vaned Grate 5-7a Through–Curb Inlet Frame 5-7b Through-Curb Inlet Installation 5-8 18”x24” Solid Catch Basin Cover 5-9 20”x24” Solid Catch Basin Cover 5-10 Not used 5-11 Private Round Catch Basin Cover 5-12 15”x22” Rolled Curb Frame and Grate 5-13 Beehive Grate 5-14 20”x24” Rectangle Beehive Grate and Catch Basin Frame 5-15 Debris Cage 5-16 Extended Debris Cage 5-17 Catch Basin with Oil/Water Separator 5-18 Not used 5-19 Beveled End Pipe Section 5-20 Trash Screen 5-21a Shear Gate (sheet 1 of 2) 5-21b Shear Gate (sheet 2 of 2) 5-22 Chain Link Fence, Type I for Ponds Only 5-23 Driveway and Walk Gate for Ponds Only 5-24 Tree Planting 5-25 Shrub Planting 5-26 Trench Infiltration System 5-27 Flow Spreader Option Catch Basin with Beehive Grate 5-28 Critical Area Sign 5-29 Split Rail Fence 5-30 Sample TESC Site Plan 1 Acre and Smaller 5-31 Filter Fabric Fence 5-32 TESC Sediment Trap Earth Berm 5-33 TESC Interceptor Ditch with Rock Check Dams 5-34 TESC Pipe Slope Drain 5-35 Temporary Stockpiling 5-36 Pond Illustration 5-37 Storm Drain Markers KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 4 5-38 Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 1 5-39a Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 2 (sheet 1 of 2) 5-39b Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 2 (sheet 2 of 2) 6-40 Stormwater Pond Sign STREET 6-1 Intersection Geometry Reference 6-2 Principal Arterial Street 7 Lane Section 6-3 Principal Arterial 5 Lane Section and Minor Arterial Street 6-4 Industrial Collector Arterial Street 6-5 Residential Collector Arterial Street 6-6 Residential Collector 6-7 Industrial / Commercial Local Street 6-8 Downtown Overlay – Minor Arterial Street 6-8a Downtown Overlay District Boundary Map 6-9 Downtown Overlay Residential Collector Arterial Street 6-10 Downtown Overlay Industrial/Commercial Local Street 6-10b Naden Avenue from Meeker Street to Willis Street 6-11 Residential - Parking One Side Local Street 6-12 Residential - Parking Both Sides Local Street 6-13 Public Residential Half-Street 6-14 Alley 6-15 Private Street 6-16 Porous Pavement Cross-Section 6-17 Street Median 6-18 Standard Cul-de-Sac Bulb on Residential Street 6-19 Urban Eyebrow on Residential Street 6-20 Typical Elbow on Residential Street 6-21 Standard Hammerhead Private Street Only 6-22 Temporary Cul-de-Sac 6-23 Intersection Landing 6-24a Traffic Calming Traffic Circle (sheet 1 of 2) 6-24b Traffic Calming Traffic Circle (sheet 2 of 2) 6-25 Traffic Calming Gateways 6-26 Traffic Calming Residential Intersection Neckdowns KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 5 6-27 Traffic Calming Arterial/Residential Intersection Neckdowns 6-28 Traffic Calming Chokers 6-29a Traffic Calming Speed Cushion (sheet 1 of 2) 6-29b Traffic Calming Speed Cushion (sheet 2 of 2) 6-30 Traffic Calming Raised Intersection 6-31 Bike Route 6-32 Trail 6-33 Cement Concrete Curbs 6-34 Curb and Sidewalk Joint Example 6-35 Expansion and Contraction/Control Joints 6-36 Downtown Sidewalk 6-37 Downtown Overlay District Crosswalk 6-38 Curb Ramp Locations 6-39 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Transition to Asphalt Shoulder 6-40 Sidewalk Thickened Edge and Raised Back of Sidewalk 6-41a Pedestrian Railing (sheet 1 of 3) 6-41b Pedestrian Railing Notes (sheet 2 of 3) 6-41c Pedestrian Railing Base Plate Details (sheet 3 of 3) 6-42 Residential Cement Concrete Driveway Approach 6-43 Commercial Cement Concrete Driveway Approach 6-44 Industrial Cement Concrete Driveway Approach Depressed Sidewalk 6-45 Alternate Driveway or Private Road Approach 6-46 Private Street Approach Serving 9 Lots or Less 6-47 Joint Use Driveway Tract 6-48 Driveway Slope 6-49 Example Site Plan 6-50 Clear Zones 6-51 Clearance of Roadside Obstacles for Utilities on Existing Shoulder Type Road 6-52 Intersection/Driveway Sight Triangle 6-53 Pedestrian Sight Lines 6-54 Street Tree Locations 6-55 Street Tree Planter 6-56 Sidewalk Bollard with Receptacle KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 6 6-57 Site Grading 6-58 Minor Fills Around Trees 6-59 Cuts or Fills Around Trees 6-60 Walls in Cut Section Public ROW 6-61 Walls in Fill Section Public ROW 6-62 Walls Under Sidewalk Public ROW 6-63 Height Measurement for Perimeter Wall Location 6-64 Flexible Pavement Patching Transverse Cut 6-65 Portland Cement Pavement Patching Transverse Cut 6-66 Flexible Pavement Patching Longitudinal Cut 6-67 Portland Cement Pavement Patching Longitudinal Cut 6-68 Not used 6-69 Pavement Restoration for Window Cuts or Pot Holing 6-70a Mailbox Installation Type 1 (sheet 1 of 3) 6-70b Mailbox Installation Type 2 (sheet 2 of 3) 6-70c Mailbox Installation Type 1 and 2 (sheet 3 of 3) 6-71a Roadway Barricades (sheet 1 of 2) 6-71b Roadway Barricades (sheet 2 of 2) 6-72a Standard Monument, Monument Case, Cover and Riser 6-72b Alternate Diameter Monument Case Riser 6-73 Typical RPM Lane Markings 6-74 Typical Lane Markings 6-75 Thermoplastic Crosswalk Markings 6-76 Thermoplastic Arrows, Stop Bars & Only Legend 6-77 Fire Lane Marking 6-78 Railroad Warning Pavement Markings 6-79 Typical Pavement Markings 6-80 Symmetrical Left Turn Pocket Layout 6-81 Left Turn Pocket at End of Two Way Left Turn Lane Layout 6-82a Sign Post Installation Type A 6-82b Sign Post Base Plate Installation Type B 6-83 Street Name Sign Post Installation 6-84 Ground-Mounted Street Name Signs 6-85 Mast Arm Mounted Street Name Sign KENT STANDARD PLANS PAGE 7 6-86 City Light Standard 6-86a Strain Relief Detail 6-87 City Post Top Fixture Light Standard 6-88 Downtown Overlay District Gullwing Fixture Light Standard 6-89a Light Standard Foundation and Junction Box 6-89b Eccentric Light Standard Foundation and Junction Box 6-90 Junction Box and Street Light Wire Runs 6-91 Street Light Trench for Conduit Runs 6-92 Example Street Light Schedule 6-93 Not used 6-94 Not used 6-95 Not used 6-96 Service Cabinet, Concrete Base and One-Line Diagram 6-97 Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Base 6-98 Induction Loop Details 6-99 Induction Loop Installation Notes 6-100 Induction Loop Placement 6-101 Turning Template AASHTO Type P Vehicle 6-102 Turning Template AASHTO Type SU Vehicle 6-103 Turning Template AASHTO Type BUS-40 Vehicle 6-104 Turning Template AASHTO Type WB-62 Vehicle STORMWATER PERMIT WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE STATE OF WASH]NCTON DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOCY PO Box 47600 c Olympia, WA 98504-7600 o 360-407-6000 7ll for Washingtott Relay Service c Persons with a speech dkability can call 877-833-6341 June 3,2020 Paul Kuehne City of Kent 220 4th Ave S Kent, WA 98032 RE: Coverage under the Construction Stormwater General Permit Disturbed Acres: w4R309125 Wiltis Street & 4th Ave S Roundabout Willis Street and 4th Ave S Kent County: King 6.9 Dear Paul Kuehne The Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) received your Notice of Intent for coverage under Ecology's Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP). This is your permit coverage letter. Your permit coverage is effective June 3, 2020. Please retain this permit coverage letter as the official record of permit coverage for your site. Ecology has approved use of electronic formats as long as they are easily produced on your construction site. A mobile friendly copy of the CSWGP permit, permit forms, and information related to your permit can be viewed and downloaded at www.ecology.wa.gov/eCoverage-packet. Please contact your Permit Administrator, listed below, if you would like to receive a hard copy of the CSWGP. Please take time to read the entire permit and contact Ecology if you have any questions. Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reports (WQWebDMR) This permit requires that Permittees submit monthly discharge monitoring reports (DMRs) for the full duration of permit coverage (from issuance date to termination). DMRs must be submitted electronically using Ecology's secure online system, WQWebDMR. To sign up for WQWebDMR go to www.ecologlr.wa.gov/webportalhelp. If you have questions, contact the portal staff at (360) 407-7097 (Olympia area), or (800) 633-6l93ioption 3, or email WOWebPo ftal(decv .wa. sov. Permit number: Site Name: Location: Paul Kuehne June 3,2020 Page2 Appeal Process You have a right to appeal coverage under the general permit to the Pollution Control Hearing Board (PCHB). Appeals must be filed within 30 days of the date of receipt of this letter. Any appeal is limited to the general permit's applicability or non-applicability to a specific discharger. The appeal process is governed by chapter 43.218 RCW and chapter 371-08 WAC. "Date of receipt" is defined in RCW 43.218.001(2). For more information regarding your right to appeal, go to https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/SummaryPagesi 17l0007.htmlto view Ecology's Focus Sheet: Appeal of General Permit Coverage. Ecology Field Inspector Assistance If you have questions regarding stormwater management at your construction site, please contact Mathew Kwartin of Ecology's Northwest Regional Office in Bellevue at mathew.kwartin@ec y.wa. gov, or (42 5) 649 -4 484. Questions or Additional Information Ecology is committed to providing assistance. Please review our web page at www.ecology.rrya.qov/constructionstormwaterpermit. If you have questions about the Construction Stormwater General Permit, please contact your Permit Administrator, Kendra Henderson at Kendra.Henderson@ecy.wa.gov, or (360) 407 -6556 Sincerely, Crt/* o- t\^*L Carrie A. Graul On behalf of Section Manager Program Development Services Section Water Quality Program t602 OIry OF KENT DEC 0 3 202a El.lOIl'lEERIl{O DEPIRIII4EiII STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOCY PO Box 47600 . Olympia, WA 98504-760A . 350-407-6000 7l I for Washington Relay Seryice t Persons with a speecfi disahility can call 877-833-6341 November 18,2020 Paul Kuehne City of Kent, Public Works 220 4th Ave S Kent, WA 98032 wAR309125 Willis Street &.4th Ave S Roundabout (41.378r , -t22.231 ) Kent, WA 98032 RE: Reissuance of the Construction Stormwater General Permit ) Dear Mr. Paul Kuehne: On November 18, 2020, the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) reissued the Construction Stormwater National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System and State Waste Discharge General Permit (permit). The permit becomes effective on January I,2021, and expires on December 31, 2025. A mobile-friendly copy of the permit, permit forms, and information related to your permit can be viewed and downloaded at www.ecolog)'.wa.gov/eCoverage-packet. Retain this letter with your permit and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. It is the official record of permit coverage for your site. Permit Overview The new permit has a number of changes. The changes are summarized in the Fact Sheet. You can find more information on Ecology's website at www.ecology. wa. gov/constructionstormwaterpermit. Site Specific Monitoring Requirements Your monitoring requirements may be viewed by logging in to WebDMR and viewing your first DMR. If you believe there is a discrepancy between what the permit requires and the DMR, please contact Ecology immediately: www.ecology.wa.gov/constructionstormwaterpermit#contact. Any additional monitoring requirements, such as those applied through an Administrative Order, will remain in effect. Paul Kuehne November 18,2020 Page 2 Copies of the Permit You may download copies of the final permit, Fact Sheet, Response to Comments, and other supporting documents online at www.ecology.wa.gov/constructionstormwaterpermit.You may also request copies from Dena Jaskar at (360) 407-6401or by email at denajaskar@ecy.wa.gov. Appeal of Permit Coverage You have a right to appeal coverage under the general permit to the Pollution Control Hearings Board (PCHB). Appeals must be filed within 30 days of the date of receipt of this letter. Any appeal is limited to the general permit's applicability or non-applicability to a specific discharge. The appeal process is governed by Chapter 43.218 RCW and Chapter 371-08 WAC. "Date of receipt" is defined in RCW 43.218.001(2). For more information regarding your right to appeal, go to: https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/SummaryPages/1710007.html to view Ecology's Focus Sheet: Appeal of General Permit Coverage. For Additional Information or Assistance Ecology is committed to providing assistance to you. Please review our web page at www.ecology.wa.gov/constructionstormwaterpermit. For questions about transfers, terminations, and other administrative issues, please contact Kendra Henderson at khen46l @ecy.wa.gov. If you have questions regarding stormwater management issues at your site, please contact Mathew Kwartin at mkwa461 @ecy.wa.gov. If you have questions regarding the permit, please contact Noel Tamboer at (360) 701-6l7 | , or noel.tamboer@ ecy.wa. gov. Sincerely, ft6Wh/^ Jeff Killelea Acting Manager Program Development Services Section Water Quality Program GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE Earth Science + Technology Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Geotechnical Report Addendum No. 2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington for KPG April 5, 2021 Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Geotechnical Report Addendum No. 2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington for KPG April 5, 2021 1101 South Fawcett Avenue, Suite 200 Tacoma, Washington 98402 253.383.4940 Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Geotechnical Report Addendum No. 2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington File No. 0410-210-01 April 5, 2021 Prepared for: KPG 3131 Elliot Avenue Suite 400 Seattle, Washington 98121 Attention: Elizabeth Gibson PLA, LEED Prepared by: GeoEngineers, Inc. 1101 South Fawcett Avenue, Suite 200 Tacoma, Washington 98402 253.383.4940 Brett E. Larabee, PE Senior Geotechnical Engineer Lyle J. Stone, PE Associate Geotechnical Engineer 4/5/2021 BEL:LJS:tt Disclaimer: Any electronic form, facsimile or hard copy of the original document (email, text, table, and/or figure), if provided, and any attachments are only a copy of the original document. The original document is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official document of record. April 5, 2021 | Page i File No. 0410-210-01 Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT UNDERSTANDING ........................................................................................ 1 2.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND SOIL CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 1 2.1. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing ..................................................................................... 1 2.2. Subsurface Conditions ............................................................................................................................... 2 3.0 STORMWATER INFILTRATION ........................................................................................................................ 2 3.1. General ........................................................................................................................................................ 2 3.2. Grain-Size Analysis Infiltration Rate Correlation ....................................................................................... 2 4.0 CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 3 5.0 LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 3 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Site Plan APPENDIX Appendix A. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing Figure A-1 – Key to Exploration Logs Figures A-2 through A-8 – Logs of Hand Augers Figures A-9 and A-10 – Sieve Analysis Results April 5, 2021 | Page 1 File No. 0410-210-01 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT UNDERSTANDING This report addendum presents supplemental geotechnical engineering design recommendations for the proposed Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout project in Kent, Washington. This is an addendum to our Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Report dated May 23, 2019 (May 2019 Report). We prepared a Supplemental Geotechnical Report for this project (Report Addendum 1) dated October 4, 2019. The project site is located west of the 4th Avenue South and West Willis Street intersection in Kent, Washington. Our understanding of the project is based on our prior involvement, discussions with the project civil engineer, KPG, and information provided including portions of the 90 precent Drainage and Trail Improvement Plans provided to us via email on April 1, 2021. In our prior report and addendum, we provided recommendations to support design of stormwater infiltration facilities near the proposed roundabout at the 4th Avenue South and Willis Street intersection. As part of this project two new pedestrian trails are proposed on the north and south sides of Willis Street west of the roundabout. We understand that stormwater infiltration facilities will be installed along the trail alignments. The proposed infiltration facilities include: ■ A bioretention planter located on the north side of Willis Street near the railroad tracks. The proposed base of the bioretention facility is approximately 3 feet below existing grade. ■ An infiltration trench constructed along the shoulder of the gravel pathways located on the south side of Willis Street. The proposed infiltration trench is 2 feet wide with a base about 2 feet below existing site grades. ■ Pervious concrete pavement constructed along the shoulder of the concrete sidewalk located on the north side of Willis Street. The pervious concrete shoulder is approximately 2 feet wide and is underlain by a 3-foot wide, 21-inch deep permeable ballast storage layer. We understand that infiltration facilities at the site are being designed in accordance with the 2017 City of Kent Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM), which references the 2016 King County Surface Water Design Manual. The purpose of our additional services was to explore soil conditions in the areas of the additional infiltration facilities as a basis for establishing the design infiltration rate for these facilities. Our specific scope of additional services is provided in our proposal dated February 1, 2021. Our services are being provided in accordance with our agreement for this project dated March 12, 2021. 2.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND SOIL CONDITIONS 2.1. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing As part of preparing our May 2019 Report and Report Addendum 1 we completed test pits, pilot infiltration tests and hand augers at the site. The locations of these explorations are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 1. Summary exploration logs for these explorations are provided in our previous reports. As part of preparing this report addendum, we completed seven additional hand auger explorations (HA-8 through HA-14) at the approximate locations shown on the Site Plan. The explorations were completed by a representative from our firm using a 2.5-inch diameter hand auger. Our representative kept detailed logs of the conditions encountered and collected representative soil samples. A key to the exploration logs and April 5, 2021 | Page 2 File No. 0410-210-01 the summary logs are provided in Appendix A of this report. After completion, the explorations were backfilled with the spoils. Select samples from the explorations were submitted to our laboratory for further geotechnical characterization. Laboratory testing consisted of sieve analysis in general accordance with ASTM D 6913. Results of the laboratory tests are provided in Appendix A. 2.2. Subsurface Conditions Our hand auger explorations were located within the approximate footprints of the proposed infiltration facilities. In our explorations we generally observed about 5 inches of sod underlain by fill or reworked native soils extending to between 1.25 and 2.5 feet below ground surface (bgs). Below the fill, we observed what we interpret to be native alluvial soils extending to the full depth explored (4 to 6 feet bgs). Observed fill soils generally consisted of medium dense silty sand and medium dense gravel with silt and sand. Observed alluvial soils generally consisted of medium dense sand with silt and silty sand and medium stiff sandy silt. We observed indications of perched groundwater at 3 feet bgs in HA-8, 3.5 feet bgs in HA-11 and at 2.5 feet bgs in HA-12. We observed what we interpret to be the static groundwater level at 5 feet bgs in HA-9, HA-13 and HA-14. Soil and groundwater conditions observed in the hand auger explorations were consistent with the conditions observed in our previously completed explorations at the site. 3.0 STORMWATER INFILTRATION 3.1. General Based on the results of pilot infiltration testing and correlations with soil grain size characteristics, in our May 2019 Report we recommended that infiltration facilities at the site be designed using a long-term infiltration rate of 0.25 inches per hour. We understand that the preliminary design of the infiltration facilities associated with the proposed trails was completed using this rate. For this report addendum, we completed explorations in the locations of the proposed facilities to confirm that soil conditions at the proposed facility locations are consistent with the conditions observed in explorations completed for our prior studies and to evaluate if the long-term infiltration rate used for design is appropriate for the conditions present at the facility locations. 3.2. Grain-Size Analysis Infiltration Rate Correlation To provide an estimate of the infiltration rate of the soils observed in the hand auger explorations we used the Soil Grain Size Analysis Method (Massmann 2003). Table 1 summarizes the corrected long-term infiltration rates based on grain-size characteristics for the additional samples tested. The long-term rates include the following correction factors and have been adjusted based on our experience. ■ FTesting = 0.4 for soil grain size method. ■ FGeometry = 1.0 for the proposed infiltration facility widths and depths ■ Fplugging = 0.7 (for loams and sandy loams) April 5, 2021 | Page 3 File No. 0410-210-01 TABLE 1. LONG-TERM INFILTRATION RATE SUMMARY Exploration Sample Depth (feet) USCS Soil Type Percent Fines Estimated Long-term Infiltration Rate (inches/hour) HA-8 2.5 SM 16 >1.0 HA-9 2.5 ML 62 >0.25 HA-11 2 ML 60 >0.25 HA-12 2 ML 58 >0.25 HA-14 2.5 SM 44 >0.5 Note: 1 Infiltration rate based on Soil Grain Size Analysis Method (Massmann 2003) and include correction factors described in this report. 4.0 CONCLUSIONS Soil conditions observed in the additional hand-auger explorations were consistent with those observed in explorations completed for our May 2019 Report. Further, the estimated infiltration rates for soil samples collected at or near the anticipated infiltration facility subgrade elevations meet or exceed the infiltration rate used for design of these facilities (0.25 inches per hour). In our opinion the infiltration rate used to design the proposed facilities is appropriate. We should be notified if the dimensions or locations of the proposed infiltration facilities are revised. We recommend that GeoEngineers be retained to observe infiltration facility subgrades during construction to provided final confirmation that the appropriate soil conditions are present for the design infiltration rate. 5.0 LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report for KPG for the Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout project in Kent, Washington. KPG may distribute copies of this report to owner and owner’s authorized agents and regulatory agencies as may be required for the Project. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with generally accepted practices for geotechnical engineering in this area at the time this report was prepared. The conclusions, recommendations, and opinions presented in this report are based on our professional knowledge, judgment and experience. No warranty, express or implied, applies to the services or this report. Please refer to Appendix B in Addendum 1 for additional information pertaining to use of this report. TP-4 TP-3 (PIT 1) TP-5 (PIT 2) TP-2 TP-1 TP-6 W Willis St 4th Ave SRailroadC-3 B-2/P-2 HA-1 HA-2 HA-3HA-4 HA-5 HA-6 HA-7 HA-8 HA-13 HA-14 HA-9 HA-10 HA-11 HA-12 Figure 1 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington Site Plan W E N S P:\0\0410210\CAD\00\Stormwater Feasibility Study\041021000_F01_Site Plan.dwg TAB:F01 Date Exported: 04/06/21 - 7:34 by kcookNotes: 1.The locations of all features shown are approximate. 2.This drawing is for information purposes. It is intended to assist in showing features discussed in an attached document. GeoEngineers, Inc. cannot guarantee the accuracy and content of electronic files. The master file is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official record of this communication. Data Source: Aerial from Google Earth Pro dated 5/26/2018. Projection: WA State Plane, South Zone, NAD83, US Foot Feet 0100 100 Legend Test Pit by GeoEngineers, 2019TP-1 Approximate Site Study Area Boring and Monitoring Well by GeoEngineers, 2002B-2/P-2 Cone Penetrometer Test by GeoEngineers, 2002C-3 Hand Auger by GeoEngineers, 2019HA-1 Hand Auger by GeoEngineers, 2021HA-8 APPENDIX A Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing SYMBOLS TYPICAL DESCRIPTIONS GW GP SW SP SM FINE GRAINED SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS NOTE: Multiple symbols are used to indicate borderline or dual soil classifications MORE THAN 50% RETAINED ON NO. 200 SIEVE MORE THAN 50% PASSING NO. 200 SIEVE GRAVEL AND GRAVELLY SOILS SC LIQUID LIMIT LESS THAN 50 (APPRECIABLE AMOUNT OF FINES) (APPRECIABLE AMOUNT OF FINES) COARSE GRAINED SOILS MAJOR DIVISIONS GRAPH LETTER GM GC ML CL OL SILTS AND CLAYS SANDS WITH FINES SAND AND SANDY SOILS MH CH OH PT (LITTLE OR NO FINES) CLEAN SANDS GRAVELS WITH FINES CLEAN GRAVELS (LITTLE OR NO FINES) WELL-GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRAVEL - SAND -CLAY MIXTURES WELL-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLYSANDS POORLY-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLYSAND SILTY SANDS, SAND - SILT MIXTURES CLAYEY SANDS, SAND - CLAYMIXTURES INORGANIC SILTS, ROCK FLOUR,CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHTPLASTICITY INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TOMEDIUM PLASTICITY, GRAVELLYCLAYS, SANDY CLAYS, SILTY CLAYS,LEAN CLAYS ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC SILTYCLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS ORDIATOMACEOUS SILTY SOILS INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGHPLASTICITY ORGANIC CLAYS AND SILTS OFMEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY PEAT, HUMUS, SWAMP SOILS WITHHIGH ORGANIC CONTENTSHIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART MORE THAN 50% OF COARSE FRACTION RETAINED ON NO. 4 SIEVE MORE THAN 50% OF COARSE FRACTION PASSING ON NO. 4 SIEVE SILTY GRAVELS, GRAVEL - SAND -SILT MIXTURES POORLY-GRADED GRAVELS,GRAVEL - SAND MIXTURES LIQUID LIMIT GREATER THAN 50 Continuous Coring Bulk or grab Direct-Push Piston Shelby tube Standard Penetration Test (SPT) 2.4-inch I.D. split barrel NOTE: The reader must refer to the discussion in the report text and the logs of explorations for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. Descriptions on the logs apply only at the specific exploration locations and at the time the explorations were made; they are not warranted to be representative of subsurface conditions at other locations or times. Blowcount is recorded for driven samplers as the number of blows required to advance sampler 12 inches (or distance noted). See exploration log for hammer weight and drop. "P" indicates sampler pushed using the weight of the drill rig. "WOH" indicates sampler pushed using the weight of the hammer. Key to Exploration Logs Figure A-1 Sampler Symbol Descriptions ADDITIONAL MATERIAL SYMBOLS NS SS MS HS SYMBOLS Asphalt Concrete Cement Concrete Crushed Rock/ Quarry Spalls Topsoil GRAPH LETTER AC CC SOD Sod/Forest Duff CR DESCRIPTIONS TYPICAL TS %F %G AL CA CP CS DD DS HA MC MD Mohs OC PM PI PL PP SA TX UC VS Groundwater Contact Measured groundwater level in exploration, well, or piezometer Measured free product in well or piezometer Graphic Log Contact Distinct contact between soil strata Approximate contact between soil strata Material Description Contact Contact between geologic units Contact between soil of the same geologic unit Laboratory / Field Tests Percent fines Percent gravel Atterberg limits Chemical analysis Laboratory compaction test Consolidation test Dry density Direct shear Hydrometer analysis Moisture content Moisture content and dry density Mohs hardness scale Organic content Permeability or hydraulic conductivity Plasticity index Point load test Pocket penetrometer Sieve analysis Triaxial compression Unconfined compression Vane shear Sheen Classification No Visible Sheen Slight Sheen Moderate Sheen Heavy Sheen Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown sandy silt with organic matter (fine roots) (medium stiff, moist) (fill) Dark brown silty fine to medium sand (medium dense, moist) (alluvium) Brown fine to medium sand with silt (medium dense, moist) SOD ML SM SP-SM 1SA 2 22 Probes 2 to 3 inches at 1½ feet Perched groundwater observed at 3 feetModerate caving observed at 3 feetProbes 2 to 4 inches at 3 feet 16 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-8 Figure A-2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)343332313029Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 6 35 NAVD88 1291793 141206 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown silty fine sand with gravel and organic matter (roots) (medium dense, moist) (fill) Brown to gray oxidized sandy silt with occasional gravel (medium stiff, moist) (alluvium) Gray with occasional dark brown oxidation silty fine sand (medium dense, wet) SOD SM ML SM 1 2SA 3 4 34 Probes 3 to 4 inches at 2½ feet Groundwater observed at 5 feet at time of explorationModerate caving observed at 5 feet 62 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-9 Figure A-3 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)3433323130Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 5.5 35 NAVD88 1291778 141021 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown silty fine sand with occasional gravel and organic matter (fine roots) (medium dense, moist) (fill) Brown fine to coarse gravel with silt and sand (dense, moist) Gray and brown sandy silt with gravel and organic matter (fine roots) (medium stiff, moist) (alluvium) Gray with oxidation staining silty fine sand (medium dense, moist) SOD SM GP-GM ML SM 1 2 3 Probes 1 to 2 inches at 1 foot Probes 1 to 2 inches at 1½ feet Probes 3 to 4 inches at 2 feet Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-10 Figure A-4 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)35343332Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 4.5 36 NAVD88 1291843 141015 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By Groundwater not observed Caving not observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown silty fine sand with gravel, organic matter (fine roots) and occasional debris (brick and glass) (medium dense, moist) (fill) Light brown sandy silt (medium stiff, moist) (alluvium) SOD SM ML1 2 SA 28 Probes 2 to 4 inches at 1 foot Perched groundwater observed at 3½ feet60 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-11 Figure A-5 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)35343332Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 4 36 NAVD88 1292006 140998 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Brown silty fine sand with gravel and organic matter (medium dense, moist) (fill) Brown oxidized sandy silt (medium stiff, moist) (alluvium) SM ML 1SA 2 26 Probes 2 to 4 inches at ½ foot Probes 2 to 3 inches at 2 feet Perched groundwater observed at 2½ feetProbes 1 to 2 inches at 2½ feet 58 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-12 Figure A-6 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)36353433Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 4 37 NAVD88 1292152 140983 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown silty fine sand with gravel and occasional organic matter (roots) (loose, moist) (fill) Gray-brown silty fine sand (medium dense, moist) (alluvium) Becomes wet SOD SM SM 1 2 Groundwater observed at 5 feet at time of exploration Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-13 Figure A-7 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)353433323130Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 6 36 NAVD88 1292058 141194 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) CJL Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. Approximately 5 inches of sod Brown silty fine to medium sand with occasional gravel, debris and organic matter (fine roots) (medium dense, moist) Brown silty fine sand (loose, moist) (alluvium) Grayish brown fine sand with silt (medium dense, moist) Becomes wet SOD SM SM SP-SM 1SA 2 3 25 Probes 3 to 4 inches at 1½ feet Probes 4 to 6 inches at 2½ feet Groundwater observed at 5 feet at time of exploration 44 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the hand-augered boring logs are based on an average of measurements across the hand-auger and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Aerial Imagery.Date:4/1/21 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021001.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: 0410-210-01 Log of Hand Auger HA-14 Figure A-8 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, WashingtonElevation (feet)363534333231Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)3/18/2021 6 37 NAVD88 1292126 141192 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) LSP Checked By See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Hand-auger Logged By Excavator GeoEngineers, Inc. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.11101001000PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE 2” SAND SILT OR CLAYCOBBLESGRAVEL COARSE MEDIUM FINECOARSEFINE Hand Auger Number Depth (feet)Soil Description HA-8 HA-9 HA-11 HA-12 2.5 2.5 2 2 Silty sand (SM) Sandy silt (ML) Sandy silt (ML) Sandy silt (ML) Symbol Moisture (%) 22 34 28 26 3/8”3”1.5”#4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #1003/4”Figure A-9Sieve Analysis ResultsWillis Street and 4thAvenue RoundaboutKent, Washington0410-210-01 Date Exported: 03/26/2021 Note:This report may not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval of GeoEngineers,Inc.Test results are applicable only to the specific sample on which they were performed,and should not be interpreted as representative of any other samples obtained at other times,depths or locations,or generated by separate operations or processes. The grain size analysis results were obtained in general accordance with ASTM C 136.GeoEngineers 17425 NE Union Hill Road Ste 250,Redmond,WA 98052 #2001”#140 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.11101001000PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE 2” SAND SILT OR CLAYCOBBLESGRAVEL COARSE MEDIUM FINECOARSEFINE Hand Auger Number Depth (feet)Soil Description HA-14 2.5 Silty sand (SM) Symbol Moisture (%) 25 3/8”3”1.5”#4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #1003/4”Figure A-10Sieve Analysis ResultsWillis Street and 4thStreet RoundaboutKent, Washington0410-210-01 Date Exported: 03/26/2021 Note:This report may not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval of GeoEngineers,Inc.Test results are applicable only to the specific sample on which they were performed,and should not be interpreted as representative of any other samples obtained at other times,depths or locations,or generated by separate operations or processes. The grain size analysis results were obtained in general accordance with ASTM C 136.GeoEngineers 17425 NE Union Hill Road Ste 250,Redmond,WA 98052 #2001”#140 Earth Science + Technology Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington for City of Kent May 23, 2019 Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington for City of Kent May 23, 2019 1101 South Fawcett Avenue, Suite 200 Tacoma, Washington 98402 253.393.4940 Stormwater Infiltration Feasibility Study WIms Street and 4t" Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington File No. 0410-210-00 May 237 2019 Prepared for: City of Kent 220 Fourth Avenue South Kent, Washington 98032-5895 Attention: Thomas Leyrer Prepared by: GeoEngineers, Inc. 1101 South Fawcett Avenue, Suite 200 Tacoma, Washington 98402 253.383.4940 Brett E. Larabee, PE Geotechnical Engineer tt Associate Geotechnical Engineer BEL:US: sclaimer: DiAny electronicform, facsimile or hard copy ofthe original document (email, text, table, and/orfigure), if provided, and any attachments are only a copy ofthe original document. The original document is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve asthe official document of record. GEOENGINEERS� May 23, 2019 | Page i File No. 0410-210-00 Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT UNDERSTANDING ........................................................................................ 1 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES ............................................................................................................ 1 3.0 SITE CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................................................ 1 3.1. Literature Review ........................................................................................................................................ 1 3.2. Site Conditions ............................................................................................................................................ 2 3.3. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing ..................................................................................... 2 3.4. Subsurface Conditions ............................................................................................................................... 2 4.0 STORMWATER INFILTRATION ........................................................................................................................ 3 4.1. General ........................................................................................................................................................ 3 4.2. Pilot Infiltration Tests .................................................................................................................................. 3 4.2.1. Methodology ................................................................................................................................ 3 4.2.2. PIT Results ................................................................................................................................... 3 4.3. Grain-Size Analysis Infiltration Rate Correlation ....................................................................................... 4 4.4. Long-Term Infiltration Rate ......................................................................................................................... 4 4.5. Discussion and Design Infiltration Rates .................................................................................................. 5 5.0 LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 6 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Vicinity Map Figure 2. Site Plan Figures 3 and 4. PIT Results APPENDICES Appendix A. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing Figure A-1 – Key to Exploration Logs Figures A-2 through A-7 – Logs of Test Pits Figures A-8 and A-9 – Sieve Analysis Results Appendix B. Previous Explorations Logs Appendix C. Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use May 23, 2019 | Page 1 File No. 0410-210-00 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT UNDERSTANDING This report presents a summary of our stormwater infiltration feasibility study for the proposed Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout project in Kent, Washington. The project location is shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. Our understanding of the project is based on our discussions with City of Kent, the project civil engineer, KPG, and a conceptual site plan provided in an email on April 1, 2019. We understand that this project includes constructing a new roundabout at the Willis Street and 4th Avenue intersection, improving surrounding pavements and constructing a new pedestrian trail accessing the Interurban Trail west of the Union Pacific Railroad crossing of Willis Street. Based on our discussions with KPG, we understand that infiltration facilities may be included as part of the improvements. The type and location of the facilities has not been determined at this time, but they are expected to consist of bioswales or dispersed facilities established within 2 to 3 feet of existing ground surface. We understand that infiltration facilities at the site will be designed in accordance with the 2017 City of Kent Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM), which references the 2016 King County Surface Water Design Manual . The project is currently in the feasibility and planning stages and we understand that additional geotechnical studies, including supplemental stormwater infiltration studies may be completed as design progresses. 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of our services was to complete two small-scale Pilot Infiltration Tests (PITs) and excavate tests pits to characterize the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to establish infiltration rates for the proposed infiltration facilities. Our specific scope or services is provided in our proposal dated April 4, 2019. Our services are being provided in accordance with our agreement for this project dated April 16, 2019. 3.0 SITE CONDITIONS 3.1. Literature Review The site is located in the Kent Green River Valley. The Geologic Map of King County, Washington (Booth, et al., 2002) maps the soils in the valley as Alluvium (Qal). Alluvium is described as “Moderately sorted cobbles, gravel, pebbly sand, and sandy silt along major rivers and stream channels.” Alluvial deposits in upper 30 to 40 feet of the Kent River Valley typically consist of loose to medium dense sand to silty sand and soft to medium stiff silt. It is also typical to find that between about 2 to 10 feet of granular soil fill has been placed in developed areas of the Kent River Valley. According to Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil Survey the area surrounding the project site is underlain by “Woodinville Silt Loam” and “Renton Silt Loam”, which are classified as being in Hydrological Soil Groups B, C, and D. We reviewed a report prepared by GeoEngineers titled “Railroad Crossing Grade Separations South 228th Street and West Willis Street” and dated July 6, 2005. As part of that report one boring and one cone May 23, 2019 | Page 2 File No. 0410-210-00 penetrometer test (CPT) exploration were advanced near the intersection of Willis Street and the Union Pacific Railroad. The explorations were completed in January of 2002. The approximate exploration locations are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2 and the summary exploration logs are included as Appendix B to this report. Soil conditions encountered in the explorations generally consisted of about 5 feet of fill underlain by natural alluvial soils. The boring was completed as a monitoring well and the City of Kent completed periodic groundwater measurements in the well between January of 2002 and June of 2003. We were provided the groundwater measurement data, which indicated that the depth to groundwater over this time varied between about 5 and 10 feet below surrounding ground surface. The seasonal high groundwater level appeared to occur between the months of January and April. 3.2. Site Conditions The project site is within or borders the designated Downtown Area of Kent. The project area generally consists of Willis Street including the landscaped boulevards to the north and south and is bounded by the intersection of the Interurban Trail and Willis Street to the west and the intersection of 3rd Avenue South and Willis Street to the east. Willis Street within the project area is a four-lane roadway with one or two center turn lanes. The road is paved with asphalt concrete and is elevated on a fill prism about 1 to 2 feet above the adjacent landscaped boulevards. The landscaped boulevards are vegetated with grass and deciduous trees. The elevation fluctuations of the roadway between the west and east ends of the project area appears to be on the order of 1 to 2 feet. 3.3. Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing We explored subsurface conditions at the site by excavating six test pit explorations (TP-1 through TP-6) at the approximate locations shown on the attached Site Plan. PITs were completed in TP-3 (PIT-1) and TP-5 (PIT-2). The explorations were located within the grass boulevard areas adjacent to Willis Street. The locations of the PITs were selected prior to completing the exploration program. Details regarding the subsurface exploration program including summary logs of the explorations are provided in Appendix A. Selected samples from our explorations were tested to evaluate engineering properties and to confirm or modify field classifications. Our testing program consisted of grain-size distribution analyses, percent passing the No. 200 sieve tests and moisture content determinations. Details and the results of our laboratory testing program are provided in Appendix A. 3.4. Subsurface Conditions We observed what we interpret to be two general soil units at the site: fill or reworked native soil and native alluvial soils. Fill thickness ranged between 1 and 2 feet in our explorations. Fill material typically consisted of sod at the ground surface underlain by loose to medium dense silty sand with variable gravel content. Sod and roots were typically observed within the upper 6 inches of the fill. Observed alluvial soils generally consisted of interbedded layers of loose to medium dense sand, sand with silt and silty sand and soft to medium stiff silt with variable sand content and sandy silt. Our explorations were terminated within alluvial soils at depths between 5 and 10.5 feet below ground surface (bgs). The PITs were completed at 3 feet bgs. In TP-3 (PIT-1), loose silty fine to medium sand was observed at 3 feet bgs and was underlain by sand with trace silt starting at 4 feet bgs and continuing to the full depth May 23, 2019 | Page 3 File No. 0410-210-00 explored, 5 feet bgs. In TP-5 (PIT-2), loose sand with trace silt was observed at the test depth and extended to the full depth explored, 5 feet bgs. We observed groundwater starting between 5 and 6 feet bgs in our explorations. The observed groundwater levels are consistent with those recorded in the historic monitoring well located on the west side of the site for the time of year and season. 4.0 STORMWATER INFILTRATION 4.1. General We evaluated stormwater infiltration rates at the site generally following the methodology presented in the 2017 City of Kent SWDM. We completed two small-scale PITs at the locations shown on the Site Plan. We also collected soil samples in other explorations and completed sieve analyses to estimate infiltration rates using published correlations. The sections below further describe the methods and results of our infiltration testing program. 4.2. Pilot Infiltration Tests 4.2.1. Methodology The PITs were completed following GeoEngineers’ standard methodology for stormwater facilities in Western Washington. Our methodology is a synthesis of the standard practices and current local jurisdictional procedures set forth in the SWDM, King County, and the Washington State Department of Ecology. GeoEngineers’ PIT procedure has been developed to provide increased confidence that fully saturated conditions have been achieved and that the infiltration rate measured at the end of the test is representative of the saturated hydraulic conductivity of the soil. The approximate dimensions of the base of the PIT excavations were 4 feet by 4 feet. Upon reaching the target depth for the PITs (3 feet bgs), a graduated yard stick was driven into the floor of the test pit and a piezoelectric pressure transducer was secured to the bottom of the yard stick to measure water level at 30-second intervals. During the approximately 8-hour long tests, water was added to the excavation and then allowed to drain out in a series of cycles. The approximate depths to which water was filled and allowed to drain to were based on the PIT water depth recommendations in the SWDM. For these PITs, the water level was fluctuated generally between 14 inches and 10 inches. The drain and refill cycle was repeated as many times as practical during the test duration. During each refill/drain cycle, the infiltration rate was measured manually and using the pressure transducer. Under typical conditions, the measured infiltration rate decreases with each cycle, until a relatively stabilized infiltration rate is observed. This stabilized rate provides the best estimate of a saturated infiltration rate. 4.2.2. PIT Results Recorded water level data from the PITs and plots of the measured (unfactored) infiltration rates determined during each stage of the PITs are presented in Figures 3 and 4. The table below summarizes the average measured infiltration rate during the final stages of the test. In our opinion these rates are representative of the saturated infiltration rate of the soil. May 23, 2019 | Page 4 File No. 0410-210-00 TABLE 1. PIT INFILTRATION RATE SUMMARY Pilot Infiltration Test Number Measured Infiltration Rate (inches/hour) PIT-1 6.5 PIT-2 17 4.3. Grain-Size Analysis Infiltration Rate Correlation The SWDM does not allow use of the grain-size correlations to establish the design infiltration rate for stormwater facilities. However, to provide an estimate of the infiltration potential of soils observed in the test pits we used the Soil Grain Size Analysis Method (Massmann, 2003), which is described in the 2014 Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SWMMWW). Table 2 summarizes the estimated unfactored infiltration rates for site soils based on grain- size characteristics. TABLE 2. GRAIN-SIZE ANALYSIS INFILTRATION RATE SUMMARY Exploration Sample Depth (feet) Geologic Unit USCS Soil Type Percent Fines Ksati1 (inches/hour) TP-1 2 Alluvium ML 62 1.9 TP-2 4 Alluvium ML 84 0.65 TP-32 3 Alluvium SM 32 8 TP-3 4 Alluvium SP 2 66 TP-4 2 Alluvium SM 32 8 TP-5 2 3 Alluvium SP 2 69 TP-5 5 Alluvium SP 1 73 TP-6 3 Alluvium ML 53 3 Notes: 1 Initial saturated hydraulic conductivity as determined by the grain-size analysis method presented in the 2014 SWMMWW without correction factors. 2 Sample collected at the elevation of the PIT test prior to completing the test. 4.4. Long-Term Infiltration Rate The SWDM and SWMMWW recommend that correction factors be applied to the unfactored infiltration rates. The SWDM and SWMMWW recommends using slightly different correction factors. Based on our review, the correction factors in the SWDM are more conservative than those in the SWMMWW. Accordingly, we applied the SWDM correction factors to the unfactored infiltration rates determined in the PITs and using the Soil Grain Size Analysis Method. The correction factors in the SWDM account for uncertainties in testing procedures, the geometry of the proposed facilities and long-term reductions in permeability due long-term plugging of soils. Table 3 provides a summary of the correction factors provided in the SWDM that are, in our opinion, appropriate for use in determining the long-term infiltration rate. May 23, 2019 | Page 5 File No. 0410-210-00 TABLE 3. SWDM CORRECTION FACTORS Issue Partial Correction Factor Test Method Ftesting = 0.50 Facility Geometry 0.25< FGEOMETRY< 1.0 (depends on facility geometry and subsurface conditions) FGEOMETRY = 4 D/W +0.5 Where: D = depth from bottom of proposed facility to maximum wet season water level or nearest impervious layer W = width of facility Plugging Fplugging = 0.7 (for loams and sandy loams) The total correction factor is equal to the product of the individual factors. We recommend a total correction factor of 0.09 be applied to the unfactored results (assuming the most conservative geometry factor of 0.25). Table 4 below summarizes the corrected long-term infiltration rates determined in the PITs and using the Soil Grain Size Analysis Method. TABLE 4. LONG-TERM INFILTRATION RATE SUMMARY Exploration Test or Sample Depth (feet) Geologic Unit USCS Soil Type Percent Fines Long-term (inches/hour) PIT-1 3 Alluvium SM 32 0.6* TP-31 3 Alluvium SM 32 0.7** PIT-2 3 Alluvium SP 2 1.5* TP-52 3 Alluvium SP 2 6.3** TP-1 2 Alluvium ML 62 0.22** TP-2 4 Alluvium ML 84 0.1** TP-3 4 Alluvium SP 2 6.0** TP-4 2 Alluvium SM 32 0.7** TP-5 5 Alluvium SP 1 6.6** TP-6 3 Alluvium ML 53 0.3** Notes: 1 Sample collected at the elevation of PIT-1 prior to completing the test. 2 Sample collected at the elevation of PIT-2 prior to completing the test. * Rate based on results of PIT. ** Rate based on grain-size analysis correlation. 4.5. Discussion and Design Infiltration Rates The natural alluvial soils in the project area are variable and soil types should be expected to change over relatively short distances and elevations. The locations of the PITs were selected prior to the start of exploration activities. The PITs were completed, by chance, in areas underlain be relatively high permeability soils. Based on observations from our test pits and the results of the grain-size correlations, these high permeability soils are not consistently present across the site. Accordingly, in our opinion using the results of the PITs for design of infiltration facilities around the entire site is not appropriate. May 23, 2019 | Page 6 File No. 0410-210-00 In our opinion the long-term infiltration rates determined in the PITs can be used for design of infiltration facilities located within 10 feet of the PIT locations and at the same elevation at which the PIT was completed. In all other locations at the site we recommend that infiltration feasibility and preliminary design be completed using a long-term infiltration rate of 0.25 inches per hour, which in our opinion is conservative. This rate is based in part on the results of the grain-size analysis correlations. Comparing the infiltration rates determined in the PITs to those determined using grain-size correlations it appears that the grain-size correlations may slightly overestimate infiltration rates of the low fines content soils (SP) and provides a reasonable estimate of the infiltration rate for soils with higher fines content (SM and ML). Based on grain- size correlation results, infiltration rates higher than 0.25 inches per hour may be achievable in some areas of the site; however, additional testing must be completed at the specific facility location in order to confirm this. Due to the variability of soil conditions at the site, we must be notified when a design infiltration rate is selected for a facility so we can confirm that it is appropriate for the location and facility type. Regardless of the infiltration rate used for design we recommend that once a facility location is established, additional explorations be complete as part of final design to confirm that the appropriate soil conditions are present for the selected infiltration rate. The high groundwater levels at the site could impact infiltration potential of planned facilities. The SWDM requires minimum separation distances be maintained between the base of the infiltration facilities and the seasonal high groundwater level. The separation distance varies based on facility type and contributing area. For bioswales, typical separation distances are between 3 and 5 feet. In some instances a groundwater mounding analysis is required for bioswales where the separation distance is 3 feet. The minimum separation distance should be evaluated once the facility type and dimensions are established. We can complete a groundwater mounding study to support design of facilities, if requested. 5.0 LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report for City of Kent for the Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout project in Kent, Washington. City of Kent may distribute copies of this report to owner and owner’s authorized agents and regulatory agencies as may be required for the Project. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with generally accepted practices for geotechnical engineering in this area at the time this report was prepared. The conclusions, recommendations, and opinions presented in this report are based on our professional knowledge, judgment and experience. No warranty, express or implied, applies to the services or this report. Please refer to Appendix C titled “Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use” for additional information pertaining to use of this report. µ SITE Vicinity Map Figure 1 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington 2,000 2,0000 Feet Data Source: Mapbox Open Street Map, 2016 Notes:1. The locations of all features shown are approximate.2. This drawing is for information purposes. It is intended to assist in showing features discussed in an attached document. GeoEngineers, Inc. cannot guarantee the accuracy and content of electronic files. The master file is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official record of this communication. Projection: NAD 1983 StatePlane Washington South FIPS 4602 Feet P:\0\0410210\GIS\MXD\041021000_F01_Vicinity Map.mxd Date Exported: 05/13/19 by cstickel TP-4 TP-3 (PIT 1) TP-5 (PIT 2) TP-2 TP-1 TP-6 W Willis St 4th Ave SRailroadC-3 B-2/P-2 Figure 2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington Site Plan W E N S P:\0\0410210\CAD\00\GeoTech\041021000_F02_Site Plan.dwg TAB:F02 Date Exported: 05/23/19 - 13:32 by cstickelNotes: 1.The locations of all features shown are approximate. 2.This drawing is for information purposes. It is intended to assist in showing features discussed in an attached document. GeoEngineers, Inc. cannot guarantee the accuracy and content of electronic files. The master file is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official record of this communication. Data Source: Aerial from Google Earth Pro dated 5/26/2018. Projection: WA State Plane, South Zone, NAD83, US Foot Feet 0100 100 Legend Test Pit by GeoEngineers, 2019TP-1 Approximate Site Study Area Broing and Monitoring Well by GeoEngineers, 2002B-2/P-2 Cone Penetrometer Test by GeoEngineers, 2002C-3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11Water Height (inches)Duration (hours) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Measured Infiltration Rate (in/hr)Duration (hours) Figure 3 PIT-1 Results Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Date Exported: 05/17/19PIT drained while refilling water truck Moving Average Trendline Figure 4 PIT-2 Results Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Date Exported: 05/17/190 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Water Height (inches)Duration (hours) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Measured Infiltration Rate (in/hr)Duration (hours) PIT drained while refilling water truck Moving Average Trendline APPENDIX A Subsurface Explorations and Laboratory Testing May 23, 2019 | Page A-1 File No. 0410-210-00 APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND LABORATORY TESTING Subsurface Explorations Subsurface conditions at the site were explored by excavating six test pits on April 29 and April 30, 2019. The approximate locations of test pits are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. Pilot Infiltration Tests (PITs) were completed in test pit TP-3 (PIT-1) and TP-5 (PIT-2) at approximately 3 feet below ground surface (bgs). The dimensions of the test pit base at depth of the infiltration tests were approximately 4 feet by 4 feet. During the exploration program our field representative obtained samples, classified the soils, maintained a detailed log of the explorations and observed groundwater conditions. Samples were retained in sealed plastic bags to prevent moisture loss. The soils were classified visually in general accordance with ASTM International (ASTM) D 2488. Figure A-1 includes a Key to the Exploration Logs. Summary logs of the test pit excavations are included as Figures A-2 through A-7. The densities noted on the test pit exploration logs are based on the difficulty of excavation, observations of caving and our experience and judgment. The test pit excavations were performed using a backhoe and operator under subcontract to GeoEngineers. Test pits extended to depths between approximately 5 and 10.5 feet below surrounding grade. After each test pit was completed, the excavation was backfilled using the generated material and compacted using the bucket of the excavator. Laboratory Testing Soil samples obtained from the test pits were transported to our laboratory and examined to confirm or modify field classifications, as well as to evaluate engineering properties of the soil. Representative samples were selected for laboratory testing. Our testing program consisted of grain-size analyses (ASTM Test Method D 6913), percent finer than the No. 200 sieve test (ASTM D 1140) and moisture content determinations (ASTM D 2216). Figures A-8 and A-9 present the results of the grain-size analyses. Results of other tests are shown on the exploration logs at their respective sample depths. Measured groundwater level in exploration, well, or piezometer Measured free product in well or piezometer Distinct contact between soil strata Approximate contact between soil strata Contact between geologic units SYMBOLS TYPICAL DESCRIPTIONS GW GP SW SP SM FINE GRAINED SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS NOTE: Multiple symbols are used to indicate borderline or dual soil classifications MORE THAN 50% RETAINED ON NO. 200 SIEVE MORE THAN 50% PASSING NO. 200 SIEVE GRAVEL AND GRAVELLY SOILS SC LIQUID LIMIT LESS THAN 50 (APPRECIABLE AMOUNT OF FINES) (APPRECIABLE AMOUNT OF FINES) COARSE GRAINED SOILS MAJOR DIVISIONS GRAPH LETTER GM GC ML CL OL SILTS AND CLAYS SANDS WITH FINES SAND AND SANDY SOILS MH CH OH PT (LITTLE OR NO FINES) CLEAN SANDS GRAVELS WITH FINES CLEAN GRAVELS (LITTLE OR NO FINES) WELL-GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRAVEL - SAND -CLAY MIXTURES WELL-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLYSANDS POORLY-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLYSAND SILTY SANDS, SAND - SILT MIXTURES CLAYEY SANDS, SAND - CLAYMIXTURES INORGANIC SILTS, ROCK FLOUR,CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHTPLASTICITY INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TOMEDIUM PLASTICITY, GRAVELLYCLAYS, SANDY CLAYS, SILTY CLAYS,LEAN CLAYS ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC SILTYCLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS ORDIATOMACEOUS SILTY SOILS INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGHPLASTICITY ORGANIC CLAYS AND SILTS OFMEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY PEAT, HUMUS, SWAMP SOILS WITHHIGH ORGANIC CONTENTSHIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART MORE THAN 50% OF COARSE FRACTION RETAINED ON NO. 4 SIEVE MORE THAN 50% OF COARSE FRACTION PASSING ON NO. 4 SIEVE SILTY GRAVELS, GRAVEL - SAND -SILT MIXTURES POORLY-GRADED GRAVELS,GRAVEL - SAND MIXTURES LIQUID LIMIT GREATER THAN 50 Continuous Coring Bulk or grab Direct-Push Piston Shelby tube Standard Penetration Test (SPT) 2.4-inch I.D. split barrel Contact between soil of the same geologic unit Material Description Contact Graphic Log Contact NOTE: The reader must refer to the discussion in the report text and the logs of explorations for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. Descriptions on the logs apply only at the specific exploration locations and at the time the explorations were made; they are not warranted to be representative of subsurface conditions at other locations or times. Groundwater Contact Blowcount is recorded for driven samplers as the number of blows required to advance sampler 12 inches (or distance noted). See exploration log for hammer weight and drop. "P" indicates sampler pushed using the weight of the drill rig. "WOH" indicates sampler pushed using the weight of the hammer. Key to Exploration Logs Figure A-1 Sampler Symbol Descriptions ADDITIONAL MATERIAL SYMBOLS NS SS MS HS No Visible Sheen Slight Sheen Moderate Sheen Heavy Sheen Sheen Classification SYMBOLS Asphalt Concrete Cement Concrete Crushed Rock/ Quarry Spalls Topsoil GRAPH LETTER AC CC SOD Sod/Forest Duff CR DESCRIPTIONS TYPICAL TS Laboratory / Field Tests %F %G AL CA CP CS DD DS HA MC MD Mohs OC PM PI PP SA TX UC VS Percent fines Percent gravel Atterberg limits Chemical analysis Laboratory compaction test Consolidation test Dry density Direct shear Hydrometer analysis Moisture content Moisture content and dry density Mohs hardness scale Organic content Permeability or hydraulic conductivity Plasticity index Pocket penetrometer Sieve analysis Triaxial compression Unconfined compression Vane shear Brown silty fine sand with organic matter (roots) (loose to medium dense, moist) (fill) Brown sandy silt (medium stiff, moist) (alluvium) Gray with oxidation staining silt with fine sand (medium stiff to stiff, moist) Dark gray/brown with oxidation staining silty fine sand (loose to medium dense, wet) Blue-gray silt with occasional fine sand and occasional organic matter (wood) (medium stiff, wet) SM ML ML SM ML 1 2 SA 3 4 5%F 6 MC 7 26 36 54 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches Between 3 feet and 5½ feet interbedded layers of dark gray/blue sandy silt Moderate groundwater seepage observed at 6 feet 62 30 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-1 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-2Elevation (feet)37363534333231302928Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/30/2019 10.5 38 NAVD88 1209326 750535 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating Brown silty fine to medium sand with occasional gravel and organic matter (loose, moist) (fill) Brown silty fine sand with occasional gravel (loose, moist) (alluvium) Tan with oxidation staining silt with sand (soft, moist) Dark gray-brown with oxidation stainingfine to medium sand with silt (loose, moist) Grades to wet Blue-gray silt (medium stiff, wet) SM SM ML SP-SM ML 1 %F 2SA 3 4 17 47 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches Moderate groundwater seepage observed at 6 feet Moderate to severe caving observed at 6 and 7 feet 32 84 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-2 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-3Elevation (feet)37363534333231302928Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/30/2019 10 38 NAVD88 1209605 750523 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating Brown silty fine to medium sand with organic matter (roots) (loose, moist) (fill) Brown fine to medium sand with silt (loose, moist) (alluvium) Brown silty fine to medium sand (loose, moist) Brown fine sand with trace silt (loose, wet) SM SP-SM SM SP 1 2 3 SA 4SA 5 32 30 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches PIT completed at 3 feet bgs Slight caving observed at 4½ feet 68 2 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-3 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-4Elevation (feet)3736353433Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/29/2019 5 38 NAVD88 1209852 750527 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL Groundwater not observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating Brown silty fine to medium sand with organic matter (roots) and occasional gravel (loose, moist) (fill) Brown silty fine to medium sand (loose, moist) (alluvium) Dark black/brown fine to medium sand with trace silt (loose, moist) Blue-gray silt with occasional sand (soft, wet) Blue-gray sandy silt (medium stiff, wet) SM SM SP ML ML 1 2 SA 3 4 MC 5 6 14 46 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches Moderate groundwater seepage observed at 6 feet Moderate to severe caving observed at 6½, 8 and 9 feet 32 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-4 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-5Elevation (feet)37363534333231302928Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/30/2019 10 38 NAVD88 1210043 750475 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating Brown silty fine to medium sand with organic matter (roots) (loose, moist) (fill) Brown/black fine to medium sand with trace silt (loose, moist) (alluvium) Grades to wet SM SP 1 2 3 SA 4 5 SA 17 31 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches PIT completed at 3 feet bgs Slow groundwater seepage observed at 5 feet 2 1 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-5 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-6Elevation (feet)3736353433Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/29/2019 5 38 NAVD88 1209850 750340 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed Caving not observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating Brown silty fine to medium sand with organic matter (roots) (loose, moist) (fill) Brown fine to medium sand with silt (loose, moist) (alluvium) Brown sandy silt (medium stiff, moist) Grades to wet Dark gray silt with occasional sand (medium stiff, wet) Dark gray-brown silty fine to medium sand (loose, wet) Dark blue-gray silt (medium stiff, wet) SM SP-SM ML ML SM ML 1 2 3 SA 4 5 MC 6 7 32 53 Sod and roots in upper approximately 6 inches Moderate to severe caving observed at 4½, 6 and 8 feet Moderate groundwater seepage observed at 5 feet 53 Notes: See Figure A-1 for explanation of symbols. The depths on the test pit logs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to ½ foot. Coordinates Data Source: Horizontal approximated based on Aerial Imagery. Vertical approximated based on Google Earth.Date:5/23/19 Path:P:\0\0410210\GINT\041021000.GPJ DBLibrary/Library:GEOENGINEERS_DF_STD_US_JUNE_2017.GLB/GEI8_TESTPIT_1P_GEOTEC_%FSheet 1 of 1Project Number: Project Location: Project: Kent, Washington 0410-210-00 Log of Test Pit TP-6 Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout Figure A-7Elevation (feet)373635343332313029Depth (feet)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Testing SampleGraphic LogSAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION GroupClassificationSample NameTestingMoistureContent (%)REMARKS FinesContent (%)Date Excavated Surface Elevation (ft) Vertical Datum Coordinate System Horizontal Datum Easting (X) Northing (Y) Total Depth (ft)4/30/2019 9.5 38 NAVD88 1209509 750350 WA State Plane North NAD83 (feet) WW Checked By BEL See "Remarks" section for groundwater observed See "Remarks" section for caving observedEquipment Komatsu WB 140 Logged By Excavator Kelly's Excavating 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.11101001000PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE 2” SAND SILT OR CLAYCOBBLES GRAVEL COARSE MEDIUM FINECOARSEFINE Test Pit Number Depth (feet)Soil Description TP-1 TP-2 TP-3 TP-3 2 4 3 4 Sandy silt (ML) Silt with sand(ML) Silty fine sand (SM) Fine sand (SP) Symbol Moisture (%) 26 47 31 30 3/8”3”1.5”#4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #1003/4”Figure-A-8Sieve Analysis ResultsWillis Street and 4thAvenue Roundabout Kent, Washington0410-210-00 Date Exported: 5/10/19 Note:This report may not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval of GeoEngineers,Inc.Test results are applicable only to the specific sample on which they were performed,and should not be interpreted as representative of any other samples obtained at other times,depths or locations,or generated by separate operations or processes. The grain size analysis results were obtained in general accordance with ASTM D 6913.GeoEngineers 17425 NE Union Hill Road Ste 250,Redmond,WA 98052 #2001”#140 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.11101001000PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE 2” SAND SILT OR CLAYCOBBLES GRAVEL COARSE MEDIUM FINECOARSEFINE Test Pit Number Depth (feet)Soil Description TP-4 TP-5 TP-5 TP-6 2.25 3 5 3 Silty fine sand (SM) Fine to medium sand (SP) Fine sand (SP) Sandy silt (ML) Symbol Moisture (%) 14 17 31 32 3/8”3”1.5”#4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #1003/4”Figure-A-9Sieve Analysis ResultsWillis Street and 4thAvenue RoundaboutKent, Washington0410-210-00 Date Exported: 5/10/19 Note:This report may not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval of GeoEngineers,Inc.Test results are applicable only to the specific sample on which they were performed,and should not be interpreted as representative of any other samples obtained at other times,depths or locations,or generated by separate operations or processes. The grain size analysis results were obtained in general accordance with ASTM D 6913.GeoEngineers 17425 NE Union Hill Road Ste 250,Redmond,WA 98052 #2001”#140 APPENDIX B Previous Exploration Logs SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOL GROUP NAME GW WELL -GRADED GRAVEL, FINE TO COARSE GRAVEL GRAVEL CLEAN GRAVEL COARSE GP POORLY -GRADED GRAVEL GRAINED More Than 50% SOILS of Coarse Fraction GRAVEL GM SILTY GRAVEL Retained on No. 4 Sieve WITH FINES GC CLAYEY GRAVEL SW WELL -GRADED SAND, FINE TO COARSE SAND SAND CLEAN SAND More Than 50% SP POORLY -GRADED SAND Retained on No. 200 Sieve More Than 50% of Coarse Fraction SAND SM SILTY SAND SC CLAYEY SAND Passes WITH FINES No. 4 Sieve ML SILT FINE SILT AND CLAY INORGANIC GRAINED CL CLAY SOILS Liquid Limit Less Than it ORGANIC OL ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAY MH SILT OF HIGH PLASTICITY, ELASTIC SILT More Than 50% SILT AND CLAY INORGANIC Passes CH CLAY OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAY No. 200 Sieve Liquid Limit 50 or More ORGANIC OH ORGANIC CLAY, ORGANIC SILT HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS PT PEAT NOTES: SOIL MOISTURE MODIFIERS: 1. Field classification is based on visual examination Dry - Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch of soil in general accordance with ASTM D2488-93. 2. Soil classification using laboratory tests is in Moist - Damp, but no visible water general accordance with ASTM D2487-98. Wet - Visible free water or saturated, usually soil is obtained from 3. Descriptions of soil density or consistency are below water table based on interpretation of blow count data, visual appearance of soils, and/or test data. GEoENGINEERS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FIGURE LABORATORY TESTS SOIL GRAPH: AL Atterberg Limits SM Soil Group Symbol CID Compaction (See Note 2) CS Consolidation DS Direct shear GS Grain size %F Percent fines Distinct Contact Between HA Hydrometer Analysis Soil Strata SK Permeability SM Moisture Content Gradual or Approximate MD Moisture and density Location of Change SP Swelling pressure Between Soil Strata TX Triaxial compression UC Unconfined compression CA Chemical analysis Q Water Level Bottom of Boring BLOW COUNT/SAMPLE DATA: Blows required to drive a 2.4-inch I.D. split -barrel sampler 12 inches or other indicated distances using a 300-pound hammer falling 30 inches. Blows required to drive a 1.5-inch I.D. (SPT) split -barrel sampler 12 inches or other indicated distances using a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches "P" indicates sampler pushed with weight of hammer or against weight of drill rig. 22 ■ Location of relatively undisturbed sample 12 ® Location of disturbed sample 17 0 Location of sampling attempt with no recovery 10 11 Location of sample obtained in general accordance with Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D-1586) procedures 26 m Location of SPT sampling attempt with no recovery ® Location of grab sample NOTES: 1. The reader must refer to the discussion in the report text, the Key to Boring Log Symbols and the exploration logs for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 2. Soil classification system is summarized in Figure 4. GWENGINEER��rKEY TO BORING LOG SYMBOLS FIGURE Project Job Number Location S. 228th Street Corridor and Willis Street 0410-106-01 Kent, WA Drilled 01/07/02 Logged MHB Contractor Holt Drilling ll Method 4-inch Hollow -Stem Auger Equipment B-59 Truck Mounted Drill Rig B ll Method le SPT Haammer ta 140 lb. Hammer w/30-inch Drop Location Willis Street/U.P.R.R. Total Depth (ft) 80 Elevation (ft) Not Measured Datum: System: Total Well 25.0 Monument Elevation 0.0 Casing Elevation De th ft Sticku ft Stickup (ft) 0 0> °� Lu = SCHEMATIC a E o C75 a Material Description U o v �w •� Q o ayi �, Q o z = E o cn `a co cn y z as w cn O D .o 2:' O w 0 — Steel surface AC 10-inch asphalt 0 monument o GP Brown fine to coarse gravel with sand Concrete surface 000 (very dense, moist) (fill) seal o 0 1 5011" 0 o 0 5 Bentonite seal 0 ° 0 5 SP-SM Dark gray fine to medium sand with silt (very loose to loose, wet) 1-inch Schedule 2 3 SI 10 40 PVC well 10 J. casing 1-inch Schedule 3 5 15 40 PVC screen 15 ML Gray silt with sand (stiff, wet) 20 4 13 Sp 20 Interbedded layers of gray silt with sand Colorado silica ML and gray fine to medium sand (very sand backfill soft to stiff, loose to medium dense, wet) 25 5 10 SP 25 Concrete surface ML seal 30 6 9 SP 30 ML 35 17 SP 35 Gray to black fine to medium sand, trace of silt (medium dense, wet) 15 40 i i i 40 i 8 * .: ; . * Approx.145 45 Note: See Figure 5 for explanation of symbols i i LOG OF BORING B-2/1VIONITORING WELL P-2 FIGURE GWENGINEERS i Project Job Number Location S. 228th Street Corridor and Willis Street 0410-106-01 ru W U- O Z o O a- Do)a O -1 O —5 SCHEMATIC a a ro - ') T Material Description a m o U �� W U m 45 SP Black fine to coarse sand with gravel (medium dense, wet) 9 21 50 55 10 6 30 ML Gray silt with sand (medium stiff, moist) SP-SM Black sand with silt (medium dense, wet) 11 26 60 ML Gray silt with occasional sand and organic material (very soft to soft, moist) 12 1 1 65 13 1 3 1 70 14 1 3 1 75 15 1 20 1 80 85 SP-SM r Gray fine sand with silt (medium dense, r wet) Boring completed at a depth of 80.0 feet on 01/07/02. Ground water encountered at a depth of 4.89 feet during drilling. Kent, WA O 0 L U 0 a)N H-00' LWL z �QZ x Yv N > 4.- O CL W 55 1 60 1 80 1 85 1 90 1 7I 95] � � I I �95 o � s Note: See Figure 5 for explanation of symbols u LOG OF BORING B-2/MONITORING WELL P-2 u G Eta E N G I N E E RS (Continued) 7 FIGURE 7 u 7 \ S 9 0 @ < § / f c:) \ » @ £}% § 2/f\ ¥ ® ) U) ®E7\ ° L f§=2 / \ §2§S e /Ae T \ a) E/§\ = E k ƒ co ƒ\{ ± b J ± ƒ ƒ m ® 2 0 ± 2 m ) E % 4 c co � # a , w R [ e Ego°°° } )m ƒ2 @ \ § - o e 3 =E 2=�7aa cammm _ 0 g oz \ 0 u / 3 / �O< 0 c o o e o c r- c o o 0 o 0 _ 0 m o a c o m PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT SIEVE ANALYSIS RESULTS FIGURE10 G Eo E N G|N E E R��r Soil b¢bevlor type antl SPT basetl on data fmm VBG3983 GeoEngineers Inc. Operator iCcdh Brown CPT DataTima: Ot-05-02 '19:05 Sountlin8: CPT-D3 Lowtlon: Clly of Kant, Willis St RR. Crosaing Con¢ Usatl: � Job Number: 04tptDSOt Tlp Rasls[anca FrlcHon Ratio O.O 300.0 O.O O.CO 10.00 20.00 3D.DD Dapm a0.00 (ft) 50. �. �. HO.IX` W W ���_i - __ 1 _ ; _ _ _ _ 1 I �i I i i� O.O Pore Pressure Pw (psi) 30.0 O.O Swl Bchavbr Typ¢' Zona: UBC-1993 t2.0 O.O SPT N' BD^b Hammer �O l 1 �/ 1 i �i�j � � �� i - - - - � r- ; "�;1�-�_ r�jfi � iTa�i f�4 � 111 __ - - - ��y�; � .� �ii � �ii i'st. -r __ ~�,i .li'J�� � ��r�i. rt=i�tyl� i 1 1 I ,W✓� 1 I 1 Jli�+^ IJ i tJ_ -ti-fy 1 Maximum Depth = T9,�00 feat 'I nallly¢ fine greinatl � a saey clay to clay EJ�' 2 o rganlc metalial 5 clayey sltt to silly clay � 3 clay � 6 sandy aIH to clayey sHt NortM1w¢5t Cone Exploration Inc. DeptM1 Increm¢nI = O. t6 Tee[ � 7 slaty sand to sandy sn 10 gmvelq santl to sand 9 sand to ainy sand 4 � t 1 very ahrT tine grained <') a sand � 12 sand to clayey serM (q GeoEngineers Inc. Pfeaaure (Paq 4O Operetar KZIM brawn Sauntlin9: CPT-03 Con¢ Uaetl: .�i� cpT Dat¢rDma: o3asoz t�:os Location: CPT-D3 Job Numbet'. 04t0-10S01 - T T -r - � -� -� -'I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ r _ _ T _ r 1 1 J 1 1 L _ _ t. _ _ J _ 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L _ _ L _ - J _ L _ 1- -T _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _1 T- r - 1 - l - i - l - -1 - l- T _ 1 _ _ J - 1 - r - T - l - T 1 - 1 - 1 _ _ J _ 1 _ L _ - J - _ _J_ T i i i i T i� -� T i� i i i� T f� 4 T i� i T Mawmum Pressure v 7.06 pal Tlma: (minut¢s) SWactetl DaptM1(a) (feet) 29.887 Water table Is 3 ] 4 leet tleptF. APPENDIX C Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use May 23, 2019 | Page C-1 File No. 0410-210-00 APPENDIX C REPORT LIMITATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR USE1 This appendix provides information to help you manage your risks with respect to the use of this report. Read These Provisions Closely It is important to recognize that the geoscience practices (geotechnical engineering, geology and environmental science) rely on professional judgment and opinion to a greater extent than other engineering and natural science disciplines, where more precise and/or readily observable data may exist. To help clients better understand how this difference pertains to our services, GeoEngineers includes the following explanatory “limitations” provisions in its reports. Please confer with GeoEngineers if you need to know more how these “Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use” apply to your project or site. Geotechnical Services are Performed for Specific Purposes, Persons and Projects This report has been prepared for City of Kent and for the Project(s) specifically identified in the report. The information contained herein is not applicable to other sites or projects. GeoEngineers structures its services to meet the specific needs of its clients. No party other than the party to whom this report is addressed may rely on the product of our services unless we agree to such reliance in advance and in writing. Within the limitations of the agreed scope of services for the Project, and its schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with our Agreement with City of Kent dated April 4, 2019 and generally accepted geotechnical practices in this area at the time this report was prepared. We do not authorize, and will not be responsible for, the use of this report for any purposes or projects other than those identified in the report. A Geotechnical Engineering or Geologic Report is based on a Unique Set of Project-Specific Factors This report has been prepared for Willis Street and 4th Avenue Roundabout in Kent, Washington. GeoEngineers considered a number of unique, project-specific factors when establishing the scope of services for this project and report. Unless GeoEngineers specifically indicates otherwise, it is important not to rely on this report if it was: ■ not prepared for you, ■ not prepared for your project, ■ not prepared for the specific site explored, or ■ completed before important project changes were made. For example, changes that can affect the applicability of this report include those that affect: ■ the function of the proposed structure; ■ elevation, configuration, location, orientation or weight of the proposed structure; 1 Developed based on material provided by ASFE, Professional Firms Practicing in the Geosciences; www.asfe.org. May 23, 2019 | Page C-2 File No. 0410-210-00 ■ composition of the design team; or ■ project ownership. If changes occur after the date of this report, GeoEngineers cannot be responsible for any consequences of such changes in relation to this report unless we have been given the opportunity to review our interpretations and recommendations. Based on that review, we can provide written modifications or confirmation, as appropriate. Environmental Concerns are Not Covered Unless environmental services were specifically included in our scope of services, this report does not provide any environmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations, including but not limited to, the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Information Provided by Others GeoEngineers has relied upon certain data or information provided or compiled by others in the performance of our services. Although we use sources that we reasonably believe to be trustworthy, GeoEngineers cannot warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of information provided or compiled by others. Subsurface Conditions Can Change This geotechnical or geologic report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. The findings and conclusions of this report may be affected by the passage of time, by man-made events such as construction on or adjacent to the site, new information or technology that becomes available subsequent to the report date, or by natural events such as floods, earthquakes, slope instability or groundwater fluctuations. If more than a few months have passed since issuance of our report or work product, or if any of the described events may have occurred, please contact GeoEngineers before applying this report for its intended purpose so that we may evaluate whether changed conditions affect the continued reliability or applicability of our conclusions and recommendations. Geotechnical and Geologic Findings are Professional Opinions Our interpretations of subsurface conditions are based on field observations from widely spaced sampling locations at the site. Site exploration identifies the specific subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. GeoEngineers reviewed field and laboratory data and then applied its professional judgment to render an informed opinion about subsurface conditions at other locations. Actual subsurface conditions may differ, sometimes significantly, from the opinions presented in this report. Our report, conclusions and interpretations are not a warranty of the actual subsurface conditions. Geotechnical Engineering Report Recommendations are Not Final We have developed the following recommendations based on data gathered from subsurface investigation(s). These investigations sample just a small percentage of a site to create a snapshot of the subsurface conditions elsewhere on the site. Such sampling on its own cannot provide a complete and accurate view of subsurface conditions for the entire site. Therefore, the recommendations included in this report are preliminary and should not be considered final. GeoEngineers’ recommendations can be May 23, 2019 | Page C-3 File No. 0410-210-00 finalized only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. GeoEngineers cannot assume responsibility or liability for the recommendations in this report if we do not perform construction observation. We recommend that you allow sufficient monitoring, testing and consultation during construction by GeoEngineers to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes if the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether earthwork activities are completed in accordance with our recommendations. Retaining GeoEngineers for construction observation for this project is the most effective means of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. If another party performs field observation and confirms our expectations, the other party must take full responsibility for both the observations and recommendations. Please note, however, that another party would lack our project- specific knowledge and resources. A Geotechnical Engineering or Geologic Report Could Be Subject to Misinterpretation Misinterpretation of this report by members of the design team or by contractors can result in costly problems. GeoEngineers can help reduce the risks of misinterpretation by conferring with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report, reviewing pertinent elements of the design team’s plans and specifications, participating in pre-bid and preconstruction conferences, and providing construction observation. Do Not Redraw the Exploration Logs Geotechnical engineers and geologists prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. The logs included in a geotechnical engineering or geologic report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but separating logs from the report can create a risk of misinterpretation. Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance To help reduce the risk of problems associated with unanticipated subsurface conditions, GeoEngineers recommends giving contractors the complete geotechnical engineering or geologic report, including these “Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use.” When providing the report, you should preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal that: ■ advises contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that its accuracy is limited; and ■ encourages contractors to confer with GeoEngineers and/or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. Contractors are Responsible for Site Safety on Their Own Construction Projects Our geotechnical recommendations are not intended to direct the contractor’s procedures, methods, schedule or management of the work site. The contractor is solely responsible for job site safety and for managing construction operations to minimize risks to on-site personnel and adjacent properties. May 23, 2019 | Page C-4 File No. 0410-210-00 Biological Pollutants GeoEngineers’ Scope of Work specifically excludes the investigation, detection, prevention or assessment of the presence of Biological Pollutants. Accordingly, this report does not include any interpretations, recommendations, findings or conclusions regarding the detecting, assessing, preventing or abating of Biological Pollutants, and no conclusions or inferences should be drawn regarding Biological Pollutants as they may relate to this project. The term “Biological Pollutants” includes, but is not limited to, molds, fungi, spores, bacteria and viruses, and/or any of their byproducts. A Client that desires these specialized services is advised to obtain them from a consultant who offers services in this specialized field. WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGES WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 07/15/2021 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note *Risk Class King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $52.39 5D 1H View King Boilermakers Journey Level $70.79 5N 1C View King Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $60.57 7E 1N View King Building Service Employees Janitor $26.28 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $26.63 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non-Scaffold)$29.98 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold)$30.98 5S 2F View King Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.74 1 View King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenter $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Creosoted Material $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Finisher $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Layer $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $64.94 7A 4C View King Cement Masons Application of all Composition Mastic $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy Material $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Plastic Material $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Sealing Compound $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Building General $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Concrete Paving $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curing Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Green Concrete Saw, self- powered $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Journey Level $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Patching Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Sand Blasting Architectural Finish $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator on Colored Slabs $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $64.84 7A 4U View King Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator (Not Under Pressure) $118.80 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $81.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver $118.80 7A 4C 8V View King Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $76.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $74.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $65.19 7A 4C View King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand)$70.07 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Boatmen $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $71.97 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $73.41 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Mates $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Oiler $70.07 5D 3F View King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $65.31 5P 1E View King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $31.99 5L 1E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $92.57 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel)$99.46 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $89.44 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel)$96.02 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $44.78 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $86.30 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel)$92.57 7C 4E View King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $47.53 5A 1B View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $82.39 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $49.17 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $64.54 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $49.17 5A 4D 8W View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $56.49 5A 4D View King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $100.51 7D 4A View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $108.53 7D 4A View King Fabricated Precast Concrete Products All Classifications - In-Factory Work Only $18.25 5B 1R View King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Flaggers Journey Level $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Glaziers Journey Level $69.26 7L 1Y View King Heat & Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journey Level $79.43 15H 11C View King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View King Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $13.69 1 View King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Grout Truck Operator $13.69 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Head Operator $24.91 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Technician $19.33 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 View King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View King Ironworkers Journeyman $76.78 7N 1O View King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Batch Weighman $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brick Pavers $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brush Cutter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Burner $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Caisson Worker $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Carpenter Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And Over) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.)$52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Choker Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chuck Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/Core Driller $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Crusher Feeder $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Curing Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving (Incl. Charred Material) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ditch Digger $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Diver $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Drill Operator (Hydraulic, Diamond) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dump Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Epoxy Technician $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Fine Graders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Firewatch $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Form Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers General Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grinders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Groutmen (Pressure) Including Post Tension Beams $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Guardrail Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A) $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers High Scaler $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Jackhammer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Maintenance Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Material Yard Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Nozzleman (Concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air & Water On Concrete & Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Blaster, Vacuum Blaster) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pavement Breaker $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pilot Car $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Reliner $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pot Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman's Helper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Power Jacks $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Re-timberman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rip Rap Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rivet Buster $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rodder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Scaffold Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Scale Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper (Over 20")$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Spreader (Concrete)$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stake Hopper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stock Piler $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain Chair $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air & Gas Operated Tools $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper (Multiple & Self- propelled) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger, Shorer & Cribber) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite)$52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Topper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Liner (Power)$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $47.48 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $50.31 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Truck Spotter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tugger Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $129.67 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $134.70 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi $138.38 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $144.08 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi $146.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $151.30 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $153.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $155.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $157.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vibrator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Watchman $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Welder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Well Point Laborer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water General Laborer & Topman $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water Pipe Layer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Construction/Landscaping Or Planting Laborers $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 1 View King Lathers Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Marble Setters Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Journey Level $41.70 15F 11A View King Millwright Journey Level $66.44 7A 4C View King Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Electrician $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Plumber $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Production Worker $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Utility Person $13.69 1 View King Modular Buildings Welder $13.69 1 View King Painters Journey Level $45.40 6Z 2B View King Pile Driver Crew Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 0-30.00 PSI $80.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI $85.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI $89.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI $94.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI $97.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI $102.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI $104.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI $106.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI $108.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Journey Level $65.19 7A 4C View King Plasterers Journey Level $61.67 7Q 1R View King Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $13.69 1 View King Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $92.19 6Z 1G View King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper)$72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Barrier Machine (zipper)$72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators-Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $72.28 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer & Water Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators-Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $69.12 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer & Water Attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 $74.22 7A 3K 8X View Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $55.03 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $52.24 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $55.03 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $49.21 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $37.47 5A 4A View King Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $87.01 6Z 1G View King Roofers Journey Level $57.30 5A 3H View King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $60.30 5A 3H View King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$89.61 7F 1E View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane $39.58 7V 1 View Operator King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 15H 11C View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder / Burner $39.58 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $47.45 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $47.42 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 15H 11C View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $47.45 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $47.35 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / Teamster $45.06 7Y 4K View King Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Journey Level $51.56 0 1 View King Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Journey Level $33.20 0 1 View King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.91 5A 3J View King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $13.69 1 View King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $85.89 5C 1X View King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) Journey Level $13.69 1 View King Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $19.09 1 View King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Chainman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $37.40 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $25.04 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $31.22 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $35.34 5A 2B View King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Tile Setters Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $46.54 7E 1N View King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $49.13 7A 1K View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $13.69 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $18.00 1 View Willis Street and Fourth Ave Landscape PK21-01 ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE CITY OF KENT Issued: July 6, 2021 Distributed at KentWA.gov/Procurement and via E-mail to Plan Holders; 3 pages total TO: ALL PLAN HOLDERS Notice is hereby given to all bidders that the following Addendum No. 1 shall supplement and supersede (if in conflict with) all Plans and Specifications previously issued for the information of the Bidders on this project. The following comprises Addendum No. 1 to the subject bid package. Be sure to fill out the entire Bid Packet even if items seem to be redundant. BE CERTAIN THAT YOU ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL SIGNITURE PAGE OF THE BIDDERS BID PACKET. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY INVALIDATE YOUR BID. CITY OF KENT Willis Street and Fourth Avenue Landscape ADDENDUM NO. 1 This addendum takes precedence in resolving inconsistencies in any parts of the contract documents. This addendum consists of REVISIONS AND DESIGN CLARIFICATIONS. Bidders are hereby notified that the bidding documents have been amended as follows: • 1 revision item • 1 design clarification item Revision Item 1: INVITATION TO BID CHANGES FIRST PAGE INSERT THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH: One pre-bid conference will be held online as a Zoom meeting, bidder attendance is highly recommended. Pre-Bid Conference #1: July 12th, 2021; 11:00 a.m. (local time) A link to the meeting has been provided below: Topic: 4th and Willis Pre-Bid Conference Time: Jul 12, 2021 11:30 AM Pacific Time (US and Canada) Join Zoom Meeting https://us02web.zoom.us/j/87959794219?pwd=cFpqdFJMcDZJNHJNYVNhUDV BQTU4QT09 Meeting ID: 879 5979 4219 Passcode: 606032 One tap mobile +12532158782,,87959794219#,,,,*606032# US (Tacoma) +16699006833,,87959794219#,,,,*606032# US (San Jose) Dial by your location +1 253 215 8782 US (Tacoma) +1 669 900 6833 US (San Jose) +1 346 248 7799 US (Houston) +1 929 205 6099 US (New York) +1 301 715 8592 US (Washington DC) +1 312 626 6799 US (Chicago) Find your local number: https://us02web.zoom.us/u/kI06wvvuh Design Clarification Item 1: LINEAR UPLIGHTING FIXTURE QUANITY ON SHEET 24 PLAN SHEET 24 DELETE (15) FROM LINEAR UPLIGHTING SECTION DETAIL. There is a total of (14) ColorGraze Intellihue Powercore Linear Uplighting Fixtures. Willis Street and 4th Ave Landscape PK21-01 ADDENDUM NUMBER TW0 CITY OF KENT Issued: July 13, 2021 Distributed at KentWA.gov/Procurement and via E-mail to Plan Holders; 2 pages total TO: ALL PLAN HOLDERS Notice is hereby given to all bidders that the following Addendum No. 2 shall supplement and supersede (if in conflict with) all Plans and Specifications previously issued for the information of the Bidders on this project. The following comprises Addendum No. 1 to the subject bid package. Be sure to fill out the entire Bid Packet even if items seem to be redundant. BE CERTAIN THAT YOU ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE BIDDERS BID PACKET. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY INVALIDATE YOUR BID. CITY OF KENT Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape ADDENDUM NO. 2 This addendum takes precedence in resolving inconsistencies in any parts of the contract documents. This addendum consists of REVISIONS AND DESIGN CLARIFICATIONS. Bidders are hereby notified that the bidding documents have been amended as follows: • 3 revision items Revision Item 1: BIDDERS FORMS PAGE 8 - SCHEDULE OF PRICES, BASE BID – SCHEDULE A Item No. A61 Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter: DELETE Unit “SF”, REPLACE with “LF” Revision Item 2: BIDDER FORMS PAGE 24 - PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE FIRST PARAGRAPH, third line: DELETE “50 calendar days”, REPLACE with “75 calendar days” Revision Item 3: BIDDER FORMS PAGE 27 - CONTRACT PARAGRAPH SECTION NUMBER 1, line fifteen: DELETE “50 calendar days”, REPLACE with “75 calendar days” Willis Street and 4th Avenue Landscape PK21-01 ADDENDUM NUMBER THREE CITY OF KENT Issued: July 14, 2021 Distributed at KentWA.gov/Procurement and via E-mail to Plan Holders, 3 pages total TO: ALL PLAN HOLDERS Notice is hereby given to all bidders that the following Addendum No. 3 shall supplement and supersede (if in conflict with) all Plans and Specifications previously issued for the information of the Bidders on this project. The following comprises Addendum No. 3 to the subject bid package. Be sure to fill out the entire Bid Packet even if items seem to be redundant. BE CERTAIN THAT YOU ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE BIDDERS BID PACKET. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY INVALIDATE YOUR BID. CITY OF KENT Willis Street and 4th Ave S Final Landscape ADDENDUM NO. 3 This addendum takes precedence in resolving inconsistencies in any parts of the contract documents. This addendum consists of REVISIONS AND DESIGN CLARIFICATIONS. Bidders are hereby notified that the bidding documents have been amended as follows: • 1 revision item Revision Item 1: BIDDERS FORMS PAGE 14 – SUBCONTRACTOR LIST DELETE entire page and replace with attached page. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over 1 million dollars) STRUCTURAL STEEL INSTALLATION AND REBAR INSTALLATION Name of Bidder: Project Name: Project Number: Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the work of structural steel installation and rebar installation. Failure of the Bidder to submit, within 48 hours after the published bid submittal time, the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the Bidder’s Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. Structural Steel Installation Subcontractor Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________ Rebar Installation Subcontractor Name: Signature of Bidder Date WILLIS STREET & FOURTH AVENUE LANDSCAPE BIDDER FORMS PK21-01 PAGE 14 City of Kent Parks Department R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETAT SERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT BEFORE YOU DIG 1-800-424-5555 CALL 2 DAYS SHEET INDEX NO. TITLE COVER LEGEND & ABBREVIATIONS ALIGNMENT CONTROL TYPICAL SECTIONS SITE PREPARATION & TESC PLANS DRAINAGE AND TRAIL IMPROVEMENT PLANS DRAINAGE AND TRAIL DETAILS ILLUMINATION PLAN & DETAILS URBAN DESIGN PLAN & DETAILS LANDSCAPE PLAN & DETAILS IRRIGATION PLAN & DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5-6 7-12 13 14-18 19-24 25-28 29-32 PROJECT LOCATION CITY OF KENT 1 19029B 32 BMC BMC LG BMC JUNE 2021 City of Kent Parks Department R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETAT SERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT ••••••••••••••••• • • • •• • • •• • • • EXISTING LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS PROPOSED LEGEND 32 19029B 2 BMC BMC RE BMC WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST W WILLIS ST 4TH AVE S5TH AVE S6TH AVE S5TH AVE STRAIL CENTERLINE WILLIS ST (SR 516) CENTERLINE GRAVEL PATH ASPHALT WALKWAY 01 ASPHALT WALKWAY 02 W SAAR STREET FACE OF CURB PLAN City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 3 19029B 32 BMC BMC BMC RE MATERIAL CODE GENERAL NOTES TYPICAL SECTION A-A TYPICAL SECTION B-B TYPICAL SECTION C-C TYPICAL SECTION D-D City of Kent Parks Department R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETAT SERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 32 19029B 4 BMC BMC RE BMC WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST 5TH AVE SLEGEND PLAN City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 32 19029B 5 BMC BMC RE BMC GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516)6TH AVE SW WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) W WILLIS ST 5TH AVE SLEGEND City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLAN 6 19029B 32 BMC BMC BMC RE WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST GENERAL NOTES TRAIL CONSTRUCTION NOTES DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION NOTES TRAIL CENTERLINE STA -0+00 TO STA 3+50 DRAINAGE LEGEND LEGEND PLAN City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 7 19029B 32 BMC BMC BMC RE GENERAL NOTES TRAIL CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST5TH AVE SDRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION NOTES TRAIL CENTERLINE STA 3+50 TO STA 6+60 STA 400+00 TO STA 401+50 DRAINAGE LEGEND LEGEND CONCRETE PLAZA SECTION HMA PAVEMENT SECTION PERVIOUS CONCRETE PLAZA SECTION PLAN City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 8 19029B 32 BMC BMC BMC RE W SAAR ST CURB AND GUTTER FLOWLINE PROFILE GENERAL NOTES TRAIL CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516)6TH AVE SW WILLIS ST DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION NOTES STA 300+00 TO STA 304+15 DRAINAGE LEGEND LEGEND CONCRETE PLAZA SECTION EXTRUDED CURB SECTION City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLAN RE BMCBMC BMC 32 19029B 9 GENERAL NOTES TRAIL CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516) W WILLIS ST 5THAVE SDRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION NOTES STA 304+08 TO STA 307+61 DRAINAGE LEGEND LEGEND CONCRETE PLAZA SECTIONEXTRUDED CURB SECTION City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLAN RE BMCBMC BMC 32 19029B 10 LAYOUT POINTS (NORTH)LAYOUT POINTS (NORTH)LAYOUT POINTS (NORTH) LAYOUT POINTS (SOUTH) SITE FEATURE LAYOUT POINTS LAYOUT POINTS (SOUTH)LAYOUT POINTS (SOUTH) EXTRUDED CURB LAYOUT POINTS SITE FEATURE LAYOUT POINTS City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGN I HSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFOE NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT RE BMCBMC BMC 32 19029B 11 W SAAR ST City of Kent Parks Department R EGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 12 19029B 32 BMC BMC BMC RE ADA RAMP 1 & 2 TEMPORARY ASPHALT RAMP 5TH AVE S6" DRAIN PIPE TRENCH DETAIL DRAINAGE LEGEND 12" SQUARE AREA DRAIN GRATE DETAIL 12" SQUARE AREA DRAIN RISER DETAIL12" SQUARE AREA DRAIN DETAIL City of Kent Parks Department REGIST E R E D NOTGNI HSAWFOETATS ERNEPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 20100320BRYCE CORRI G AN6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT RE BMCBMC BMC 32 19029B 13 CB 5 TO CB 3 PROFILE CB 3 TO CB 4PROFILE PLAN NORTH TRAIL NORTH TRAIL WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTESLEGEND LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE WIRE NOTES PLAN City of Kent Parks Department BID DOCUMENT R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 39324JAN C I GANI K 14 324TH AVE SWILLIS ST (SR 516) ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 6-24-2021 GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST LEGEND LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE WIRE NOTES PLAN City of Kent Parks Department BID DOCUMENT R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 39324JAN C I GANI K 15 326-24-2021 GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES W WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) LEGEND LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE WIRE NOTES City of Kent Parks Department BID DOCUMENT R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 39324JAN C I GANI K PLAN 16 326-24-2021 GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTESW WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) LEGEND LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE WIRE NOTES City of Kent Parks Department BID DOCUMENT R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 39324JAN C I GANI K PLAN 17 326-24-2021 GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES T SL SL SL 4TH AVE SWILLI S S T ( S R 5 1 6 )4TH AVE S57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 5 2 c m51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 cm 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 5 4 c m 5 3 c m 5 2 c m 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 4 7 c m 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 cm 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 5 5 c m 5 4 c m 5 3 c m 5 2 c m 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 4 7 c m 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 5 0 c m 4 9 c m 4 8 c m 4 7 c m 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 4 7 c m 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 41cm 40cm 3 9 c m 38 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 4 2 c m 4 1 c m 4 0 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 4 9 c m 4 8 c m 4 7 cm 4 6 cm 4 5 cm 4 4c m 4 3c m 42 c m 41 c m 40 c m 3 9 c m 3 8 c m 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm 51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 4 6 c m 4 5 c m 4 4 c m 4 3 c m 42 c m 4 1 c m 40c m 3 9 c m 3 8cm 3 7 c m 22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in 57cm 56cm 55cm 54cm 53cm 52cm51cm 50cm 49cm 48cm 47cm 46cm 45cm 44cm 43cm 42cm 41cm 40cm 39cm 38cm 37cm22in21in20in19in18in17in16in15in LEGEND WIRE NOTES City of Kent Parks Department BID DOCUMENT R EGIST E R E D NOTGNIHSAWFOETATS ERN EPRFO E NNALIO E S IGS 39324JAN C I GANI K PLAN 18 32 CONDUIT TRENCH DETAIL 6-24-2021 WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST GENERAL NOTES WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST 4TH AVE SCONSTRUCTION NOTES BENCH TYPE 1 SCHEDULE BENCH TYPE 2 SCHEDULE LITTER RECEPTACLE SCHEDULE BAG DISPENSER SCHEDULE PLAN City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CAP E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT 19 32 PLAN CONSTRUCTION NOTES W WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) W WILLIS ST 4TH AVE SWILLIS ST (SR 516) City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CAP E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT PLAN 20 32 PLAN NODE SCHEDULE NODE SCHEDULE NODE SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION NOTES BENCH TYPE 3 SCHEDULE LITTER RECEPTACLE SCHEDULE BAG DISPENSER SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA P E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT 21 32 NORTH-SIDE NODE ENLARGEMENT PLAN SOUTHWEST-SIDE NODE ENLARGEMENT PLAN SOUTHEAST-SIDE NODE ENLARGEMENT PLAN NW SCORED CONCRETE CORNER BLOW UP BENCH TYPE 1 DETAIL LITTER RECEPTACLE AND DOG BAG DISPENSER DETAILBENCH TYPE 2 DETAIL BENCH TYPE 3 DETAIL City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA P E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT 22 32 City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA P E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT 23 32 ART SCULPTURE PEDESTAL DETAIL SIDEWALK EDGE DETAIL BOULDER DETAIL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL SCORE JOINT DETAIL GENERAL NOTES 24 32 GATEWAY FEATURE DETAIL City of Kent Parks Department 6-25-2021PHU O N G N. NG U Y E NNO . 1 493 EXP. 0 9 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA P E A R C H ITECTBID DOCUMENT GENERAL NOTES GATEWAY FEATURE LAYOUT SCHEDULE SCHEDULE B WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST CONSTRUCTION NOTES SL SL WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR ST 4TH AVE SPLAN City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O. 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT SEE SHEETS 27-28 FOR LANDSCAPE SCHEDULE, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES SEE SHEET 27 FOR SOIL PREPARATION NOTES AND FOR TREE PROTECTION NOTES 25 32 CONSTRUCTION NOTES W WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) T SL W WILLIS ST 4TH AVE SWILLIS ST (SR 516) City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O. 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLAN SEE SHEETS 27-28 FOR LANDSCAPE SCHEDULE, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES SEE SHEET 27 FOR SOIL PREPARATION NOTES AND FOR TREE PROTECTION NOTES 26 32 GENERAL NOTES TREE PROTECTION NOTES SOIL PREPARATION GENERAL NOTES City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O . 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLANT SCHEDULE 27 32 TREE PROTECTION DETAIL TREE PLANTING NOTES City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O . 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT TYPICAL SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DETAILTYPICAL MULTI-STEM TREE PLANTING DETAIL TYPICAL EVERGREEN TREE PLANTING DETAIL NEW TREE LOCATIONS 28 32 TYPICAL MULCH RING DETAIL - EXISTING TREE LOCATIONS TYPICAL MULCH RING DETAIL - WILLIS ST (SR 516)WILLIS ST (SR 516) W SAAR STW SAAR ST CONSTRUCTION NOTES SLSL 4TH AVE SSPRAY IRRIGATION LEGEND PIPE SIZE CHART PLAN City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O. 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 29 SEE SHEET 31 FOR COMPLETE IRRIGATION SCHEDULE, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES 32 W WILLIS ST WILLIS ST (SR 516) T SL W WILLIS ST 4TH AVE SWILLIS ST (SR 516) CONSTRUCTION NOTES SPRAY IRRIGATION LEGEND PIPE SIZE CHART 30City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O. 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT PLAN 32 SEE SHEET 31 FOR COMPLETE IRRIGATION SCHEDULE, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE TYPICAL FLEXIBLE RISER IRRIGATION LEGEND GENERAL NOTES CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O . 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 31 32 QUICK COUPLING VALVE/TRIPLE SWING JOINT SHUT OFF BRASS VALVE City of Kent Parks Department ELIZA B E T H GIBS O N N O . 538 EXP. 0 8 /1 6/2022STATEO F W A SHIN G T ONLAND S CA PE A R C H ITECT6-25-2021BID DOCUMENT 32 32